Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering.pdf 4w573q
This document was ed by and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this report form. Report 3b7i
Overview 3e4r5l
& View Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering.pdf as PDF for free.
More details w3441
- Words: 73,690
- Pages: 205
Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering Guide Cisco Unified Center Express Cisco Unified Center Enterprise Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Cisco Finesse Cisco SocialMiner Cisco Unified Intelligence Center Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise Cisco Unified IP IVR Cisco MediaSense Cisco Remote Expert Mobile Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) Customer SolutionsPlus Software Services Cisco Services Cisco Capital Financing
: General inquiries about the new pricing may be sent to [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change.
August 12, 2015
Ordering Guide
Table of Contents 1.
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 8 1.1
Purpose, Audience and Scope ......................................................................................... 8
1.2
Ordering and Quoting Tools ............................................................................................. 8
1.3
Change History................................................................................................................. 9
2.
Tips for Using This Ordering Guide .......................................................................................... 18
3.
Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP) ................................................................ 19 3.1
Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Versions .............................................................................................................. 19
3.2
CVP Ordering and Pricing Information: .......................................................................... 19 3.2.1
Unified CVP Component Information ................................................................ 21
3.2.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ..................... 24
3.2.3
Ordering 10.5 .................................................................................................... 25
3.2.4
Upgrades from 7.0 to Unified CVP 8.x/9.x/10.x/11.x......................................... 25
3.2.5
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer ............................................................ 26
3.2.6
Product number summary tables ...................................................................... 27
3.2.7
Unified CVP Components Licensing ................................................................. 30
3.2.8
Unified CVP Port Licenses ............................................................................... 31
3.2.9
Unified CVP Redundant Port Licenses ............................................................. 32
3.2.10 Unified CVP Server Licenses ........................................................................... 32 3.2.11 Unified CVP Call Director Licenses .................................................................. 33 3.2.12 Unified CVP Video Components Licensing ....................................................... 34 3.2.13 Unified CVP Reporting Server Licenses ........................................................... 34 3.2.14 Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses ..................................................................... 35 3.2.15 Unified CVP License Enforcement.................................................................... 35 3.2.16 Unified CVP Upgrade Licenses for IPIVR customers ....................................... 35 3.3
Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems .......................................................... 36 3.3.1
Example 1 – CVP co-resident Call Server+VXML Servers and Unified CCE agents ordering Use Case .......................................................... 36
3.3.2 3.4
3.5
4.
Example 2 – CVP Stand-alone Ordering Use Case.......................................... 36
CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution ............................................................................ 36 3.4.1
CVP Unified Call Studio License Fulfillment ..................................................... 37
3.4.2
CVP Unified Call Server License Fulfillment ..................................................... 37
3.4.3
CVP Unified VXML Server License Fulfillment ................................................. 38
3.4.4
CVP Unified Reporting Server License Fulfillment............................................ 39
3.4.5
Unified CVP Call Director Server License Fulfillment ....................................... 39
3.4.6
Summary of CVP License Fulfillment ............................................................... 39
Non-CVP Components Licensing ................................................................................... 40 3.5.1
ASR/TTS Licensing .......................................................................................... 40
3.5.2
IOS Gateway Licensing .................................................................................... 43
Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) .............................................................. 44 4.1
Cisco’s Configuration and Pricing Tools ......................................................................... 44
4.2
Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified CCX Versions .......... 44
4.3
Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing ...................................................................... 44 4.3.1
Server vs. Seat licenses ................................................................................... 44
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 2 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.3.2
Port licenses ..................................................................................................... 45
4.3.3
Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Licenses ........................ 45
4.3.4
Concurrent vs. Named (seat) Licenses .................................................... 45
4.3.5
Concurrent Outbound IVR Licenses ................................................................. 45
4.3.6
Finesse Recording Licenses ............................................................................. 45
4.3.7
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals
4.3.8
Unified CCX Compliance Recording (CR), Quality Manager
may share a Unified CCX Workforce Management ........................................ 46 (QM), Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) ....................................................... 46 4.3.9
Unified CCX Inbound Voice High Availability (HA) Server Software Licensing .......................................................................................... 46
4.3.10 License downgrades, distributes, splits and merges......................................... 46 4.4
ed Upgrade Paths .............................................................................................. 47 4.4.1
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using ESW/UCSS or SWSS ....................... 48
4.4.2
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs ..................... 48
4.5
Migration from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise
4.6
Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise
4.7
Cisco Unified CCX 11.0 .................................................................................................. 49
(PCCE) or vice versa ..................................................................................................... 49 (CCE) or vice versa ....................................................................................................... 49 4.7.1
General information .......................................................................................... 49
4.7.2
Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 51
4.7.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 52
4.7.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS
4.7.5
A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 56
4.7.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................ 60
4.7.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ...................................................................... 62
4.7.8
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses .................................................... 63
4.7.9
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center
contract ........................................................................................................... 54
Express and Unified IP IVR............................................................................. 64 4.7.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 64 4.8
4.9
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6 .................................................................................................. 66 4.8.1
Ordering New CCX 10.6 Systems .................................................................... 67
4.8.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.6 Systems ........................................... 67
4.8.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.6 Systems ...................................................................... 67
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5 .................................................................................................. 67 4.9.1
Ordering New CCX 10.5 Systems .................................................................... 67
4.9.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.5 Systems ........................................... 67
4.9.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.5 Systems ...................................................................... 67
4.9.4
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 68
4.10 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0 .................................................................................................. 70 4.10.1 General information .......................................................................................... 70 4.10.2 Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 71 4.10.3 Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 73
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 3 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.4 Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract ........................................................................................................... 75 4.10.5 A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 77 4.10.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................ 81 4.10.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ...................................................................... 83 4.10.8 Not for Resale and Non-production licenses .................................................... 84 4.10.9 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR............................................................................. 84 4.10.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 85 4.11 Cisco Unified CCX 9.0 .................................................................................................... 87 4.11.1 General information .......................................................................................... 87 4.11.2 Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 89 4.11.3 Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 91 4.11.4 Ordering release upgrades with an ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract ........................................................................................................... 93 4.11.5 A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 96 4.11.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades .............................................................................. 103 4.11.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle .................................................................... 105 4.11.8 New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners .................................................................... 106 4.11.9 Non-production licenses ................................................................................. 108 4.11.10 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR........................................................................... 108 5.
Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE)......................................................... 110 5.1
5.2
Overview of Unified CCE Licensing .............................................................................. 110 5.1.1
Primary Unified CCE Licensing ...................................................................... 110
5.1.2
Additional Unified CCE Licenses and Components ........................................ 129
Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses .......................................... 131 5.2.1
Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications....................................... 132
5.2.2
Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On
5.2.3
Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web
Licenses ........................................................................................................ 133 collaboration .................................................................................................. 134 5.3
Upgrades ...................................................................................................................... 135 5.3.1
Upgrades of CCE Agent licenses ................................................................... 135
5.3.2
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer .......................................................... 136
5.3.3
Migrations from Cisco Unified ICM to Center Enterprise ................... 137
5.3.4
Migrations from Cisco Unified Center Express to
5.3.5
Upgrades for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified
Center Enterprise .......................................................................................... 138 Web Interaction Manager .............................................................................. 139
6.
5.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods ................................................................. 140
5.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 140
5.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers .......................... 141
Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (Packaged CCE) ............................................... 144 6.1
About Packaged CCE .................................................................................................. 144
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 4 of 205
Ordering Guide
6.2
Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing ................................................... 144 6.2.1
Required Packaged CCE Licenses................................................................. 145
6.2.2
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses .................................................................. 147
6.3
Optional Features Licenses .......................................................................................... 148
6.4
Add-On Licenses .......................................................................................................... 149 6.4.1
Additional Agents ............................................................................................ 149
6.4.2
Additional Queue or Self Service Ports........................................................... 150
6.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 150
6.6
Upgrade........................................................................................................................ 150 6.6.1
6.7
7.
9.
Migration Options ......................................................................................................... 151 6.7.1
From Unified CCX to Packaged CCE ............................................................. 151
6.7.2
From Unified CCE to Packaged CCE ............................................................. 152
6.7.3
From Packaged CCE to Unified CCE ............................................................. 152
Cisco Finesse......................................................................................................................... 154 7.1
8.
Ordering Packaged CCE upgrade .................................................................. 151
Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers.................................................................... 154
Cisco SocialMiner .................................................................................................................. 155 8.1
SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers ........................................................... 155
8.2
Standalone SocialMiner................................................................................................ 155
8.3
SocialMiner Non-Production Suites .............................................................................. 156
Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified ICME) ......................................................................... 157 9.1
Overview of Unified ICME Licensing ............................................................................ 157 9.1.1
Primary Unified ICME Licenses ...................................................................... 157
9.1.2
Additional Unified ICME Licenses and Components....................................... 161
9.1.3
Special Unified ICME Deployment Cases ....................................................... 163
9.2
Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses ....................................... 164
9.3
Upgrades and Migrations ............................................................................................. 165
9.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods ................................................................. 165
9.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 166
9.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers ......................... 167
10. Cisco Unified IP IVR............................................................................................................... 168 10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses ............................................................................ 168 10.1.1 Types of Unified IP IVR Licensing .................................................................. 168 10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release .................................................... 168 10.2.1 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using Purchased Product IDs ................................................................................. 168 10.2.2 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS ................................................................................... 168 10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 11.0 production Licenses ....................................................... 169 10.3.1 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses................................. 169 10.3.2 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 169 10.3.3 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release .................................................................................................. 169 10.3.4 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 170 10.4 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses ....................................................... 171 10.4.1 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 172 10.4.2 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 172 Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 5 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.3 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release .................................................................................................. 172 10.4.4 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 172 10.5 Ordering Unified IP IVR 9.0 production Licenses ......................................................... 174 10.5.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners .......................... 174 10.5.2 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 174 10.5.3 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 174 10.5.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release ......................................................................................................... 175 10.5.5 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 175 10.6 Ordering Unified IP IVR 8.5 production Licenses ......................................................... 178 10.6.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners .......................... 178 10.6.2 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 178 10.6.3 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 178 10.6.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release ......................................................................................................... 178 10.6.5 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 179 11. Cisco MediaSense ................................................................................................................. 182 11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 11.0: .................................. 182 11.2 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 9 and 10: ........................... 182 11.3 Cisco Software Services for Cisco MediaSense ............................................. 183 11.4 Ordering MediaSense 11.0........................................................................................... 183 11.4.1 MediaSense 11.0 Component Information ..................................................... 183 11.4.2 Not-for-Production Systems ............................................................................ 184 11.5 Ordering MediaSense 10.x ........................................................................................... 184 11.5.1 MediaSense 10.x Component Information ...................................................... 185 11.5.2 Not-for-Production Systems ............................................................................ 186 11.5.3 MediaSense 10.x / UCCX Promotional Bundle ............................................... 186 11.5.4 MediaSense 10.x Product number summary tables ....................................... 186 11.6 Ordering MediaSense 9.x ............................................................................................. 187 11.6.1 MediaSense 9.x Component Information ........................................................ 187 11.6.2 MediaSense 9.x Non Production Systems ...................................................... 188 11.6.3 MediaSense 9.x part number summary tables ............................................... 189 11.7 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems ............................................ 189 11.7.1 Example 1 –Customer requires 500 concurrent audio recordings and high availability - Ordering Use Case ..................................................... 189 11.7.2 Example 2 –Customer requiring 50 additional concurrent audio recordings - Ordering Use Case................................................................... 190 11.8 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution ............................................................. 190 11.9 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus ........................................................................................ 190 11.10 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................................................................... 191 12. Cisco Remote Expert Mobile .................................................................................................. 195 12.1 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCX customers ....................................................... 195 12.2 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers .................................................................................................................... 196 Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 6 of 205
Ordering Guide
12.3 Remote Expert Mobile Non-Production Suites ............................................................. 196 13. Cisco Servers (UCS and MCS) .............................................................................................. 197 13.1 Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) .................................................................... 197 13.2 Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005 ................................................................................... 197 13.2.1 Part Numbers ................................................................................................. 197 14. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center ........................................................................................... 198 14.1 Ordering Intelligence Center version 9.0 and higher .................................................... 198 14.1.1 Production System Software .......................................................................... 198 14.1.2 Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ................... 199 14.1.3 Upgrades from previous versions ................................................................... 200 15. Customer SolutionsPlus Product Overview .............................................................. 201 16. Software Services ..................................................................................................... 202 17. Cisco Services ....................................................................................................................... 203 17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services ...................................................................... 203 17.2 Cisco Unified Communications Services—Tools for Quoting and Ordering ................. 203 17.2.1 Cisco Service Contract Center ....................................................................... 203 18. Cisco Capital Financing ......................................................................................................... 204 18.1 Removing Sales Barriers: ............................................................................................. 204 18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close More Business: ....... 204 18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit:........................................... 204
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 7 of 205
Ordering Guide
1. Introduction 1.1
Purpose, Audience and Scope
This document describes the pricing, packaging structure and ordering for Cisco
®
Customer Collaboration solutions release 10.5 and earlier, still shipping, releases. Note:
Cisco retains the right to make changes to this ordering guide under the
and conditions of your Cisco software contract. Audience—Cisco field and Cisco Unified Communications specialized channel partners Scope—This ordering guide describes the pricing and ordering for the following products: ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal
●
Unified Center Express and Workforce Optimization options
●
Unified Center Enterprise
●
Packaged Center Enterprise
●
SocialMiner
●
Finesse
●
Unified ICM Enterprise
●
Unified Intelligence Center
●
Unified IP IVR
●
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager
●
Unified Web Interaction Manager
●
MediaSense
For information on Unified Center Hosted (Unified CCH), Unified ICM Hosted (Unified ICMH) please send inquiry to [email protected] or your Cisco team. For more detailed information about Cisco Center products, select the Customer Collaboration product on cisco.com that you are interested in here http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/voicesw/index.html, and click ‘Ordering’. For example, this is the Center Enterprise ordering page: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1844/index.html.
1.2
Ordering and Quoting Tools
The Cisco Unified Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) assists s with hardware sizing of large or complex Unified Communications solutions by calculating the call processing requirements for Unified Communications products that have a major impact on performance and scalability. For additional information about CUCST, go to:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 8 of 205
Ordering Guide
http://tools.cisco.com/cucst Cisco Commerce Workspace (CCW) is part of the suite of Internet commerce tools used by Cisco for managing online ordering of Cisco products. It can be used as the single workspace for all business transactions to deals and quote, configure, price, and order Cisco products, software, and services. All of the Customer Collaboration products are ed by Cisco Commerce Workspace. Cisco Commerce Workspace at Cisco.com (with required) is located at https://cisco-apps.cisco.com/cisco/psn/commerce Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical. Cisco Service Contract Center is an integrated solution that makes it easy for Cisco service sales teams and partners to manage and grow their service business, profitably. It will: ●
Quote and book your service orders and manage your service contracts and renewals all with one simple, easy-to-use solution.
●
Spend less time solving istrative problems, searching for opportunities, and creating quotes.
●
Spend more time growing your business using data you can trust; you don’t need to spend time fixing or ing data.
●
Enable you to create and proactively manage your contracts.
Here is the URL link: http://wwwin.cisco.com/CustAdv/globalops/wwsso/service.shtml Product/Business Unit Specific Pricing/Ordering Tool For more information about ordering and also access to configuration tools please visit the Assessment to Quality (A2Q) for Center website at the following URL link: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_how_to_order.ht ml.
1.3
Change History
This table provides a brief overview of the major changes in the versions of this guide.
Publication date August 12, 2015
July 28, 2015
Major changes compared to previous release
Updated for SocialMiner 11.0 Updated for PCCE 11.0 Clarified CAD/CTI-OS EOL impact on CCE standard, enhanced, and agent licenses Added Finesse 11.0
Clerical update / formatting
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 9 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date July, 24, 2015
June 18, 2015
May 30, 2015
Major changes compared to previous release
Extended Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Updated eGain Solutions Plus pricing Added clarification on CCX Outbound IVR ports in Sec 10.5
Added MediaSense 11.0 SKUs Added Remote Expert Mobile Updated links to Compatibility Matrix
Removed Cisco Siebel CRM Clarified licensing model for Bucher & Suter CRM connector for Salesforce Added MediaSense Media kit to CCX section Updated IPIVR HA information Removed minimum agent requirement for PCCE Updated Nuance SKUs Additional data on CVP redundant ports
January 30, 2015
Clarified application of MediaSense promotion for all Finesse/UCCX orders Added some clarifications on adding CVP Redundant Port licenses. Added migration options from CCX to PCCE
Added CCX 10.6 release Revised MediaSense, Calabrio and NICE SKUs Clarified IPCE-NPSENT information Removed UCSS references, inserted SWSS references
Changes to CVP Port and Reporting Server licensing
Updated MediaSense 10.x SKUs Added NICE and Calabrio WFM SKUs Added SKUs for UCCX/MediaSense promotional bundle
Added Packaged CCE 10.5 information Extension to Upgrade Customer Collaboration Promotion Added additional information to eGain S+ cloud SKUs Removed obsolete ERI/ARI SKUs Added B+S Microsoft (CCE and CCX) & Salesforce.com (CCX) CRM Connectors Changed details of CVP non-production suites
Added eGain S+ cloud SKUs Added release 10.5 SKU information Added orderability info for EIM-WIM on HCS Added CCX NFR kits
Removed CCX as a child in P/C deployment Added mailer for inquiries about Enterprise Agreement Packaged CCE UCS C server update
December 2, 2014
September 22, 2014 July 23, 2014
June 20, 2014
April 25 , 2014
February 14, 2014
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 10 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
Added UCCE 10.0 content Clarification on ALI ordering Updated CRM connector information Updated CCX WFO prices Added new SKUs for eGain SolutionsPlus Phase II release Added Packaged CCE upgrade information Amended the ICM to CCE promo information
Oct 10, 2013
Added release 10.0 content
Aug 22, 2013
Updated prices for 13 eGain SolutionsPlus SKUs Added eGain SolutionsPlus for Package CCE
Aug 2, 2013
Added two new bundle SKUs to eGain SolutionsPlus
July 11, 2013
Extension to Upgrade Customer Collaboration Promotion
May 13, 2013
Modifications to CCE, CUIC and CVP sections to reflect that CVP and CUIC licenses are now included in the IPCENPSENT- bundle. Removed UCCH and ICMH sections, referred interested parties to send email to ask-hcs-CC mailer for ordering information on these products Added eGain SolutionsPlus. MCS Server section had been updated to reflect EOL.
Dec 11, 2013
Feb 26, 2013
Jan 29, 2013
Added clarification of new vs. add-on seats for Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus
Changed Blended Agent License rules for Packaged CCE Fixed typo in CUIC NFR license section Added details on server requirements for Calabrio SolutionsPlus Added Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus Added note to clarify that MediaSense SolutionsPlus offerings are only available with Cisco MediaSense
Clarified CCX Web Chat licensing and ordering Added EIM-WIM 9.0 SKUs Added MediaSense 9.0 SKUs
October 29, 2012
Updated MediaSense 8.5 and 9.0 SKUs
September 6, 2012
Updated Unified Intelligence Center section to incorporate new non-release specific SKUs Removed stale references to EOLed CRM Connectors
Added section on NICE SolutionsPlus Updated Outbound ordering information for Packaged CCE CVP 9.0 Added Nuance S+ product codes updated
December 6, 2012
July 11, 2012
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 11 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date June 1, 2012
Major changes compared to previous release
Added an overview of SolutionsPlus products in chapter 15 Removed Intelligence Suite ordering information Removed references to WebView Added system release 9.0 ordering information for all applicable products. Remove End of Sales release ordering info. Removed SFDC, MSFT, and PeopleSoft CRM Connectors that are End of Sales
April 25, 2012
Added section on Calabrio SolutionsPlus
April 3, 2012
Updated SocialMiner ordering information to include IPCEBUNDLE and IPCE-SVR-ADDON product numbers Added chapter on Packaged CCE Removed section on System Center Enterprise and Expert Advisor Updated CCE Blended Agent information Updated ALI Solutions (formerly known as ‘Austin Logistics’) ordering information
Dec 20, 2011
Sep 20, 2011
Aug 19, 2011
April 27, 2011
Replaced CCX 8.5 section with new, updated information Added CVP-NUANCE - Solutions plus for Nuance ASR & TTS Updated details for ICM to CCE migration promotion
Fixed MediaSense NFR and NPS SKUs Updated information for MediaSense recording license Removed Unified CCX 8.5 ordering information and added links to new Unified CCX 8.5 ordering guide
Added Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer for CCE and CVP Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager sections under ICME, ICMH and CCH chapters Updated CUIC ordering information to include more detailed upgrade ordering instructions and clarify licensing Migrations from CAD PRE to/from CTI-OS are free
Feb 23, 2011
Updated UCCE and UCCH Agent Desktop Ordering Information Clarified Intelligence Center ordering for cluster licensing and lab licensing Added section on Cisco Finesse Simplified the ordering of seat licenses by removing unnecessary SKUs
Modified MediaSense SKU table by associating UCSS SKUs with the base license, not the audio and video license. Modified rule to say the quantity of audio and video recording license should add up to the quantity of base license. Clarified ordering examples in section 11.3
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 12 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
December 13, 2010
October 25, 2010
July 6, 2010
Added information on new ICM to CCE migration promotion Added Cisco SocialMiner Added final Unified CCX 8.5 updates Added System Release 8.5 ordering information Added clarification on total discounts for CCX to CCE migration promo Added notes in CCE and ICM sections regarding WebView obsolescence in 8.5 Added new section on Cisco MediaSense Added upgrade SKU information to CUIC section Added Unified CCE Blended Agent license for Voice, EMail, and Web Collaboration Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager sections under Unified CCE chapter
Added UCS section Update CUP ordering section
Provided updated to CUP ordering with CVP Updated ordering info on CCX 8.0 WFO options Updated CUIC NFR kit information Updated Exony VIM section
March 26, 2010
Added CVP 8.0 pricing Removed Universal Edition and CVP 4.1 pricing information
March 23, 2010
Modified Exony VIM section to reflect additional and changed SKU items Updated CUIS/CUIC section to include information for ordering Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8
June 9, 2010
April 20, 2010
March 17, 2010
Updated requirements for DLUs and UCL ( Connect Licensing) in the CCE and CCH Outbound sections.
March 11, 2010
Updates for Unified Communications Release 8.0 Replaced references to SS7 Hardware Cards with the new Sigtran SS7 software solution Removed custom NICs and NIC modifications as they are no longer offered to customers Removed IP IVR 5.0 orderability information as 5.0 has reached End of Life rd Removed 3 Party PGs which are End of Life
January 8, 2010
Added ordering information for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Changed Chapter 10 title to “Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005” Corrected errors in CRM Connector migration licenses for ICM
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 13 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date September 29, 2009
August 28, 2009
Major changes compared to previous release
Added MCS Portsmouth (7835s, 7845s I3 models) Added UCSS for EIM and WIM Removed this from CCH section “Note that Siebel does not Mobile Agent“
Changed Exony VIM prices and names to reflect changes to be implemented in price book in Q1 Added Compliance Recording Option for CCX 7.0 Standard, Enhanced and Removing EOL/EOS CCX release 4.1 Removing information on NEW system ordering from CCX 5.0 section; CCX 5.0 Addon and DIFF upgrades will remain orderable for one-year post EOS. CCX miscellaneous minor corrections Removed EIM-WIM for CCX as this product is end of sale per Aug 21, 2009.
June 22, 2009
May 12, 2009 February 3, 2009
December 10, 2008
November 12, 2008
Clarified ATP requirements for Expert Advisor. Clarified use of redundant ports for CVP. Added information on upgrades Removed GED-125 from the ICMH-NIC License in section 8.1.1.3 Added EIM-WIM NFR Kits. IPIVR 4.0 can 6.0, not 4.5 version Removed Customer Voice Portal and Expert Advisor OnDemand references due to program restrictions Added Customer Voice Portal licensing reference to PAK Codes and licensing URL Corrected typos and added information for hosted in CUIS section Added top-level SKU information for Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite Added new 7816 and 7825 MCS Servers
Changed CCE, CCH, CCX, IP IVR, ICME and ICMH UCSS SKU references to reflect new quantity 1 SKUs Corrected UCSS for CCX Standard pricing Removed ICME/ICMH Avaya-based Outbound Option pricing due to EOS Clarified Austin Logistics ordering information
Added new section for Cisco Unified Expert Advisor Correct CVP OnDemand product code errors
September 8, 2008
Added Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite Large Archiver external disk ordering information Added clarifications to Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite licensing
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 14 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
August 8, 2008
June 30, 2008
April 16, 2008
February 11, 2008
Updated MCS Servers to include the 146 GB drives and Quad Core machines. Added new section for Customer Voice Portal End of Sale/End of Life Overview Added new section for Customer Voice Portal Licensing, which was removed from CVP 7.X SRND and inserted into this publication Added new section for Customer Voice Portal On Demand Added new section for Unified Intelligence Suite Added IPIVR 7.0 ordering information Added CCX 7.0 ordering information Updated End-Of-Sale informational notices for CVP 3.1 and 4.0 Added new Remote Silent Monitoring feature of CCE and CCH Clarified SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description Added the CCX to CCE migration Program (section 5.3.3) Added SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description Clarified DLU licensing requirements for CCE and CCH Outbound Added GED-125 to the ICMH-NIC License in section 8.1.1.3 Added CRM Connectors pricing Changed the IP IVR UCSS pricing CVP o Deleted Ordering Examples from CVP Sections due to complexity and confusion. Please reference the CVP SRND for configuration and ordering examples. o Added section on CVP 7.0 Release o Added section on upgrading from CVP Universal Edition (Studio 5.2/Call Services 3.6) to CVP Universal Edition 6.0 o Clarified section on ordering upgrade from CVP 4.0 to CVP 4.1 Remove Informiam Solutions Plus products from the price list Clarification on which SKUs include CCMP and how to upgrade agents for use with CCMP
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 15 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date November 20, 2007
Major changes compared to previous release
October 31, 2007
Add Exony VIM Analytics Solutions Plus pricing Reduce pricing on Informiam Call Analyzer Remove Informiam SKUs for ICM. All product sales will be reflected under the IPCC product family. Clarified licensing of Mobile Agent for CCE/H Added CVP Reporting Server Licenses, updated port counts to NPS, NFR and EVAL kits for CVP 4.1, Universal Edition 6.0 and CVP 4.0 Extended CVP and UE EVAL kits to 90 days from 60 days Clarified use of CVP NPS, NFR, Evaluation Kits and use of Call Studio for all CVP and Universal Edition Releases Removed Audium name where appropriate in favor of new Cisco product names Clarified that CVP Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call Services, UE Release 3.6 media is part of CVP 4.1/UE 6.0 media. Clarified when to order CVP Call Studio/Call Services, UE Release 6.0 versus Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call Services, UE Release 3.6 with respect to voice browsers, operating systems, and application servers. Corrected EVIP on CVP as EVIP Release 10 rd
Clarified 3 Party IVR Port license tiering Added Austin Logistics SolutionsPlus SKUs. Added Operate Service SKU for Outbound in CCE Summary Table. Clarified NIC availability and pricing for ICM Enterprise Removed Cisco Email Manager and Web Collaboration Option, which have gone end of sale Added differences between basic and advanced versions of Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) and Web Interaction Manager (WIM) for Unified CCX. Clarified that Unified EIM and WIM require separate servers and that Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server must be purchased separately. Added Customer Voice Portal 4.1 ordering information Added Customer Voice Portal, Universal Edition 6.0 ordering information Updated for product and component name changes to Call Studio and VXML Server Clarified various items in CVP 4.0 section for better ordering understanding
October 10, 2007
CCX and IPIVR 6.0 were added.
October 1, 2007
Add CCE and CCH migration SKUs from CAD to CTI Toolkit Agent and v.v.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 16 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
August 24, 2007
Added information about the promotional offer to migrate from ICM to Center Enterprise or Hosted Clarified the requirements for ICM PG ordering with ARI Agent licenses for use with third-party ARI gateways Added pricing and product code for new ICM that was added on June 21, 2007. Removed references to IP QueueManager as it is nearing end of sale Reflected price change in essential operate services on IPCE-SVR
August 6, 2007
Updated The CCE Agent Section and associated tables to reflect the new CCE Agent pricing and st packaging (includes CCMP) effective August 1 , 2007.
June 21, 2007
Updated ICM Enterprise and Hosted pricing to reflect new pricing and packaging Added new CCH pricing and packaging; replaced Starterpack and S with new CCH Server and CVP options
June 6, 2007
January 15, 2007
Added Workforce optimization products (QM & WFM) to the CCX section Added non-UC 6.0 system release products and versions, so that the guide now covers all current CCBU products: o CVP 3.1 o CCX 4.1 o CCX 5.0 Quality Management and Work Force Management o IP-IVR 4.1 Updated MCS Server section with new server versions Added Informiam Solutions Plus product
Initial version
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 17 of 205
Ordering Guide
2. Tips for Using This Ordering Guide There are several tips that can help you use this ordering guide effectively and simplify the quoting and ordering of Cisco Customer Center products. Each product line has its own chapter in the ordering guide (click on the link to jump there): ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal
●
Unified Center Express
●
Unified Center Enterprise
●
Packaged Center Enterprise
●
Unified ICM Enterprise
●
Unified Intelligence Center
●
SocialMiner
●
Finesse
●
Unified IP IVR
●
Cisco MediaSense
●
Email and Web Interaction Manager (in section 5.1.1)
The chapters on Enterprise and CVP are divided into four subsections: ●
Licensing: contains all information required to generate a quote for a customer.
●
Ordering: contains information on actually entering the order in to the Cisco ordering tool.
●
Product numbering summary: contains a summary table with all product numbers, Cisco Unified Communications Software Subscription and the related maintenance items.
●
Migration information: information on how the current licensing model maps into the previous licensing model.
General inquires about pricing may be sent to [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
.
Page 18 of 205
Ordering Guide
3. Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP) This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Customer Voice Portal. Please note that there are several versions of Unified CVP, so please read this section in its entirety. Unified CVP 11.0 is the latest release, which s the Unified Communications 11.0 system release, and offers significant new capabilities such as Windows 2012 , SME certification with CVP and enhanced Studio features including local variables, REST client and context service . For information on ordering the Customer Collaboration Suite (UCCE and CVP) as part of the Collaboration Enterprise Agreement, please send inquiries to [email protected] or your Cisco team.
3.1
Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Versions
The Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal family has the following versions that are considered current and shipping:
CVP 11.0
CVP10.5
CVP 10.0
CVP 9.0
Call Studio 11.0
Call Studio 10.5
Call Studio 10.0
Call Studio 9.0
Cisco recommends that customers currently considering new deployments choose version 11.0. Note: CVP 9.0 started the End-Of-Sale process and is no longer available for sale after Jan 2015. For all other versions of Customer Voice Portal and Call Studio the End-of-Sale/End-ofLife dates are announced publicly here: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1006/prod_eol_notices_list.html. We introduced E-Delivery from CVP 8.5 onwards. With E-Delivery, customers can fulfill licenses electronically without waiting for Product Authorization keys to be shipped. EDelivery licenses and ordering is identical – with the addition of an “R- or L-“added as a prefix to the part numbers. This is applicable to 8.x and 9.x SKUs. For CVP 10.0 onwards, electronic or physical delivery options can be chosen in CCW.
3.2
CVP Ordering and Pricing Information:
Customers ordering can select the various following components when ordering the product:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 19 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
CVP Ports. CVP Ports are the total number of simultaneous voice and video sessions that requires self-service or queuing.
●
Redundant CVP Ports. Redundant ports are used when CVP ports are nonfunctional. The number of redundant ports in a deployment cannot be more than CVP ports.
●
Call Director Server licenses. A Call Director server license provides call control for non Unified Center solutions. Call Director licensing is by server, with the number of sessions being limited by the capacity available on the server. Please note that Call Director Server licenses are required only for non Unified Center ACDs and other devices front-ended by an egress gateway. They are not required for terminating calls to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise.
●
CVP Server-SW licenses. A CVP Server-SW license is required for each server that any of the following reside on: CVP ports, Redundant ports, or Call Director software. Since from 22
nd
September, 2014 Redundant ports are bundled, one
should order additional Server software license for each Redundant Server. ●
Call Studio licenses. A license for each machine where a developer is developing CVP Self Service applications is required. This is typically at least 1 per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server machines, so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing CVP applications and order an equal number of Call Studio seat licenses.
●
CVP Reporting Server licenses. The CVP Reporting Server provides a repository for CVP data. A CVP Report Server license is required for each copy of the software running on a virtual server.
All Unified CVP systems will ship with the Operations Console. Online Ordering of Unified CVP is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools (Cisco Commerce Work or CCW). To order the product, most core Unified CVP options are available using the part number CVP-11.X for CVP 11.0 and CVP-10.X for the CVP 10.0 version. The online ordering tool provides all CVP ordering options for each component of the CVP system. CVP Top level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11..X
CVP 11.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
CVP-10.X
CVP 10.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
CVP-10.X
CVP 10.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
R-CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery of license and media
N/A
CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number physical delivery of license and media
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Server software
●
Ports
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 20 of 205
Ordering Guide
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. Call Studio licenses must be ordered separately. 3.2.1
Unified CVP Component Information
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each CVP orderable part.
3.2.1.1
CVP Servers
CVP Server licenses are required for every server that CVP execution software will reside on. This includes servers that host the CVP Server functionality, VXML Server and Call Director software. The Call Studio, Report Server, Test Servers, Evaluation kits, Notfor-production, and NFR kits do not require a server license. Please note that a server license is required for every system that is providing Call Director, VXML Server, or queuing capabilities. Therefore, while a Unified Center Enterprise customer does not require Call Director licenses, they often do use the call control capabilities and will require CVP Server Software for the systems that are providing the SIP call control. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-SERVER-SW
CVP 11.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-10-SERVER-SW
CVP 10.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-90-SERVER-SW
CVP 9.0 Server Software
$200
3.2.1.2
CVP Ports and Redundant Ports
This is the main component of CVP. CVP Ports provide the queuing and self-service capabilities of CVP. Each CVP port license provides a with the ability to provide selfservice or queuing for one call, followed by one transfer (any type of transfer ed by CVP). If a customer will have X number of calls being queued and Y number of calls receiving self-service treatment, one must order a minimum of X+Y ports to ensure sufficient ports are ordered. For each CVP port ordered after 22
nd
September 2014, one
redundant CVP port is bundled with it. Redundant ports are available to allow redundancy on separate servers. While redundant ports are operational at all times, the primary purpose of redundant ports is to help ensure no loss of service. The redundant ports should not be considered available for known high port utilization periods, therefore, at a given point in time, total number of ports used must not be more than the CVP ports. Video calls are treated and sized the same as traditional audio calls for the purpose of port licensing. Ordering notes: ●
One license provides either queuing or self-service for one call. One license does not provide queuing for one call, and simultaneous self-service for a second call.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 21 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Each CVP port is bundled with one quantity of redundant port.
●
Existing customers having no redundant ports deployed or less number of redundant ports than CVP ports can order additional redundant ports to match the number of CVP ports. For adding redundant port use the SKU CVP-xx-RED-ADD, where xx indicates the release number.
●
At any point, the number of redundant ports cannot be more than the number of production ports.
●
From 22
nd
September, 2014, the CVP Top level part will expand only to CVP port
and one Redundant port will be automatically bundled with it. Redundant port will not show up under this part. ●
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
CVP Ports part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.0 Port License
$900
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-9X-PTS
CVP 9.0 Port License
$900
CVP-9X-REDPT
CVP 9.0 Redundant ports
$180
3.2.1.3
Unified Call Studio
A license is required for each developer machine (typically customer-provided) where a developer is developing self-service applications to run on VXML Server. This is typically at least 1 per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server machines, so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing CVP applications and order an equal number of seat licenses. Even though developers use Call Studio, a full license must be purchased by any partner or customer in order to develop applications for use on production systems. For this software only, the term “production use” means “use for development” and “use for production” for any type of application. Call Studio is developer () software intended to run separately from VXML Server and Call Server, therefore Server licenses are not required for machines running Call Studio. Call Studio is ed only on Windows client software (Windows XP, 7 and 2008). Please note that it should not be run in a virtual environment where a single instance of the application is used by multiple s.
Unified Call Studio part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-STU-11=
Call Studio 11.0
$5,500
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 22 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-STU-10=
Call Studio 10.0
$5,500
R-CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery
$5,500
CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0
$5,500
3.2.1.4
CVP Call Director Server
CVP Call Director provides the ability to control calls to non Unified Center ACDs and IVRs when CVP is used with an ICM or Unified Center Enterprise Product. The CVP Call Director Server license provides call control for the maximum sessions allowed per a server (For additional ports, combine the packages below to reach the desired amount of simultaneous ports). CVP Call Director Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-CC-150=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-11-CC-300=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-11-CC-600=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-11-CC-850=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
CVP-10-CC-150=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-10-CC-300=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-10-CC-600=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-10-CC-850=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
R-CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery
$40,000
R-CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 300 Ports E Delivery
$75,000
R-CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 600 Ports E Delivery
$140,000
R-CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 850 Ports E Delivery
$200,000
CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
3.2.1.5
CVP Report Server License
This license provides the reporting repository for CVP data. Included with the license is a relational database for querying of data to build reports. The Cisco Unified Intelligence Center client provides the capability to report from data stored in the report server. The -reporting server s quad processor server. The standard reporting server option is no longer available. The List price for CVP reporting server has been changed to $0 from 22
nd
September 2014. Please refer to the CVP Installation and
Upgrade Guide for more information.
CVP Report Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-RPT-PRE=
CVP 11.0 Report System –
$0
CVP-10-RPT-PRE=
CVP 10.0 Report System –
$0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 23 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System – E Delivery
$0
CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System –
$0
3.2.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits
Not For Production Systems Unified CVP Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use by CVP customers in a non-production environment. Lab systems now provide: ●
Server Software License for 4 CVP servers
●
900 VXML server ports
●
4 Reporting Server License
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. Typical examples for use are lab systems for use in development, testing, system integration testing, load testing, and so forth. Call Studio is not included in this NPS Server and must be purchased separately. Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners. CVP Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits are provided to partners for internal learning and demonstration purposes, These NFR kits all CVP functionality, including: ●
Server Software for 4 CVP servers
●
1 Call Studio license to be used for non-production application development for 1 machine
●
30 VXML ports license to be used for internal, non-production purposes
●
4 Reporting Server Licenses
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations or by partners for development of customer solutions. Call Studio is considered “production use” when it’s used to develop customer solutions, so a full license must be purchased as a general rule – even when used by developers. Note that a CVP port license is included in the Center Enterprise System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT- and IPCE-NPSENT-EC). Evaluation Kit The CVP Evaluation kit is available for partners to trial a solution at a customer site in order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution at their premise. The evaluation kit provides a 90-day license with: ●
Server Software for 1 machine
●
30 port licenses for VXML Server, queuing and Call Control for 1 machine
●
1 Studio license for 1 machine
The Evaluation Kit is not to be used by partners or customers for development of Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 24 of 205
Ordering Guide
production solutions. Call Studio is considered “production use” when it’s used to develop production solutions, so a full license must be purchased as a general rule – even when used by developers. NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-NPS=
CVP 11.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-11-EVAL=
CVP 11.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-11-NFR=
CVP 11.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
CVP-10-NPS=
CVP 10.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-10-EVAL=
CVP 10.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-10-NFR=
CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
R-CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System E Delivery
$3,995
R-CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) E Delivery
$25
R-CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E Delivery
$100
CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
3.2.3
Ordering 10.5
CVP 10.0 release simplifies the license keys requirement for minor upgrades. Customers upgrading their existing CVP servers to next minor release will no longer require upgrade license keys, as long as they have a valid services contract. They would simply upgrade the CVP software to the next minor release and continue to use the existing license keys on their CVP system. For example, CVP 10.0 and 10.5 will run on 10.0 license keys. There are no CVP 10.5 specific SKUs for the CVP Software Server, CVP Reporting Server or Call Studio. CVP 10.0 SKUs will ship both CVP 10.0 and CVP 10.5 media and the customer can choose the version they wish to deploy. Customer planning to deploy CVP 10.5 or it, will need to perform one of the following based on their current status.
3.2.4
Customers running on CVP 9.0 or below and willing to CVP 10.5 – Order 10.0 upgrades (via PUT). This will provide 10.0 upgrade PAKs, with media for both 10.0 and 10.5. New customers deploying CVP 10.5 - Order CVP 10.0. This will provide 10.0 license keys (which is same for 10.0 and 10.5), with media for both 10.0 and 10.5. Customer upgrading from 10.0 to 10.5 – Customers with a valid services contract will have access to a CCO link to the upgrade installer files. (See details in CVP Installation & Upgrade Guide). Upgrade the CVP from 10.0 to 10.5 using this upgrade installer and use the existing 10.0 license keys. Upgrades from 7.0 to Unified CVP 8.x/9.x/10.x/11.x
Customers having valid service contracts for both Call Studio and VXML Server are eligible to Unified CVP 8.x/ 9.x/10.x/11.x for the equivalent license quantities.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 25 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP runs on Windows 2008 server from release 9.0 to 10.5. CVP 11.0 runs on Windows 2012. So customers upgrading from CVP 7.0 to 9.0 or later are required to first 8.x and then perform a migration. Customers upgrading from 9.0 to 11.0 will need to upgrade the OS. Please refer to the CVP Installation and Upgrade Guide for more information. Ordering CVP upgrades via PUT (Product ol): For CVP upgrades, customers should order an upgrade License (CVP-xx-PRD-UP=) for the following components. Note that the upgrade license is CVP-xx-PRD-UP= which is same for all the below mentioned applications except Studio. For Studio it’s CVP-STUxx-PRD-UP=), where xx indicates the CVP version. 1)
CVP server (Any physical machine running call /VXML server)
2)
Reporting Server
3)
Lab License (NPS)
4)
Call Director
5)
Call Studio
Please note that there is no upgrade license required for self-service ports (whether primary or redundant). The process to upgrade and deploy the CVP license is as below: 1) to Product ol (PUT) using valid service contract. Choose the ‘advanced’ option and proceed. 2) Now look for the appropriate release Upgrade licenses (aka PUT licenses e.g. for upgrading to CVP 11.0 choose CVP-11-PRD-UP=) 3) Select the delivery mode (Physical or electronic) 4) Choose the appropriate numbers of CVP upgrade licenses required. (Note: You will need one such license for each machine where CVP Call/VXML server, Reporting server, NPS or a Call director is installed. E.g. If you have 1 call server, 4 VXML servers, 1 reporting server and 1 NPS (lab server), then you should order 7 quantity of CVP-11PRD-UP= license, if upgrading all these components to release 11.0). 5) When an order is placed on PUT, customer receives PAKs and they can generate licenses on www.cisco.com/go/license. 6) Generate upgrade license using these PAK. 7) After Installing or upgrading the CVP server/reporting server (as the case may be), copy the original license and deploy the upgrade license on top of it. This will allow you to run the server on upgraded software. (Refer “Upgrading a License from an Earlier Release” section in CVP Install and upgrade Guide” for more details.) 3.2.5
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
This section describes the Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer which is scheduled to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 26 of 205
Ordering Guide
expire on July 30, 2016. This offer is for CVP customers who want to an available major release, but do not have a valid service contract. The offer consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of a 31
year Service Contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for Center Enterprise (see section 5.3.2). The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license. The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:
Ports and redundant ports
Servers
Call Control Servers and Sessions
Studio
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code CC-UPG-BUNDLE. Notes
CVP 11.0/10.x/9.x upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It needs to be ordered separately.
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified before the order is released.
3.2.6
Product number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CVP product number and applicable maintenance items.
CVP 11.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-11.X
CVP 11.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-11-SERVER-SW
CVP 11.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-11X-RED-ADD
CVP 11.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
Unified Call Studio CVP-STU-11=
1
Call Studio 11.0
$5,500
One year SWSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 27 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Call Director Server CVP-11-CC-150=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-11-CC-300=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-11-CC-600=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-11-CC-850=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses CVP-11-RPT-PRE=
CVP 11.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits CVP-11-NPS=
CVP 11.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-11-EVAL=
CVP 11.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-11-NFR=
CVP 11.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-11PTSUPG
CVP 11.0 Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-11REDPTSUPG
CVP 11.0 Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-11x-SRVUPG
CVP 11.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-11x-STUUPG
CVP 11.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-11x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade 11.x
$75
L-CVP-11x-CCSRVUP
CVP 11.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
CVP 10.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-10.X
CVP 10.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-10-SERVER-SW
CVP 10.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.0 Port License
$900
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-10X-RED-ADD
CVP 10.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
Unified Call Studio CVP-STU-10=
Call Studio 10.0
$5,500
Unified CVP Call Director Server CVP-10-CC-150=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$40,000
Page 28 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-10-CC-300=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-10-CC-600=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-10-CC-850=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses CVP-10-RPT-PRE=
CVP 10.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits CVP-10-NPS=
CVP 10.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-10-EVAL=
CVP 10.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-10-NFR=
CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-1PTSUPG
CVP 10.0 Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-1REDPTSUPG
CVP 10.0 Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-10x-SRVUPG
CVP 10.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-10x-STUUPG
CVP 10.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-10x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade
$75
L-CVP-10x-CCSRVUP
CVP 10.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
CVP 9.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number R-CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery
N/A
CVP-9.X
CVP 9.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-90-SERVER-SW
CVP 9.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-9X-PTS
CVP 9.0 Port License
$900
CVP-9X-REDPT
CVP 9.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-9X-RED-ADD
CVP 9.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
R-CVP-9X-RED-ADD
CVP 9.X Additional Redundant Ports E Delivery
N/A
Unified Call Studio R-CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery
$5,500
CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0
$5,500
Unified CVP Call Director Server R-CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$40,000
Page 29 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
List Price ($US)
Description
R-CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 300 Ports E Delivery
$75,000
R-CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 600 Ports E Delivery
$140,000
R-CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 850 Ports E Delivery
$200,000
CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System – E Delivery
$0
CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits R-CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System E Delivery
$3,995
R-CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) E Delivery
$25
R-CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E Delivery
$100
CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-PTSUPG
CVP Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-REDPTSUPG
CVP Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-9x-SRVUPG
CVP 9.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-9x-STUUPG
CVP 9.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-9x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade
$75
L-CVP-9x-CCSRVUP
CVP 9.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
Notes ●
Details on Service contracts are available at www.cisco.com/go/swss
●
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
3.2.7
Unified CVP Components Licensing
Unified CVP licenses consist of Unified CVP Port Licenses, Unified Redundant Port Licenses, Unified CVP Server Licenses, Unified CVP Call Director Server Licenses, and
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 30 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses. Each Unified CVP Port license provides the use of the VXML Server for self-service and interactions with Unified ICM for queuing/simple prompt-and-collect as well as call control during agent transfers for a single call. Each port is bundled with one quantity of redundant port. The redundant CVP port licenses are for use on redundant CVP call/ VXML Servers for high availability purpose. Server licenses must be ordered for every server (for example, Unified CVP Call Server, CVP VXML Server, or CVP redundant call/ VXML Server) that will host Unified CVP software with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server. CVP Reporting Server requires a separate license and CVP Operation Server does not need a server license to operate. In addition to Unified CVP server licenses, Call Director server licenses are available. Call Director Server licenses provide the ability to perform call control without the use of IVR function (i.e., queuing and/or self-service) and also provide for agent transfer call control with center solutions other than Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE). Call Director/call control for Unified CCE Agents comes free of charge with the Unified CCE Agent License, but the number of active calls to Unified CCE Agents must be taken into consideration when sizing the CVP Call Servers. 3.2.8
Unified CVP Port Licenses
First you must determine the number of port licenses required. To do so, determine the busiest point in the busiest hour of the center. The important consideration here is not busy hour calls, but what calls are actually doing at the busiest moment in the day. The Unified CVP Port License is only for calls that are receiving IVR treatment, such as calls in self-service or in queue. Calls that are connected to agents do not use a Unified CVP Port License but instead use a Call Director server bundled with call director ports license, which may or may not be included for free. Take that busiest moment of the day as a snapshot, and determine the following information: Calls: ●
Waiting in queue
●
Performing simple self-service without ASR/TTS and without using the VXML Server
●
Performing self-service activities that do use ASR/TTS or the VXML Server
The total number of these calls corresponds directly to the number of regular (nonredundant) Unified CVP Port Licenses required. For CVP 11.0, the SKU for port license appears as CVP-11X-PTS in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Port Licenses. In addition, determine how many calls are transferred via IP switching to agents. This is sometimes referred to as Call Director ports. This information is used in sizing CVP server and do not apply to port licenses except indirectly for the call director server licensing case.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 31 of 205
Ordering Guide
3.2.9
Unified CVP Redundant Port Licenses
Each port is bundled with redundant port license for orders made after 22
nd
September
2014. Customers who have purchased redundant ports less than 100% will have an option to order additional redundant port license to make the count equal to primary port. A server license must also be ordered for each additional redundant server ordered. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for redundant port license appears as CVP-11X-
REDPT in the Cisco on line ordering tool. If the customer has not purchased 100% redundant ports originally , then CVP-11X-RED-ADD can be ordered separately in appropriate quantities. The ordered quality for redundant ports cannot exceed the number of primary ports deployed. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Redundant Port licenses 3.2.10
Unified CVP Server Licenses
A Unified CVP Server license is required for every server on which Unified CVP software resides, with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server For sizing information, please consult the CVP SRND document for sizing to determine the number of servers required. In general, server sizing should be computed using the following guidelines: ●
The number of needed servers corresponds directly to the number of server software licenses required.
●
The total number of ports required is equivalent to the Unified CVP ports plus Call Director ports (even if the Call Director ports are free of charge) plus redundant ports. The total number of ports required is used to calculate the number of needed servers. Please ensure there are enough servers to the desired redundant port licenses purchased as an addition to the servers allocated for regular port licenses. Please see the ordering examples in this chapter for further information.
Please Note:When calls are transferred to agents using a method that takes the call away from the Unified CVP (such as *8 TNT, hook-flash, TBCT, SIP Refer/302 Redirect, H.323 Blind/Refer Transfer, etc.), do not include the number of calls transferred to agents in sizing the CVP server, which directly affects the number of server software licenses.
As mentioned earlier, although there is no charge for Call Director calls (no call director port and server license required) when the agent is a Unified CCE agent, you do have to size the CVP solution to handle the number of concurrently transferred calls directed by CVP to Unified CCE agents, which might lead to purchasing additional Unified CVP Server Software Licenses. For example, let’s assume that you need to have 400 IVR port (hence 400 port licenses). It seems that a CVP Call Server can that. However, you need to take into
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 32 of 205
Ordering Guide
the transferred calls to Unified Center Enterprise agent directed by CVP. Let’s assume you have 800 Unified Center Enterprise agents and it might be all active taking calls transferred-to by CVP in the worst case. That would mean CVP has to handle 400+800 = 1,200 calls/ports simultaneously in the peak time. That would require two CVP SIP based Call Servers with co-resident VXML Server (900*2= 1800 > 1200.) and hence two CVP Server Software licenses are needed instead of one server license. 3.2.11
Unified CVP Call Director Licenses
As described previously in port licenses section, you must determine the number of calls that CVP directs/ transfers to the agents and remains in call control after the initial transfer. This function is called call director that is used interchangeably with the term call control and it is free of charge when the agent is Unified CCE agent (i.e., no port and server licenses are required additionally for Unified CCE agent call control function usage in CVP.) Unified CVP Call Director Licenses are required when Unified CVP is used for IP switching to agents who are not on Cisco Unified CCE systems, such as agents on ACD systems. In Unified CVP 8 and later releases, Call Director is licensed per server and per the desired number of call director ports/calls on each server. The number of desired call director ports/calls is limited by the capacity available for the protocol being used on the server. See Call Capacity per protocol per Server table in the preceding section. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for call director server software license for a 150 call director ports bundled appears as CVP-11-CC-150 in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP call director server licenses. Notice that there are no call director port licenses to be ordered. The call director server software license is bundled with a pre-determined number of call director ports. There are four bundles for call director server software licenses. Please check this guide for details. The number of required Call Director ports/calls corresponds to the maximum number of simultaneous calls that are active in the Unified CVP Call Servers and are connected to ACD agents as envisioned in the busiest moment of the day. If you have a mix of Unified CCE agents and ACD agents, this is the continuing step that you would do after figuring out the required port and server licenses as described in the previous sections but focusing on the latter phase of the call after the IVR session, which is the agent transfer/talking phase. Again, for calls connected to Unified CCE agents, there is no Call Director server license required. For calls connected to ACD agents, Call Director server licenses are required as an addition to the regular server software licenses on each server. If you only use pure Call Director application with CVP (neither self-service nor queuing included) then you do not need to figure out the required port licenses for queuing/selfservice during IVR phase and only concern with the needed call director ports in order to obtain the corresponding Call Director Server software licenses. There is a unique situation in the pure call director application with CVP. This is the case
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 33 of 205
Ordering Guide
when you choose to use release port transfer with a sole call director application (i.e., no self-service and queuing usage in the deployment; just pure IP Call Directing/Switching). As such, you still need the call director server software licenses on each server. However, since the port is released, you do not include these ports in sizing CVP call director servers but instead relying on the s to size the CVP servers. This implies you need to select the base call director server software license for this unique call director deployment (i.e., the CVP-11-CC-150 call director server license option) In summary, the following guidelines apply to Unified CVP Call Director server licenses: ●
Unified CVP Call Director licenses are not required for Unified CCE agents. Call Director Licenses are provided implicitly with Cisco Unified Center Enterprise and do not have to be ordered separately.
●
When CVP operates in a comprehensive model (i.e., with queuing/self-service) and there are ACD agents/TDM IVR transfers involved, Unified CVP Call Director server licenses are required unless the transfer to ACD agents use a method that takes the call away from the Unified CVP servers (such as with SIP Refer, H.323 Blind/Refer, *8 TNT, hook-flash, or TBCT). However, when CVP operates in a sole Call Director model with release port transfer to the ACD agents, the base call director server license still applies. Furthermore, in a sole Call Director model without using release port transfer-to ACD agents, call director server licenses are required and there are four packages to choose from depending on the needed number of call director ports.
3.2.12
Unified CVP Video Components Licensing
Unified CVP s the video service. The Video model uses the same components and licensing strategy as an audio-only Unified CVP deployment. Follow the same licensing guidelines as if the calls were audio-only. 3.2.13
Unified CVP Reporting Server Licenses
These licenses provide the reporting repository for Unified CVP data. Included with the license is a relational database for querying of data and examples (using Crystal Reports) to build reports. This product includes only the reporting repository and does not include the presentation server. Earlier two options of CVP reporting server were available, a standard version and a version. The standard version s a dual processor server with a maximum of a smaller database for basic reporting; Wheras the version s a larger database on a four-way processor. The standard reporting server is being discontinued for ordering from 22
nd
September 2014.Existing Standard reporting
servers will continued to be ed until end of life dates. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for a reporting software license appears as CVP-11-RPT-PRE in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP reporting server licenses. Also, please note that the IBM Informix licenses are included with the following SKUs for the reporting software server:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 34 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-xx-RPT-PRE= Where xx is the release number, e.g. 11 for CVP 11.0,10 for CVP 10.0 etc. 3.2.14
Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses
A Call Studio license provides the environment to build a self-service application that executes on the VXML Server. Call Studio licenses are required for the developers who will be building the self-service applications, and they are installed on the developers’ PCs. While customers normally have at least one Call Studio license, a Call Studio license is not required if you are not developing or maintaining your own applications. In addition, a server license is not required for the machines on which a Call Studio is installed. Partners who are developing applications for their customers must use a full version of Call Studio and may not use the Not-For-Resale or Evaluation versions of Call Studio. 3.2.15
Unified CVP License Enforcement
All Unified CVP software is “node locked,” which means that s must their licenses and provide a server ID to receive a license. For CVP Call Server, and CVP 11.0 VXML server, the IP address is used as a node lock mechanism. For CVP 11.0 Studio, the MAC address is used. Ports are enforced on the Unified CVP VXML Server, and the Unified CVP Call Server licenses are set to the maximum number of sessions allowed per server; however customers are required to comply with the number of session purchased not the number of sessions provided in the license file.
Please Note: A single port license is used when a VoiceXML session is established. Therefore, one port license is consumed, whether the call is being serviced by a selfservice application or is being queued.
3.2.16
Unified CVP Upgrade Licenses for IPIVR customers
Customers who have valid Services Contract and are running IPIVR are entitled to software a CVP platform. Those customers can purchase upgrade license to move from IPIVR to CVP. For examples, with CVP 11.x as an example, the SKU for port license upgrade from IP IVR to CVP 11.x full service appears as the CVP-11X-FEATUPG in the Cisco on line ordering/pricing tool. From this top-level part number, customers can order ports (CVP-11X-FEAT-U-PT) .This provides them with equal number of redundant ports. In addition, for customers migrating from IP IVR must order the $200.00 CVP-11-SERVER-SW part.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 11.X IP IVR migration to CVP 11.0
$0
CVP-11X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 11.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 35 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-10X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 10.X IP IVR migration to CVP 10.0
$0
CVP-10X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 10.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
CVP-9X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 9.X CVP QT or IP IVR migration to CVP 9.0
$0
CVP-9X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 9.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
3.3 3.3.1
Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems Example 1 – CVP co-resident Call Server+VXML Servers and Unified CCE agents ordering Use Case
A Unified CCE customer with 1000 agents desires 400 ports for queuing, 300 ports of self-service, and 100% redundancy across two sites. The deployment uses SIP. Solution: Because queuing and self-service ports use the same license, this customer requires 700 Unified CVP ports and 700 redundant ports, with 2 server licenses. (Each site requires two servers with co-resident Call Server and VXML Server due to (700+1000)/900~2.) Unified CVP components required: ●
2 Server Licenses
●
700 Port Licenses (will receive 700 Redundant Port Licenses bundled)
●
Minimum of one Studio license
●
Reporting Server License is optional
Note that no Call Director Server licenses are required for the 1000 agents because they are Unified CCE agents and already have the Call Director license. 3.3.2
Example 2 – CVP Stand-alone Ordering Use Case
A customer desires a standalone (without Unified ICM or Unified CCE) self-service solution of 450 ports and 100% redundancy. Solution:
This customer would require 450 ports of Unified CVP, 450 redundant ports, and 2 Unified CVP Server Licenses. Unified CVP components required: ●
2 Server Licenses (one server for primary, one server for redundancy)
●
450 Port Licenses (will receive 450 Redundant Port Licenses bundled)
●
Reporting Server License is optional (If Reporting is desired, an additional Server license is required for the Call Server used for Reporting .)
3.4
CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution
This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order. Once the order has been released and processed, the customer will receive the CVP Software Media along with the CVP Software License instructions and Product Authorization Keys (PAKs, also called PAK Codes, which typically a combination of Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 36 of 205
Ordering Guide
numbers and letters.) The customer (or partner) needs to at www.cisco.com/go/license with their Cisco ID and use the PAK codes to unlock the various product SKUs ordered. Sometimes, there are multiple PAK Codes. They don’t necessarily correspond one-to-one with the product line item(s) or quantities ordered. When all of the product line item(s) and quantities ordered are unlocked, the customer/partner can start to obtain the actual licenses for Unified Customer Voice Portal components.
Please Note: Customers do not have to license everything at once. They can come back at any time and with their Cisco.com ID and license additional software that they entered a PAK code for previously. (Think of it like a gift certificate you get in the mail, that you enter on a website – that never expires. The PAK Code unpacks itself the first time and entitles your to come back anytime and fulfill or partially fulfill anything you ordered under that PAK Code. You can also come back and “rehost’ it if you move the software to a new machine.)
3.4.1
CVP Unified Call Studio License Fulfillment
Unified Call Studio license is obtained as follows: Unified Call Studio is typically tied to a developer’s machine. For CVP 11.0, 10.x or 9.0 studio is tied to the MAC address of the machine.
3.4.1.1
Built-in Limited Studio License Usage
Unified Call Studio can be installed and used for up to 30 days without an actual product license key. should install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP Installation Guide documentation. 3.4.2
CVP Unified Call Server License Fulfillment
As described earlier in this chapter, customers are required to order a CVP Server Software (SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server or both (co-resident case.)
Please Note: The CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP Server SW part, and not to the number of ports ordered. When the CVP Call Server and VXML Server are coresident on the same server, the customer/ partner will only need to order one server software license on that same server and will receive PAKs for both Call Server and the VXML Server components on that single server.
The CVP Call Server component is licensed by IP Address. It provides queuing, call control (agent transfer), and indirectly the self-service (offered by the CVP VXML Server component) capabilities. Typically, customers/partners will order a total N port licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 37 of 205
Ordering Guide
with redundant port licenses along with a number of server licenses. The port licenses will be applied to the CVP VXML Server licenses (see the next section) but for CVP Call Server regardless of the number of Port Licenses you assign to each server, you will always get 900 ports for each CVP Call Server. The customer is legally allowed to use the number of Port Licenses purchased only. Cisco reserves the right to change the enforcement on Call Server in the future, but at the time of this writing, CVP Call Server does not restrict port licenses as CVP VXML Server does. Hint: Trying to debug port quantities by looking at the CVP Call Server port licenses will not help since CVP Call Server licensing is a Boolean type.
3.4.2.1
Built-in Limited CVP Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP Call Server can be installed and will run with 30 ports for 30 days without an actual product license key (i.e., no cvp.license file found in CVP_HOME\conf\license.) As mentioned above, CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP_Server_SW part, and not to the number of ports ordered. Therefore, when customers are retrieving licenses for the CVP Call Server, they should be aware that the licenses are tied to CVPxx-SERVER-SW, and does not require the input of ports. The licensing tool will provide a fixed number of licenses, set to the maximum number of Call Server sessions a server can . This may be confusing to customers who use the operator console to see the number of licenses available in the CVP Call Server, as it will be larger than what they actually purchased. The reason ports are set to the maximum in Call Server is to overcome a product current limitation where a license is used when it is either ing queuing or self-service, or when providing call control (agent transfer). Without providing a maximum number of licenses, CVP Call Server cannot call control during agent transfer if there is a limit imposed on the number of ports to what was ordered since CVP Call Server does not distinguish license used for calls in queue/self-service and calls are transferred to agents. In the future, there is a plan to have two separate port licenses. Once is for self-service and queuing and another for pure call control. 3.4.3
CVP Unified VXML Server License Fulfillment
Again as a refresher, customers/partners are required to order a CVP Server Software (SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server.
3.4.3.1
Built-in Limited CVP VXML Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP has a 30-day evaluation license. The Call Server and VXML server evaluation licenses now 30 ports instead of the previously ed 2 ports on all call control servers; After 30 days Unified CVP must be licensed for continued functionality. Having installed the software you can get a key from www.cisco.com/go/license. The Cisco software fulfillment URL allows you to assign a number of Port License SKUs to each Server SKU. This means you are allowed to assign N number of Port Licenses for one Server and repeat the process to all servers that you have using the remaining port
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 38 of 205
Ordering Guide
licenses from the Total_Num_Ports that you purchased altogether. The Total_Num_Ports is the total count of licenses customer ordered for all servers, including the redundant ports , which is double the number of ordered CVP ports. As port licenses are created for each server, the available number of ports is decremented, preventing customers from creating more licenses than actually ordered. For example, you may have ordered 400 ports (400 regular ports and 400 redundant ports bundled along with) for two VXML Servers; however, you can assign 200 ports to one server and not fulfill the others until later. Note that the customer/partner will receive a CVP Call Server license for every CVP-xxSERVER-SW license ordered. For the servers running CVP VXML Servers alone, while the customer must order CVP-xx-SERVER-SW for each CVP VXML Servers, the CVP Call Server PAKs are also issued but not used on the stand-alone CVP VXML Servers. Install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP Installation Guide. 3.4.4
CVP Unified Reporting Server License Fulfillment
Customers who order a reporting server license will receive a PAK for the CVP Reporting Server. CVP Reporting Server licenses are similar to CVP Call Server licenses in that they are tied to IP addresses and the same fulfillment mechanism applies. 3.4.5
Unified CVP Call Director Server License Fulfillment
Call Director Licenses are additional licenses on top of the CVP Call Server licenses. The fulfillment of CVP Call Server licenses will apply to call director deployment model meaning there is no additionally specific call director license fulfillment. Customers should order Call Director licenses according to their need of call control/director sessions/ports. Note that Call Director ports are ordered in bundles (e.g. 150, 300, 600, and 850) and not by port from CVP Release 4.x and later. 3.4.6
Summary of CVP License Fulfillment
Since Cisco doesn’t know the CVP model that the customer is going to deploy Unified Customer Voice Portal with (of which you may change it in the future) and to keep licensing both flexible and simpler, customer will be provided with all the needed licenses for any CVP deployment models. For example, when you go to www.cisco.com/go/license to fulfill two server software licenses on two physical servers: one Server for 200 ports of self-service/queuing and one redundant server (with 200 redundant ports), you will get the following: ●
Two keys for Call Server for 900 ports tied to each server’s IP address
●
One key for VXML Server for 400 ports. These keys are the total, of which 200 are used for the primary server and 200 for the redundant server, with installation path node-lock on VXML Server while CVP Call Servers are IP address nodelock.
In the example, you may not need anything but the two keys for 900 ports for Call Server to do queuing – but you’ll get both.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 39 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please Note: The customer is legally entitled to use only what has been ordered, not what has been fulfilled. Cisco thinks this fulfillment policy makes use of the product more flexible.
3.5
Non-CVP Components Licensing
This section describes other non-CVP components licensing used in CVP solution. 3.5.1
ASR/TTS Licensing
Cisco now offers Solutions Plus (order fulfillment of Nuance ASR & TTS). This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products & Nuance through Cisco. As Cisco is providing order fulfillment exclusively for these Nuance products, partners must work closely with Nuance to ensure the product is sold properly, and customer expectations are met. Items partners should ensure are completed prior to ordering the system include:
Validation of the application by Nuance.
Customer acceptance of Nuance End- License Agreement.
Understanding that is provided by Nuance, with different warranty. Cisco does not provide UCSS or ESW for these products.
Note: All Nuance products ordered will be placed under a ‘Compliance hold’, preventing release of the product until Cisco has received confirmation from Nuance that order meets. Nuance annual contracts are also offered through the product codes in grey below. Note that this is not a Cisco contract (like ESW), but that is provided by Nuance directly, without Cisco involvement.
3.5.1.1
Nuance Part Number and Pricing.
Nuance parts can be ordered under the top level part number CVP-NUANCE. The options available under this are: Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S)
Vocalizer, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-VOC-B
Vocalizer 5.0 – Basic
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT-B
Nuance Vocalizer Basic- 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-VOC-B-HB
Vocalizer basic-Hot Backup
CVP-NU-VOC-BH-MN
Vocalizer 5.0 basic-HB Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NUA-VOC
Vocalizer 5.0
850
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT
Nuance Vocalizer – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
196
CVP-NU-VOC-HB
Vocalizer –Hot Backup
425
CVP-NU-VOC-H-MN
Vocalizer 5.0-HB Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
200 46 100 23
98
Page 40 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S)
CVP-NU-VOC-AL
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages
170
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MN
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
40
CVP-NU-VOC-ALH
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages HB
85
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MNH
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
20
Recognizer Tier 2, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T2
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2
1100
CVP-NUA-RC-T2-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2 – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
253
CVP-NU-RC-T2HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup
550
CVP-NU-RC-T2H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
127
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LH
nd
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language HB
220 51 110
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language
440
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
102
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language HB
220
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Recognizer Tier 3, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T3
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3 – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
368
CVP-NU-RC-T3HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup
800
CVP-NU-RC-T3H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
184
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2L
1600
nd
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2 language
320
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2 language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2nd language HB
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2nd language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language
640
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
148
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language HB
320
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
74 160
Recognizer Tier 4, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T4
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4
CVP-NUA-RC-T4-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T4HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup
CVP-NU-RC-T4H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
2000 460 1000 230
Page 41 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S) nd
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
400
nd
92
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language HB
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
200
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language
800
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
184
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language HB
400
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
nd
Note that Nuance products are not eligible for VIP, or additional discounting (DSA discounts are not available). Four additional SKUs are available for specifying the version of Vocalizer and Recognizer. Choose the appropriate SKU for ordering the relevant media. Product Numbers
Description
CVP-NUA-VOC6
Nuance Vocalizer version 6
0
CVP-NUA-VOC5
Nuance Vocalizer version 5
0
CVP-NUA-NR10
Nuance Recognizer version 10
0
CVP-NUA-NR9
Nuance Recognizer version 9
0
3.5.1.2
List Price (S)
Nuance Licensing and CVPs
Nuance ASR and TTS licenses are carefully enforced for all the vendors currently ed by Unified CVP. The license is checked out the moment a call needs to use it, and it is reserved until the call leaves the VoiceXML gateway.
Please Note: This behavior is different than VXML Server licenses.
Also, ASR and TTS licenses are independent: a call checks out an ASR license when it first needs to use ASR services, and a TTS license when it first needs to use TTS services. If you plan to move calls from self-service to queuing functionality, you will most likely want to release the ASR and TTS licenses. However, Unified CVP makes no distinction between a call that is at the VoiceXML gateway for self-service purposes and one that is there to play queue music. It does not know that the call has progressed from self-service to queuing services. The same VoiceXML gateway session remains active across the transition, so any ASR and TTS licenses that were obtained in the first phase are not automatically released.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 42 of 205
Ordering Guide
3.5.1.3
ASR/TTS License Released in Queuing
You can, however, force the licenses to be released by causing the call to be removed from the VoiceXML gateway and then redelivered there as a new VRU leg call. Removing it from the VoiceXML gateway releases the ASR and TTS licenses, and redelivering the call makes it immediately available to play queue prompts again, but this time without ASR and TTS licenses. You can accomplish this result by transferring to a bogus label causing a re-query to ICM and placing an explicit SendToVRU node or TranslationRouteToVRU node ahead of the Queue node in ICM scripting to release the ASR/TTS licenses. 3.5.2
IOS Gateway Licensing
Please consult the following link IOS Ordering Guide regarding on how to order IOS Gateway and Cisco IOS VXML licensing for use with CVP solution. This also applies to Gatekeeper ordering. Please note that if you are using any of the Cisco Integrated Services Router (ISR) gateways (Cisco 2800, 3700, or 3800 Series Routers) as VoiceXML gateways, you must purchase additionally FL-VXML-1 or FL-VXML-12 licenses to enable the VXML functionality. This is different from the AS5xxx series in that the VXML license is bundled with AS5xxx series that is used as a combo GW (meaning it has DSP to PSTN GW (TDM) and VXML functionality altogether). For example, the SKU for AS5xxx bundle is “AS535XM-8T1-V-HC: AS5350XM HighDensity Voice w/ 8T1, 8 AS5X-PVDM2-64, IP+ IOS”, which will have VXML functionality embedded. If the AS5xxx is used as a dedicated VXML GW (i.e., DSP-less option), you have multiple VXML license options; e.g. the SKU for 192 VXML sessions is AS535XM-VXML-192-V.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 43 of 205
Ordering Guide
4. Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) Cisco’s Configuration and Pricing Tools
4.1
The Communications Sizing Tool (http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/faces/.jsp) is required for any Cisco Unified Computing System based configuration.
4.2
Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified CCX Versions
For detailed EOL milestones please see http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list. html. All Cisco Unified CCX 3.x (3.0, 3.1 and 3.5), 4.x (4.0, 4.1 and 4.5), 5.0, 6.0, 7.0 and 8.0 versions are End of Life and End of Sale. Customers on these systems cannot purchase additional components and need to migrate to a version available for sale.
4.3
Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing
The following licenses are available for use with Unified CCX: 1.
Inbound voice licenses
Cisco Unified Presence Server in Standard, Enhanced and
(with Cisco Agent Desktop) includes blended Preview Outbound, Agent E-Mail and Web Chat. Cisco Finesse with licenses (version 10.5) s Preview, Predictive and Progressive Outbound Agent, Web Chat. Agent E-mail is ed with Finesse in CCX 10.6 and later.
2.
Non-High Availability (HA) Active server software license (these are auto-included with new seat orders)
3.
HA Standby server software licenses
4.
Outbound IVR port and Outbound progressive and predictive agent licenses
5.
Finesse Recording Licenses (for CCX 10)
6.
Compliance Recording (CR) licenses
7.
Quality Manager (QM) licenses
8.
Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) licenses
9.
Workforce Management (WFM) licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for type of seat and server software desired. 4.3.1
Server vs. Seat licenses
The CCX primary and High Availability standby server each requires a server license. For Non-HA UCCX the server license is included with the seat licenses when a new order is placed and for UCCX with HA, a separate HA license for the dual server cluster is required.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 44 of 205
Ordering Guide
All other feature options (other than Outbound IVR) are sold on a per seat basis and each seat requires a license (see also below for concurrent vs. named s). A SocialMiner server license has to be purchased if the customer is deploying Web Chat. 4.3.2
Port licenses
Each CCX Outbound IVR port requires a port license. There is no Outbound IVR server license as Outbound IVR is integrated with Unified CCX. 4.3.3
Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Licenses
For all releases 3.x, 4.x, 5.x, 6.x and 7.x server software is NOT node locked. Beginning in release 8.0 the CCX primary server will be the only node-locked server license. Nodes are locked via a virtual MAC address. All other components, including High Availability standby server and all seat options, including WFO seat options, will be node-locked to the CCX primary server. 4.3.4
Concurrent vs. Named (seat) Licenses
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals may share a concurrent license as long as only one of them is logged in. Concurrent Licensing Example: Company A has 300 unique s that work in 3 shifts. Each shift has 100 logged in s. Company A needs to purchase only 100 concurrent licenses. Named licenses apply to unique individual s regardless of their logged in status. Named licenses are required for all WFO options including Compliance Recording, Quality Manager, Advanced Quality Manager and Workforce Manager. Named Licensing Example: Company B has 300 unique s that work in 3 shifts and each needs access to the licensed option. Each shift has 100 logged in s. Company B must purchase 300 named licenses. Examples of named s include:
Recorded or scheduled agent Supervisor using the desktop Manager, evaluator or other person with a
4.3.5
Concurrent Outbound IVR Licenses
Outbound IVR ports are licensed concurrently. Whenever an outbound IVR session and a progressive/predictive agent calls begins a license is consumed. As soon as a session ends that session’s license is returned to the available license pool and becomes available for another IVR session to use. 4.3.6
Finesse Recording Licenses
Whenever a Finesse recording session via MediaSense is initiated a recording license is consumed. As soon as a session ends that session’s license is returned to the available license pool and becomes available for another recording session to use. Note that the
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 45 of 205
Ordering Guide
maximum number of concurrent Finesse recordings is also automatically limited by the capacity available on the MediaSense server based on playback and monitoring sessions, and when used for recording non-CCX s. 4.3.7
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals may share a Unified CCX Workforce Management
Each unique Workforce Manager must have a named license. Unified CCX Workforce Manager licenses are obtained by purchasing the Workforce Manager product ID. Workforce Manager licenses may be purchased with Unified CCX and Enhanced Licenses in Unified CCX 10.0 and later. Prior versions of Unified CCX provide Workforce Manager licenses only with licenses it is optional as to whether or not Workforce Manager licenses are purchased. Unified Workforce Manager requires a dedicated server, separate from those used for Unified CCX inbound voice or any other Unified CCX options. Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required and must be purchased separately from a Microsoft reseller. 4.3.8
Unified CCX Compliance Recording (CR), Quality Manager (QM), Advanced Quality Manager (AQM)
Each unique recording must have a named license. Recording licenses are obtained by purchasing the desired recording product ID for CR, QM and/or AQM. CR licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX Standard, Enhanced or . QM and AQM licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX or Enhanced (new in CCX 10.0) only. It is optional as to whether or not CR, QM or AQM licenses are purchased. Any combination of CR, QM and AQM may be deployed on a single dedicated server, separate from those used for Unified CCX inbound voice any other Unified CCX options. Other deployment models are available and may be required depending on size of deployment. Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required and must be purchased separately from a Microsoft reseller. Note that CR, (A)QM and WFM cannot be purchased without CCX seats. These products are packaged to work only with CCX. 4.3.9
Unified CCX Inbound Voice High Availability (HA) Server Software Licensing
Deployment of HA for inbound voice requires one software license for the HA active server and one for the standby server software. HA is not available for Unified CCX Standard. HA is optional for Unified CCX Enhanced or . 4.3.10
License downgrades, distributes, splits and merges
License redistribution When a customer needs to redistribute licenses over multiple CCX system, a case with [email protected] needs to be opened. This applies for consolidation of multiple CCX
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 46 of 205
Ordering Guide
systems into a single one, as well as for moving some agent licenses from one system to another. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain new license files. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the entitlement can be researched. Note that redistribution is only possible when licenses are of the same type (i.e. Std, Enh, Pre), as a mix on a single system is not ed. Release downgrades Release downgrades are not ed. For example, when a customer orders a 9.0 license that needs to be deployed on an 8.5 system, the ordered needs to be RMA’ed and a new order needs to be placed.
4.4
ed Upgrade Paths
The following upgrade paths are ed:
Direct Upgrade Indirect Upgrade Fresh Install
Upgrades to CCX 10 From
Upgrade Migration Type
2.x, 3.x, 4.x
Fresh Install
5.x
Indirect Upgrade
6.0
Fresh Install
7.0
Indirect Upgrade (via 9.0)
8.0
Direct Upgrade
8.5
Direct Upgrade
9.0
Direct Upgrade
Upgrades to CCX 10.5 From
Upgrade Migration Type
2.x, 3.x, 4.x
Fresh Install
5.x
Indirect Upgrade
6.0
Fresh Install
7.0
Indirect Upgrade (via 9.0)
8.0
Indirect Upgrade
8.5
Direct Upgrade
9.0
Direct Upgrade
10.0
Direct Upgrade
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 47 of 205
Ordering Guide
Direct Upgrades: Installer ed migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows and all relevant information from one release to the next. Indirect Upgrades: Interim releases are required to obtain installer-ed migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows and all relevant information from one release to the next. All Indirect Upgrades requires BOTH the CCX releases as well as its corresponding UCM release. When purchasing an a la carte upgrade any release requiring an indirect upgrade will include the media kits and upgrade license for each interim upgrade step (applies only to release 4.0 and later). Customer must also obtain the corresponding UCM release for each upgrade step (not provided with CCX upgrade order). Upgrades fulfilled via the Product ol require ordering of each interim release upgrade ($0). Customers desiring to simply perform a fresh install of CCX 10.0 rather than perform an interim upgrade will need to open a case with [email protected] to obtain new CCX 10.0 licenses. Fresh Install: A new, fresh install is required. No for migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows or any other information from one release to another. 4.4.1
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using ESW/UCSS or SWSS
Any customer with a valid ESW and Unified Communications Software Subscription or SWSS contract may upgrade at no additional charge via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). Please note that upgrades via PUT apply only to upgrading product components purchased in earlier releases and not to new features introduced in a later release.
Please Note: VERY IMPORTANT: For each single system upgrade you need to order quantity one (1) and ONLY quantity 1 of the appropriate upgrade PID. This single PID will result in all required media kits (e.g. operating system, database and Cisco Unified Center Express software) as well as an upgrade Product Authorization Key (PAK). When ed, the upgrade PAK will result in an upgrade license file. A customer must their original release (e.g. 7.0) license file(s) AND the upgrade license file to the new upgraded system (e.g. 8.5). The upgrade license file will authenticate all the original release features (e.g. 7.0) for use in the new upgraded system (e.g. 8.5).
4.4.2
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs
Customers without Cisco Unified Communications Subscription (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to a later release. The licensing mechanism for release 8.0 and later is exactly as described above for ESW-UCSS/SWSS upgrade customers.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 48 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.5
Migration from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (PCCE) or vice versa
For migration from CCX to PCCE, please refer to section 6.7.1 in the Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise chapter of this Ordering Guide. Cisco does not migrations from PCCE to UCCX via product SKUs. Any such migration must result in a purchase of new Unified CC PIDs. Any discounting required must go through DSA. teams submitting such deals to DSA must obtain Business Unit approval by ing Unified CCX Product Management Product Management at [email protected].
4.6
Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (CCE) or vice versa
For migration from CCX to CCE, please refer to section 5.3.4 in the Cisco Unified Center Enterprise chapter of this Ordering Guide. Cisco does not migrations from CCE to CCX via product SKUs. Any such migration must result in a purchase of new Unified CC PIDs. Any discounting required must go thru DSA. teams submitting such deals to DSA must obtain Business Unit approval by ing Unified CCX Product Management Product Management at [email protected].
4.7 4.7.1
Cisco Unified CCX 11.0 General information
4.7.1.1
Scope and reading guide
Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.7.2 New Unified CCX 11.0 Systems Chapter 4.7.34.10.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 10.0 system Chapter 4.7.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) of Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0 Chapter 4.7.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
4.7.1.2
Delivery Options
Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The same part number is used for ordering both electronic and physical delivery with an option of selecting the delivery mechanism at the time of ordering. The following options are available: (a) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (b) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (c) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 49 of 205
Ordering Guide
electronic software delivery of media (media ). The same part number provides an option of electronic or physical delivery at the time of ordering. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical.
4.7.1.3
What needs to be ordered?
For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades (e.g. STD to PRE in the same version of Unified CCX)
4.7.1.4
Activating Unified CCX licenses
When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.7.1.5
Temporary Licenses
Every Unified CCX media kit ships with demo licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 60 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 50 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.2
Ordering New Systems
CCX 11.0 can be deployed only on a virtualized system – bare metal deployments are not ed. New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media (section 4.7.2.14.10.2.1)
Licenses (section 4.7.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 11.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. Customers who have ordered CCX seats as part of the BE6000 or CUCM promotional bundle can order additional seats or options by ordering addon licenses as detailed in section 4.7.3 PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above
4.7.2.1
Media
To obtain media kits the following must be configured: CCX-11-MED-K9
CCX 11.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
The following media kits that can be configured using the product code above. The same part number can be configured for physical delivery of the media or electronic software delivery. The following table specifies the details: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-11MEDIAKIT-K9
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX11CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX11QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX11AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 11.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-11WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 11.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 11.0
SocialMiner , Web Chat, Finesse Email
M-11MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for MediaSense 11.0
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 51 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.2.2
Licenses
Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.7.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Cisco recommends selection of eDelivery option. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-11-LIC-K9 NEW
NEW Enhanced
NEW Standard
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-11-PAK
CCX-11-N-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-11-OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1000
M-11X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-N-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-11X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-N-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-P-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-11-E-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-11-S-SVRLIC
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat and Finesse Email functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.7.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Customers using the Unified CCX promotional bundles and needing to order more seats or options should order ADDON licenses for the required options. Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 52 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.3.1
Media
To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-11-MED-K9
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit - NO LICENSES
The following media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-11MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Enhanced High Availability, High Availability
CCX11CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX11QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX11AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 11.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 11.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 11.0
Web Chat and Finesse Email
M-11MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for MediaSense 11.0
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
4.7.3.2
Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery option. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-11-ADDK9 ADDON
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-11-A-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-11OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
M-11X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
CCX-11-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT-
Page 53 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
ADDON Enhanced
ADDON Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
Auto expansion
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-A-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-11X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
CCX-11-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-A-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: SWSS is not offered for HA options 4.7.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or a SWSS contract:
Software updates, e.g. .10.0(1) to 10.0(1) SU1. See section 4.7.4.1 Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.7.4.1 Minor Release Updates, e.g. 10.0(1) to 10.5(1). See section 4.7.4.1 Major Release Updates, e.g.10.0(1) to 11.0(1). See section 4.7.4.2
4.7.4.1
Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates
Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract.
4.7.4.2
Major Release Upgrades
Major release upgrades, e.g. 10.0(1) to 11.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 54 of 205
Ordering Guide
products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
-
-
= (sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character product code limit).
: this can be any of the following: o o o o o o o o o
S – CCX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
and
: 3.1 would be 31, 8.0 would be 80, etc. Note that the older releases of the Workforce Optimization (WFO) software had release numbers out of synch with Unified CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes have the Unified CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to upgrade from AQM 2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCXUPG-AQM-70-80. The Compatibility Matrix provides the mapping between the WFO release and the Unified CCX release.
: the ‘K9’ designator indicates that software is shipped that is subject to export controls (encryption, specifically).
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 9.x and 10.x TO 11.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 11.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 11.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 10.0 to 11.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-10-11K9=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM Unified CCX 8.x TO Unified CCX 11.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 8.0 release and desires to perform indirect release 11.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 8.0 -> 10.6->11.0. Customer will need media kits for 10.6 as well as upgrade license files for 8.0->10.6. In order to receive these media and licenses, the
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 55 of 205
Ordering Guide
customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o
CCX-UPG-P-80-10K9= CCX-UPG-P-10-11K9=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM pre-8.0 release TO 11.0, which will require a fresh install of release 11.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-4X-11K9=.
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release Unified CCX 11.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All UCSS or SWSS upgrade customers using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 11.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.7.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 11.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 9.0 or 10.x TO 11.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 11.0 upgrade process will
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 56 of 205
Ordering Guide
ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0. o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 8.x TO 11.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 10.x to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 8.0 to 11.0. Customer must upgrade 8.0 -> 10.6 -> 11.0. Customer will receive media kits for 10.6 as well as upgrade license files for Unified CCX 8.0 to 10.6 and 10.6 to 11.0
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM a pre-8.0 release TO 11.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 11.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 11.0 STD to Unified CCX 11.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in Section 4.7.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades: o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
Note: A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 PRE) is not ed. Customers would need to first upgrade the version and upgrade the package. Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.7.5.1.1 and 4.7.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to select eDelivery or pDelivery while placing an order
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 57 of 205
Ordering Guide
Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 11.0 Standard to 11.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 11.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX11-11U-S-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat
Example 2: Unified CCX 6.0 Enhanced HA to 11.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 6.0 Enhanced HA to 11.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. The customer needs to Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced first and then upgrade from Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced to . CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX-60-11-EHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 6.0 to 11.0 ENH HA-HA
CCX-11-11-EPHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 ENH-PRE HA-HA
CCX60-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 6.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat
CCX11-11U-E-P-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
The customer will receive the licenses and the Unified CCX 11.0 media kit as part of this order. Example 4: Unified CCX 8.5 Enhanced to 11.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 8.5 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. The media and licenses required for the interim upgrade from 8.5 to 10.6 and 10.6 to 11.0 will be shipped. Use product IDs: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has a Unified CCX 8.5 HA system, upgrading to an 11.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE –LICENSES ONLY
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
CCX-85-11-EHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
Example 5: Customer has ordered the 25 seat promo bundle with a new BE6000 and Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 58 of 205
Ordering Guide
wishes to add 10 more seat licenses and High Availability. CCX-11-ADD-K9
CCX 11.0 ADDON
Quantity 1
CCX-11-A-P-LIC
CCX 11.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 ADDON License
Quantity 10
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
CCX 11.0 PRE HA License
Quantity 1
4.7.5.1
Ordering A La Carte UPGRADES
For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
4.7.5.1.1
Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected]. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order. Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
$0
3.x
CCX3X-11U-P-P-S1
$925
4.x
CCX4X-11U-P-P-S1
$925
5.0
CCX50-11U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-11U-P-P-S1
7.0 8.0
Enhanced
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
$925
CCX-50-11-PHA
$7498
$925
CCX-60-11-PHA
$7498
CCX70-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-70-11-PHA
$7498
CCX80-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-80-11-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-85-11-PHA
$7498
9.0
CCX90-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-90-11-PHA
$7498
10.0
CCX10-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-10-11-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-11U-OBIVR
$349
9.0
CCX90-11U-OBIVR
$349
10.x
CCX10-11U-OBIVR
$349
3.x
CCX3X-11U-E-E-S1
$625
4.X
CCX4X-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-4X-11-EHA
$4498
5.0
CCX50-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-50-11-EHA
$4498
6.0
CCX60-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-60-11-EHA
$4498
7.0
CCX70-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-70-11-EHA
$4498
8.0
CCX80-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-80-11-EHA
$4498
8.5
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-85-11-EHA
$4498
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 59 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
9.0
CCX90-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-90-10-EHA
$4498
10.0
CCX10-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-10-11-EHA
$4498
3.x
CCX3X-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
4.X
CCX4X-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
5.0
CCX50-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
6.0
CCX60-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
7.0
CCX70-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.0
CCX80-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.5
CCX85-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
9.0
CCX90-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
10.x
CCX10-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
11.0
CCX11-11U-S-E-S1
$849
Order Enhanced HA as Addon
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
11.0
CCX11-11U-S-P-S1
$1449
Order HA as Addon
CCX11-11U-E-P-S1
$599
CCX-11-11-EPHA
Standard
ENH-PRE HA Upgrade
11.0
$6000
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 11.0.
4.7.5.2
Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses
SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit. A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.7.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.7.6.1
UCSS or SWSS upgrades for WFO
Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 60 of 205
Ordering Guide
2.6.x, 2,7.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR70-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM70-11K9= CCX-UPGAQM70-11K9=
8.0(2)
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR80-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM80-11K9= CCX-UPGAQM80-11K9=
8.5.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR85-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-85-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-11K9=
9.0.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR90-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-90-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-90-11K9=
10.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR10-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-10-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-10-11K9=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the media and licenses.
4.7.6.2
A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM
Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
Any
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
CR 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.0(2)
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.0(2)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.0(2)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.5.X
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.5.X
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.5.X
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 9.0
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 9.0
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 9.0
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 10.x
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 10.x
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 10.x
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 11.0(1)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10U-CQMS1
$170
CR 11.0(1)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10UCAQMS1
$370
QM 11.0(1)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10UQAQMS1
$200
4.7.6.3
List Price $0
Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT)
Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 61 of 205
Ordering Guide
below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-11=
8.3.4
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-11=
8.5.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-11=
9.0
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-90-11=
10.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-10-11=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.7.6.4
A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM
Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
$0
CCX 7.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-70-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 8.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-80-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 8.5
CCX 11.0
CCX-85-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 9.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-90-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 9.0(1)
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 10.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-10-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 10.0(1)
WFM 11.0(1)
4.7.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE6000). The promotional bundle include 5/25 Enhanced seats or 5/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database is included as part of the 5/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-10-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5-seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM.
Product Number CCX-10-5E
Description
CCX 10.0 5 Enhanced Seat Bundle
List Price (USD) $995
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 62 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-10-5P
CCX 10.0 5 Seat Bundle
$2,995
CCX-10-25E CCX 10.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle CCX-10-25P CCX 10.0 25 Seat Bundle
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 25 seat promo bundle to create a 30 seat deployment. If additional seats or options are required, please configure CCX-11-ADDON-K9. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. Note: Customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Service (SWSS) is NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. 4.7.8
4.7.8.1
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses
NFR Kit Product IDs
Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery. Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX 11.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs CCX-11-NFR=
4.7.8.2
Customer Non-Production Systems
The Unified CCX 11.0 Non Production System is provided for use by customers in an environment where production calls will not be taken. Typical examples are use in development, testing, system integration testing and load testing. The Unified CCX nonproduction lab systems include licenses for 6 seats of Unified CCX with High Availability, Call Recording, Quality Management, Advance Quality Management, Workforce Management, Outbound IVR and Finesse Workflow Recording.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 63 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified CCX non-production lab systems cannot be used in production systems or merged with production system licenses. Product Number
Description
List Price
NPS Kit Product IDs CCX-11-NPS-K9=
4.7.9
CCX 11.0 NPS Kit: 6 seats Pre with OBIVR, HA CR, QM, AQM, WFM, SocialMiner, Finesse Workflow Recording licenses
$2,995
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP). Selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to UCCE ATP certified partners. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS or SWSS maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. 4.7.10
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 64 of 205
Ordering Guide
within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-11-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-11-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 65 of 205
Ordering Guide
Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics license. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
4.8
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$600
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6 is a minor release following on the Unified CCX 10.0(1) and 10.5(1) release and the CCX 10.0(1) licenses can be used with a CCX 10.6(1) system. CCX 10.6(1) adds Finesse E-mail which is included with the CCX licenses and for CAD and Finesse mixed mode. Please refer to the Release Notes for details Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 66 of 205
Ordering Guide
on the functionality available with CCX 10.6(1) 4.8.1
Ordering New CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers ordering a new CCX 10.6 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.2. 4.8.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers ordering addon licenses to an existing CCX 10.6 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.3 4.8.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers on CCX 9 and earlier releases who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can CCX 10.6 by ordering an CCX 10 as described in Section 4.10.4.2. Cisco will ship the CCX 10.6 upgrade. Customers on CCX 10 who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract can CCX 10.6 by ing the CCX 10.5 upgrade image from CCO at http://software.cisco.com//navigator.html?mdfid=270569179&i=rm
4.9
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5 is a minor release following on the Unified CCX 10.0(1) release and the CCX 10.0(1) licenses can be used with a CCX 10.5 system. CCX 10.5 adds Predictive and Progressive dialing for Finesse Outbound agents. Customers who want to use the new predictive/progressive dialing functionality should order the Outbound IVR license. This license provides one Outbound IVR port and one Predictive Agent seat and is priced at $695. Note:
The Predictive Agent capability is added to the agent license when an Outbound
IVR license in installed. Refer to the CCX Design Guide regarding the number of IVR ports available in the system when inbound and outbound IVR are used. Direct Preview functionality is included with the license. 4.9.1
Ordering New CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers ordering a new CCX 10.5 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.2. 4.9.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers ordering addon licenses to an existing CCX 10.5 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.3 4.9.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers on CCX 9 and earlier releases who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can CCX 10.5 by ordering an CCX 10 as described in Section
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 67 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.4.2. Cisco will ship the CCX 10.5 upgrade. Customers on CCX 10 who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract can CCX 10.5 by ing the CCX 10.5 upgrade image from CCO at http://software.cisco.com//navigator.html?mdfid=270569179&i=rm 4.9.4
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-10-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-10-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 68 of 205
Ordering Guide
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 69 of 205
Ordering Guide
Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
$600
4.10 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0 4.10.1
General information
4.10.1.1 Scope and reading guide Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.10.2: New Unified CCX 10.0 Systems Chapter 4.10.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 10.0 system Chapter 4.10.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) of Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0 Chapter 4.10.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 4.10.1.2 Delivery Options Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The same part number is used for ordering both electronic and physical delivery with an option of selecting the delivery mechanism at the time of ordering. The following options are available: (d) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (e) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (f) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with electronic software delivery of media (media ). The same part number provides an option of electronic or physical delivery at the time of ordering. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 70 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.1.3 What needs to be ordered? For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades (e.g. STD to PRE in the same version of Unified CCX)
4.10.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.10.1.5 Temporary Licenses Every Unified CCX media kit ships with demo licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 60 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team. 4.10.2
Ordering New Systems
CCX 10.0 can be deployed only on a virtualized system – bare metal deployments are not ed. New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media (section 4.10.2.1)
Licenses (section 4.10.2.2)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 71 of 205
Ordering Guide
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 10.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. Customers who have ordered CCX seats as part of the BE6000 or CUCM promotional bundle can order additional seats or options by ordering addon licenses as detailed in section 4.10.3 PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above
4.10.2.1 Media
To obtain media kits the following must be configured: CCX-10-MED-K9
CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
There are five media kits that can be configured using the product code above. The same part number can be configured for physical delivery of the media or electronic software delivery. The following table specifies the details: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX10AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 10.0
SocialMiner Web Chat
4.10.2.2 Licenses Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.10.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Cisco recommends selection of eDelivery option. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-10-LIC-K9 NEW
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-10-N-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
CCX-10-P-SVR-
Page 72 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
NEW Enhanced
NEW Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
Auto expansion
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
LIC
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-10-OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1000
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-10-E-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-10-S-SVRLIC
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.10.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Customers using the Unified CCX promotional bundles and needing to order more seats or options should order ADDON licenses for the required options. Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered:
4.10.3.1 Media To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-10-MED-K9
CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
There are five media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses:
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 73 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Enhanced High Availability, High Availability
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX10AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 10.0
SocialMiner Web Chat
M-10MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
4.10.3.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery option. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-10-ADDK9 ADDON
ADDON Enhanced
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-10-A-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-10OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
M-10X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
CCX-10-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-A-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-10X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Page 74 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
ADDON Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
CCX-10-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-A-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
Auto expansion
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: SWSS is not offered for HA options 4.10.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or a SWSS contract:
Software updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1. See section 4.10.4.1. Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.10.4.1. Minor Release Updates, e.g. 10.0(1) to 10.5(1). See section 4.10.4.1. Major Release Updates, e.g.9.0(2) to 10.0(1). See section 4.10.4.2.
4.10.4.1 Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below. Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
4.10.4.2 Major Release Upgrades (PUT) Major release upgrades, e.g. 7.0(1) to 9.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
-
-
= (sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character product code limit).
: this can be any of the following: o o o o
S – CCX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 75 of 205
Ordering Guide
o o o o o
PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
and
: 3.1 would be 31, 8.0 would be 80, etc. Note that the older releases of the Workforce Optimization (WFO) software had release numbers out of synch with Unified CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes have the Unified CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to upgrade from AQM 2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCXUPG-AQM-70-80. The Compatibility Matrix provides the mapping between the WFO release and the Unified CCX release.
: the ‘K9’ designator indicates that software is shipped that is subject to export controls (encryption, specifically).
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0, 8.5 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 8.0 to 10.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-80-10=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM Unified CCX 5.0 or 7.0 TO Unified CCX 10.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 7.0 release and desires to perform indirect release 10.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 7.0 -> 9.0->10.0. Customer will need media kits for 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o
CCX-UPG-P-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-P-90-10K9=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 76 of 205
Ordering Guide
customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-10K9=. The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release Unified CCX 10.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All UCSS or SWSS upgrade customers using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 10.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.10.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0.
o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 5.0, 7.0 TO 10.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 8.0 and 9.0 respectively to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 5.0 to 10.0. Customer must upgrade 5.0 -> 8.0 -> 10.0. Customer will receive media kits for 8.0 as well as upgrade license files for Unified CCX 5.0 to 8.0 and 8.0 to 10.0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 77 of 205
Ordering Guide
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 10.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 10.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in Section 4.10.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades: o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
Note: A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 PRE) is not ed. Customers would need to first upgrade the version and upgrade the package. Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.10.5.1 and 4.10.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to select eDelivery or pDelivery while placing an order Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 10.0 Standard to 10.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 10.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 78 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX10-10U-S-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. The customer needs to Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced first and then upgrade from Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced to . CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX-4X-10-EHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 4.X to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
CCX-10-10-EPHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 ENH-PRE HA-HA
CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 4.X to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat
CCX10-10U-E-P-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
The customer will receive the licenses and the Unified CCX 10.0 media kit as part of this order. Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. The media and licenses required for the interim upgrade from 7.0 to 9.0 and 9.0 to 10.0 will be shipped. Use product IDs: CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX70-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has a Unified CCX 8.0 HA system, upgrading to an 10.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX80-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 8.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
CCX-80-10-EHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 8.0 to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
Example 5: Customer has ordered the 25 seat promo bundle with a new BE6000 and wishes to add 10 more seat licenses and High Availability. CCX-10-ADD-K9
CCX 10.0 ADDON
Quantity 1
CCX-10-A-P-LIC
CCX 10.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 ADDON License
Quantity 10
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
CCX 10.0 PRE HA License
Quantity 1
4.10.5.1 Ordering A La Carte UPGRADES For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 79 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.5.1.1 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected] to obtain a 4.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order. Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
$0
3.x
CCX3X-10U-P-P-S1
$925
4.x
CCX4X-10U-P-P-S1
$925
5.0
CCX50-10U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-10U-P-P-S1
7.0
Enhanced
Standard
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
$925
CCX-50-10-PHA
$7498
$925
CCX-60-10-PHA
$7498
CCX70-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-70-10-PHA
$7498
8.0
CCX80-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-80-10-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-85-10-PHA
$7498
9.0
CCX90-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-90-10-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-10U-OBIVR
$349
9.0
CCX90-10U-OBIVR
$349
3.x
CCX3X-10U-E-E-S1
$625
4.X
CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-4X-10-EHA
$4498
5.0
CCX50-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-50-10-EHA
$4498
6.0
CCX60-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-60-10-EHA
$4498
7.0
CCX70-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-70-10-EHA
$4498
8.0
CCX80-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-80-10-EHA
$4498
8.5
CCX85-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-85-10-EHA
$4498
9.0
CCX90-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-90-10-EHA
$4498
3.x
CCX3X-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
4.X
CCX4X-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
5.0
CCX50-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
6.0
CCX60-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
7.0
CCX70-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.0
CCX80-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.5
CCX85-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
10.0
CCX10-10U-S-E-S1
$849
Order Enhanced HA as Addon
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 80 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
10.0
CCX10-10U-S-P-S1
$1449
Order HA as Addon
CCX10-10U-E-P-S1
$599
CCX-10-10-EPHA
ENH-PRE HA Upgrade
10.0
List Price
$6000
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 10.0.
4.10.5.2 Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit. A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.10.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.10.6.1 UCSS or SWSS upgrades for WFO Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from 2.6.x, 2,7.x
Upgrading To 10.0(1)
Order on PUT CCX-UPG-CR70-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM70-10K9= CCX-UPGAQM70-10K9=
8.0(2)
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR80-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM80-10K9= CCX-UPGAQM80-10K9=
8.5.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR85-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM-85-10K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-10K9=
9.0.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR90-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM-90-10K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-90-10K9=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the media and licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 81 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
CR 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.0(2)
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.0(2)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.0(2)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.5.X
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.5.X
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.5.X
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 9.0
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 9.0
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 9.0
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 10.0(1)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10U-CQMS1
$248
CR 10.0(1)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10UCAQMS1
$348
QM 10.0(1)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10UQAQMS1
$348
$0
4.10.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT) Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-10=
8.3.4
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-10=
8.5.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-10=
9.0
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-90-10=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.10.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
$0
CCX 7.0
CCX 10.0
CCX-70-10U-W-WS1
$275
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 10.0(1)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 82 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX 8.0
CCX 10.0
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX 8.5
CCX 10.0
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX 9.0
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
WFM 10.0(1)
4.10.7
CCX-80-10U-W-WS1
$275
CCX-85-10U-W-WS1
$275
CCX-90-10U-W-WS1
$275
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE6000). The promotional bundle include 5/25 Enhanced seats or 5/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database is included as part of the 5/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-10-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5-seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM. Product Number
Description
List Price (USD)
CCX-10-5E
CCX 10.0 5 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$995
CCX-10-5P
CCX 10.0 5 Seat Bundle
$2,995
CCX-10-25E CCX 10.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$22,395
CCX-10-25P CCX 10.0 25 Seat Bundle
$34,495
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 25 seat promo bundle to create a 30 seat deployment. If additional seats or options are required, please configure CCX-10-ADDON-K9. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. Note: Customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Service (SWSS) is NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 83 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.8
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses
4.10.8.1 NFR Kit Product IDs Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery. Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX 10.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs CCX-10-NFR=
4.10.8.2 Customer Non-Production Systems The Unified CCX 10.0 Non Production System is provided for use by customers in an environment where production calls will not be taken. Typical examples are use in development, testing, system integration testing and load testing. The Unified CCX nonproduction lab systems include licenses for 6 seats of Unified CCX with High Availability, Call Recording, Quality Management, Advance Quality Management, Workforce Management, Outbound IVR and Finesse Workflow Recording. Unified CCX non-production lab systems cannot be used in production systems or merged with production system licenses. Product Number
Description
List Price
NPS Kit Product IDs CCX-10-NPS-K9=
4.10.9
CCX 10.0 NPS Kit: 6 seats Pre with OBIVR, HA CR, QM, AQM, WFM, SocialMiner, Finesse Workflow Recording licenses
$2,995
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP). Selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to UCCE ATP certified partners. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS or SWSS maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 84 of 205
Ordering Guide
for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. 4.10.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 85 of 205
Ordering Guide
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-10-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-10-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 86 of 205
Ordering Guide
for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics license. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$600
4.11 Cisco Unified CCX 9.0 4.11.1
General information
4.11.1.1 Scope and reading guide Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.11.2: New Unified CCX 9.0 Systems Chapter 4.11.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 9.0 system Chapter 4.11.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0 Chapter 4.11.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 87 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.1.2 Delivery Options Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The following options are available: (g) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (h) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (i) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with electronic software delivery of media (media ). Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-’. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-’.
4.11.1.3 What needs to be ordered? For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades
4.11.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.11.1.5 Temporary Licenses Every Unified CCX media kit ships with temporary licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 30 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 88 of 205
Ordering Guide
license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team. 4.11.2
Ordering New Systems
New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media and/or servers (section 4.11.2.1), as well as Licenses (section 4.11.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 9.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
4.11.2.1 Media and/or servers
To obtain Cisco MCS servers and/or media kits one of the following must be configured: CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID above and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 89 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.2.2 Licenses Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.11.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Licenses can be ordered for:
Electronic delivery (eDelivery), as described in section 4.11.2.2.1. This is the Cisco recommended method. Physical delivery (pDelivery), as described in section 4.11.2.2.2
4.11.2.2.1 eDelivery Licenses (Cisco Recommended) Model
Option Class
L-CCX-90NEW-LIC NEW eDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
L-CCX-90-EPAK
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($495) L-CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC ($695)
L-CCX-90-PSVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC ($550)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC ($1000) NEW Enhanced eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-ESVR-LIC
L-CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) NEW Standard eDelivery
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
L-CCX-90-SSVR-LIC
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 90 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.2.2.2 pDelivery Licenses Model
Option Class
CCX-90NEW-LIC NEW pDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
CCX-90-P-PAK
Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325) CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($495) CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC ($695)
Physical PAK CCX-90-PSVR-LIC
Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC ($550)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC ($395)
Physical PAK
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC ($1000) NEW Enhanced pDelivery
Physical PAK CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
Physical PAK CCX-90-ESVR-LIC
CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) NEW Standard pDelivery
Physical PAK Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
CCX-90-SSVR-LIC
CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
Physical PAK Physical PAK
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.11.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered: 4.11.3.1 Media and/or servers To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 91 of 205
Ordering Guide
Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.3.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. eDelivery or traditional physical delivery product licenses are configured using the product ID shown below. Choosing Physical Delivery will always result in a physical shipment of a piece of paper with a PAK from the factory. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery product codes. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license.
4.11.3.2.1 eDelivery Licenses (Cisco Recommended) Model
Option Class
L-CCX-90ADDON NEW eDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
L-CCX-90-E-PAK
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC ($695)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC ($550)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC ($8995)
eDelivery PAK
NEW Standard eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 92 of 205
Ordering Guide
ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: ESW is not offered for HA options
4.11.3.2.2 p Delivery Licenses Model
Option Class
CCX-90ADDON
Auto expansion
What ships?
CCX-90-P-PAK
pDelivery PAK
NEW pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($495)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC ($695)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC ($550)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC ($395)
pDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC ($8995)
pDelivery PAK
NEW Standard pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-S-LIC ($395)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: ESW is not offered for HA options 4.11.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or SWSS:
Software updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1. See section 4.11.4.1. Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.11.4.1. Minor Release Updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.5(1). See section 4.11.4.1 Major Release Updates, e.g. 8.0(2) to 9.0(1). See section 4.11.4.2.
4.11.4.1 Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 93 of 205
Ordering Guide
Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 7.0(1) to 7.0(2) or 8.0(1) to 8.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
4.11.4.2 Major Release Upgrades (PUT) Major release upgrades, e.g. 7.0(1) to 9.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
-
-
= (sometimes the dashes are dropped to stay within the 18 character product code limit).
: this can be any of the following: o o o o o o o o o
S – CcaX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
and
: 3.1 would be 31, 8.0 would be 80, etc. Note that the older releases of the Workforce Optimization (WFO) software had release numbers out of synch with Unified CCX. In these cases the WFO product codes have the Unified CCX release numbers. For example, if the customer wishes to upgrade from AQM 2.7.3 to AQM 8.0.x, the required part number would be CCXUPG-AQM-70-80. The Compatibility Matrix provides the mapping between the WFO release and the Unified CCX release.
: the ‘K9’ designator indicates that software is shipped that is subject to export controls (encryption, specifically).
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0, 8.0 or 8.5 TO 9.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will ensure that all
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 94 of 205
Ordering Guide
information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 9.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 7.0 to 9.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P70-90=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 3.5 release and desires to perform indirect release 9.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 3.5 > 4.0 -> 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will need media kits for 4.0, 7.0 and 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 3.5 -> 4.0->7.0 and 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o o
CCX-UPG-P-35-40= CCX-UPG-P-40-70= CCX-UPG-P-70-90=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install of release 9.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-90=.
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All customers with a valid UCSS or SWSS contract using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 95 of 205
Ordering Guide
Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.11.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0 or 8.0 TO 9.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 9.0.
o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 7.0 to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from 4.0 to 9.0. Customer must upgrade 4.0 > 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will receive media kits for 7.0 and 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 7.0 and 9.0.
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install of release 9.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 9.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in chapter 4.11.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 96 of 205
Ordering Guide
o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 PRE).
Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.11.5.1 and 4.11.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 9.0 Standard to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 9.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 9.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. The correct Product IDs would be qty 1 for the HA standby server and qty X for however many Unified CCX 4.0 seats are being upgraded to Unified CCX 9.0. CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – Physical Delivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – HA ENH-HA PRE LICENSE ONLY
CCX40-90U-E-P-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 4.0 to 8.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 3: Unified CCX 3.5 to Unified CCX 9.0 Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 3.5 to Unified CCX 9.0. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. Customer will need to perform a 3.5->4.0->7.0->9.0 migration and will receive:
A 4.0 media kit but no PAK – customer must open a case with [email protected] to receive a 4.0 license and provide the SO#
A 7.0 media kit and an upgrade PAK for 4.0 to 7.0 upgrade
A 9.0 media kit and an upgrade PAK for 7.0 to 9.0 upgrade
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 97 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX3X-90-P-P-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 3.5 to 9.0 Qty 1 PRE-PRE Seat
Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. When using eDelivery SKUs, media will not be automatically added to the order. Media needs to be ordered separately, using CCX-90SRVRS-MEDIA (physical delivery) or R-CCX-90-MEDIA (electronic software delivery). Use product IDs: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 HA system, upgrading to an 9.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – HA ENH-HA ENH LICENSE ONLY
4.11.5.1 Ordering UPGRADES via a la carte Electronic Delivery For eDelivery upgrade orders two separate Product IDs may need to be configured (media and licenses). Media is not needed for seat upgrades only, when the major release is unchanged. Media is needed when doing a major release upgrade. A la carte eDelivery upgrades are available only for customers upgrading from releases that direct upgrades (7.0 or 8.0). Releases that do not direct upgrades need to be configured for physical delivery (see section).
4.11.5.1.1 Media and/or servers If new servers and/or media kits are desired or required (see paragraphs above) one of the following product IDs must be configured. CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 98 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.5.1.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered using the product codes below. Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
Any – top level SKU
Any
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
eDelivery PAK. This PAK is configured with the underlying agent upgrade quantities and types.
(no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-P-P-S1
7.0
L-CCX-70-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
8.0
L-CCX-80-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
8.5
L-CCX-85-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
Any
L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-E-S1
When upgrading a HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent: When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
eDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 99 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any
L-CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent: When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
eDelivery PAK
Note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0
4.11.5.2 Ordering UPGRADES via A La Carte Physical Delivery For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
4.11.5.2.1 Servers CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.5.2.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 100 of 205
Ordering Guide
PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected] to obtain a 4.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order.
Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
pDelivery PAK. This PAK is configured with the underlying agent upgrade quantities and types. Media kits
(no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-P-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-P-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-P-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-P-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-P-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Any
CCX-90-HA-P-P-U
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-E-E-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-E-E-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-E-E-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-E-E-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-E-E-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-E-E-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Any
CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-S-S-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-S-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-S-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-S-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-S-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-S-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
pDelivery PAK
pDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 101 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
From Release
Order
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
3X
CCX3X-90U-S-E-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-E-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-E-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-E-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-E-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-E-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-E-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
3.x
CCX3X-90U-S-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
3X
CCX3X-90U-E-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-E-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-E-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-E-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-E-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-E-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any
CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
What Ships
pDelivery PAK
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0.
4.11.5.3 Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 102 of 205
Ordering Guide
A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.11.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.11.6.1 UCSS/SWSS upgrades for WFO Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
2.6.x, 2,7.x
9.0(1)
Order on PUT CCX-UPG-CR-70-90= CCX-UPG-QM-70-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.0(2)
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR-80-90= CCX-UPG-QM-80-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.5.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR-85-90= CCX-UPG-QM-85-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-90=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery licenses.
4.11.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. pDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
2.6(1)
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-70-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
2.6(2)
CS1($163)
(physical)
2.7(2)
QM: CCX-70-90U-Q-
2.7(3)
QS1($248) AQM: CCX-70-90U-AAS1($348)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 103 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrading From CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-80-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: CCX-80-90U-QQS1($248) AQM: CCX-80-90U-AAS1($348) CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-85-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: CCX-85-90U-QQS1($248) AQM: CCX-85-90U-AAS1($348)
eDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
2.6(1)
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-70-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
2.6(2)
CS1($163)
(physical)
2.7(2)
QM: L-CCX-70-90U-Q-
2.7(3)
QS1($248) AQM:L- CCX-70-90U-AAS1($348)
CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-80-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: L-CCX-80-90U-QQS1($248) AQM:L- CCX-80-90U-AAS1($348) CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-85-90U-C-CS1
Upgrade licenses
($163)
(physical)
QM: L-CCX-85-90U-Q-QS1 ($248) AQM: L-CCX-85-90U-AAS1($348)
4.11.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT) Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 104 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-90=
8.3.4
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-90=
8.5.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-90=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.11.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS or SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. pDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CCX 7.0
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-70-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.0
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.5
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
eDelivery Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CCX 7.0
CCX 9.0
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 9.0(1)
L-CCX-70-90U-W-
Upgrade licenses
WS1 ($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.0
CCX 9.0
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.5
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275
(physical)
4.11.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE 6000). The existing 5-seat promotional bundle has been expanded to include 10/25 Enhanced seats or 10/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 105 of 205
Ordering Guide
is included as part of the 10/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-90-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5 seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM. Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 10/25 seat promo bundle to create a 15/30 seat deployment. If additional seats are required, please configure the CCX-90-ADDON-LIC or the L-CCX-90-ADDON-LIC part number to order the required number of seats.
Product Number
Description
List Price (USD)
CCX-90-5E Entitlement SKU for 5-seat promo bundle
$2,995
CCX-90-10E CCX 9.0 10 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$7,895
CCX-90-25E CCX 9.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$22,395
CCX-90-10P CCX 9.0 10 Seat Bundle
$13,095
CCX-90-25P CCX 9.0 25 Seat Bundle
$34,495
The Unified CCX bundle must be on a separated server if MCS servers are being deployed. CCX-90-ADDON or L-CCX-90-ADDON can be configured to add additional seats or options such as HA or WFO to the 10/25 seat promo bundles. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. PLEASE NOTE: For Unified CM, customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Services (SWSS) are NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. 4.11.8
New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners
The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 106 of 205
Ordering Guide
wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco. Please note only eDelivery licenses are available. Product Number
Description
List Price
L-CCX-90-P-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$18,500
L-CCX-90-PHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW HA Server LICENSE ONLY
$14,995
L-CCX-90-P-1SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$1,850
L-CCX-90-P-10SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$18,500
L-CCX-90-P-25SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$46,250
L-CCX-90-P-50SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$92,500
L-CCX-90-E-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENH Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$12,500
L-CCX-90-EHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENHANCED HA Server LICENSE ONLY
$8,995
L-CCX-90-E-1SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$1,250
L-CCX-90-E-10SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$12,500
L-CCX-90-E-25SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$31,250
L-CCX-90-E-50SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$62,500
L-CCX-90-S-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW STANDARD Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$3,950
L-CCX-90-S-1SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$395
L-CCX-90-S-10SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$3,950
L-CCX-90-S-25SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$9,875
L-CCX-90-S-50SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$19,750
L-CCX-90-CR1SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$325
L-CCX-90-CR10SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$3,250
L-CCX-90-CR25SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$8,125
L-CCX-90-CR50SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$16,250
L-CCX-90-QM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$495
L-CCX-90-QM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$4,950
L-CCX-90-QM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$12,375
L-CCX-90-QM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$24,750
L-CCX-90-AQM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$695
L-CCX-90-AQM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$6,950
L-CCX-90-AQM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$17,375
L-CCX-90-AQM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$34,750
L-CCX-90-WFM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$550
L-CCX-90-WFM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$5,500
L-CCX-90-WFM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$13,750
L-CCX-90-WFM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$27,500
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 107 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.9
Non-production licenses
4.11.9.1 NFR Kit Product IDs Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery.
Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX-90-NFR=
CCX 9.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
R-CCX-90-NFR=
CCX 9.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, AQM, WFM
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs
4.11.9.2 Customer Non-Production Systems Unified CCX 9.0 does not at this time provide product IDs for purchase of customer nonproduction systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 4.11.10 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP), and therefore selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to CVP ATP certified partners. Nuance SolutionsPlus products are available only with the Cisco Unified CCX package. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 108 of 205
Ordering Guide
by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. Cisco Unified CCX 8.5 and earlier releases Unified CCX 8.5 and earlier releases are end of sales and end of software maintenance. No new systems or add-ons can be ordered anymore. Unified CCX End of Life notices are here: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list.html.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 109 of 205
Ordering Guide
5. Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Center Enterprise solution. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
5.1
Overview of Unified CCE Licensing
Unified CCE licensing structure consists of the following primary and additional components: ●
Primary Unified CCE Licenses
1. Unified CCE Server Licenses (includes all Unified CCE server components) 2. Unified CCE Agent Licenses ●
Additional Unified CCE Licenses
3. Third Party IVR Licenses 4. Consideration for Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases For information on ordering the Customer Collaboration Suite (UCCE and CVP) as part of the Collaboration Enterprise Agreement, please send inquiries to [email protected] or your Cisco team. 5.1.1
Primary Unified CCE Licensing
Unified CCE Server Licenses and Unified CCE Agent Licenses are needed for all Unified CCE systems.
5.1.1.1
Unified CCE Server Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Server Licenses. There are three (3) categories of Unified CCE Server Licenses: Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
5.1.1.1.1
Unified CCE Server Licenses for Voice Applications
Each Unified CCE system for voice applications requires the purchase of one (1) Unified CCE Server License (whether the Unified CCE system is deployed on one or multiple servers). A single system is defined a (redundant) router/logger. The Unified CCE Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified CCE voice deployments, specifically: ●
Redundant Router
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 110 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Redundant Logger
●
Redundant Unified Communications Manager Peripheral Gateway(s)
●
Redundant IVR Peripheral Gateway(s) for connection to Cisco IVR systems (i.e. CVP and Unified IP IVR). Note: Non-Cisco IVRs require Third part IVR port licenses.
●
Redundant Unified CCE System Peripheral Gateway
●
istrative Workstation(s)
●
Historical Database server(s)
●
Internet Script Editor (ISE) Server and ISE Connections
●
Application Gateway
●
NICs (AT&T , SS7, Unisource, TIM, CRSP , NTL, Nortel)
●
Network (Sigtran) gateways (ITU, AT&T and INAP)
●
Redundant CTI Server for third-party CTI connections (Note: Only for non-agent
2
3
4
desktop application) ●
Network Transfer
●
Remote Silent Monitor software. Note that in order to deploy this feature additional Device License Units (DLUs) licenses are required on the Unified Communications Manager, as RSM connects to UCM as a bank of 7941 phones, one for each simultaneous monitoring session.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CENTER ENTERPRISE SERVER LICENSE
$15,000.00
Unified CCE Server License IPCE-SVR
Note:
There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination
with Unified CCE such as Cisco Finesse, Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP), Unified IP IVR, Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager, Unified Web Interaction Manager, Unified Center Management Portal (CCMP) and Unified Intelligent Management (ICM) components. These need to be purchased separately. Please refer to respective sections of this guide for additional licensing structure and ordering information for these components. Note:
Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView has been disabled and not ed.
s are required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see Chapter 14 for more information. 2
AT&T NIC along with AT&T Network gateway can be used to connect only with Signling gateway. Information on connections to third party signaling gateways are available on request..
3
When using the CRSP NIC to connect to a carrier network, the carrier is required to purchase an IPCC Hosted NIC (IPCH-NIC) license to acquire the right to use the CRSP specification. See section 9.1.1.
4
SS7, Unisource and TIM INAP NICs should be used with appropriate Network gateway to connect with either a Signaling gateway or Cisco PGW softswitch. This NIC license can be used in a carrier/service provider environment, but only for internal service provider centers and not for offering hosted or managed services. For Hosted or managed services Hosted IPCC licenses are required.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 111 of 205
Ordering Guide
5.1.1.1.2
Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM)
Each Unified CCE system for e-mail interaction management requires the purchase of one (1) Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified EIM system is deployed on one or multiple servers). The Unified EIM Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified EIM deployments, specifically: ●
One (1) Services Server
●
One or more Application Servers
●
One or more Web Servers
●
One Messaging and File Server
●
One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses – Basic and Advanced. The following table summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations. E-Mail Interaction Feature
Basic
Advanced
Routing and Queuing of E-Mail Messages. Push or pull routing.
HTML e-mail (incoming and outgoing)
Acknowledgements, Auto-responses and Suggested responses
Spell Check
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services
DB Only
Many
Attachment Handling (inbound and outbound). Agents may attach files from their desktops or knowledgebase.
Extensive knowledgebase integrated with agent desktop
Outbound workflows – allow for approval of outbound e-mail
Custom Roles
Multiple Partitions and Departments – allow data separation and separate istration
Universal Queue* – Use CCE scripts to route e-mail to agents who are not on voice calls
Multichannel (e-mail and voice) reporting* through Intelligence Center
* Universal Queue and multichannel reporting available from version 4.3.
The table below lists the Unified EIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$3,000
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$5,000
Unified EIM Server License
For deployments that include Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager on the same hardware, all EIM and WIM licenses must be of the same class. Advanced and Basic licenses may not be combined.
5.1.1.1.3
Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager (WIM)
Each Unified CCE system for Web interaction management requires the purchase of one (1) Unified Web Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified WIM system is deployed on one or multiple servers).
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 112 of 205
Ordering Guide
The Unified WIM Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified WIM deployments, specifically: ●
One (1) Services Server
●
One or more Application Servers
●
One or more Web Servers
●
One Messaging and File Server
●
One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses – Basic and Advanced. The following table summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations. Web Interaction Feature
Basic
Advanced
Routing and queuing of chat requests
URL Pushing – Share simple web pages
Transcripts – Chat transcript can be automatically e-mailed to customer
Integrated, searchable knowledge base
Single desktop for multi-session or single-session chat, e-mail
Spell-check, Profanity Filter (Blocked word list)
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services
DB Only
Many
Custom Roles
Multiple Departments – separate istration (data not separated)
Note:
Web callback will require Unified CCE voice application licenses, in additional to
the Unified WIM licenses. The table below lists the Unified WIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BCOL-SVR
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$1,500
IPCE-ACOL-SVR
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$2,500
Unified WIM Server License
5.1.1.2
Unified CCE Agent Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Agent Licenses. All Unified CCE Agent licenses are based on concurrent logged-in agents or supervisors. A Unified CCE Agent license is needed for each logged-in agent or supervisor (independent of whether they are ready to take a call or whether they are on a call.) Note:
Unified CCE Agent Licenses apply to s of various agent desktop or
supervisor desktops. Other s, such as istrative Workstation s, CUIC or Internet Script Editor s do not require the purchase of separate licenses. There are different categories of Unified CCE Agent Licenses: ●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound Option
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 113 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications
5.1.1.2.1
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
New CCE Customer must purchase the Unified CCE Agent licenses, which allow deployment of the Finesse desktop for agents and supervisors. Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD), Cisco Supervisor Desktop (CSD), and CTI-OS have started Cisco End-Of-Life Process and as of July 2015, are end-of-sale: http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/collateral/customer-collaboration/unified-center-enterprise/eos-eol-notice-c51-733718.html Legacy Unified CCE Agent licenses (Standard, Enhanced) and legacy desktops (CAD, CTI OS) as part of the CCE Agent license are no longer for sale for new Unified CCE customers. In certain circumstances they can still be ordered for existing Unified CCE customers, to expand their existing systems. Some detail on legacy and current Unified CCE Agent licenses for Voice Applications: ●
Agent (current): There are three different types of Agent licenses, two legacy, end of sale for new deployments, one current. At ordering time, the customer has the option to choose between the different agent desktop packages by choosing the appropriate media kit. ●
Cisco Finesse Agent Desktop (current). Section 7 of this Ordering Guide includes information on ordering the Cisco Finesse server software. A Agent license entitles the customer to use either Finesse IPPA, the Finesse Browser Desktop Application, or a custom application based on the Finesse API
●
Cisco CTI OS Toolkit Desktop (legacy). Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to deploy CTI OS.
●
Cisco Agent Desktop or Cisco Supervisor Desktop (legacy). Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to deploy CAD/CSD.
Cisco Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with Agent licenses ●
Enhanced Agent Licenses (legacy): The Enhanced Agent license includes the Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop or the Enhanced Cisco Supervisor Desktop. Select the CAD media kit when ordering Enhanced Agent licenses. Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to buy Enhanced Agent Licenses.
●
Standard Agent License (legacy)s: The Standard Agent license includes the Cisco Finesse IP Phone Agent (IPPA) or Standard Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) and the Standard Cisco Supervisor Desktop (CSD). Select either the Finesse Server SW license or CAD media kit when ordering Standard Agent licenses. The Standard Agent License entitles a customer to use Finesse IPPA. A customer with this license is not entitled to use the Finesse Browser Desktop Application or a custom application based on the Finesse API.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 114 of 205
Ordering Guide
Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to buy Standard Agent Licenses.
CRM Agent licenses (legacy): CRM connectors are now provided from SolutionsPlus partners. See the SolutionsPlus chapter for more details.
Upgrade and migration licenses to move from one license type to another are described in section 5.3.1.
The table below lists the Unified Agent Licenses for voice applications and prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
$1,100.00
Legacy: Choice of:
Unified CCE Agent Licenses IPCE-STDAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT
Cisco Finesse IP Phone Agent Cisco Agent Desktop – Standard Edition IPCE-ENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT
$1,500.00
IPCE-PREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE AGENT
$1,700.00
Legacy: Cisco Agent Desktop – Enhanced Edition
(Includes CCMP license)
Choice of: Current: Cisco Finesse Desktop Legac:- Cisco Toolkit Desktop Legac:- Cisco Agent Desktop
Notes: ●
For Unified CCE deployments, Cisco Agent Desktop types may not be mixed on the same peripheral. For example, if a peripheral contains some Cisco Agent Desktop Licenses, all agents on that peripheral must be Cisco Agent Desktop Licenses.
●
It is possible to deploy Cisco Agent Desktop, CTI Toolkit, or Cisco Finesse on the same peripheral. For example, a peripheral can contain both CTI Toolkit Agents and Cisco Agent Desktop agents (standard, enhanced, or ). Be aware that when this configuration is deployed, that the Cisco Agent Desktop agents will work only with the Cisco Supervisor Desktop, where as CTI Toolkit and Finesse agents will work only with the CTI Toolkit or Finesse Supervisor Desktop. Toolkit or Finesse Supervisors cannot manage CAD agents and vice versa. Also other functions such as chat and silent monitoring will only work for teams using the same desktop type. Note that all Cisco Agent Desktop agents on this peripheral must be the same type, as you cannot mix Cisco Agent Desktop agent types on a single peripheral. For example, Cisco Agent Desktop agents may not be mixed on the same peripheral with Standard Cisco Agent Desktop agents.
●
for Cisco IP Phone Agent, Cisco Agent Desktop Browser Edition is bundled into the purchase of Standard, Enhanced, or Cisco Agent Desktop license purchase and if a customer has purchased these licenses, no separate license purchase is needed to acquire these capabilities. These capabilities are not included when Cisco Tool Kit Option is selected under Agent License.
●
Mobile Agent is included with any Finesse, CAD or CTI Toolkit license.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 115 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
CRM Agents can be mixed on a peripheral with any other type of agent license. However, note that only Finesse or CTI Toolkit supervisors can supervise a CRM Agent. Cisco Supervisor Desktop cannot be used to supervise a CRM Agent.
●
Unified Center Management Portal is included with each new CCE or CRM agent purchased. One IPCE-PORTALAGT-L license will be provided with each new CCE or CRM Agent purchased.
●
CCMP upgrade licenses (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L) must be purchased to use Unified Center Management Portal for all CCE agents purchased prior to st
August 1 , 2007 as well as for all CCE Standard or Enhanced agent types regardless of time of purchase.
5.1.1.2.2
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound Option
Unified CCE Outbound Option requires purchase of at least Unified CCE Enhanced or Agent voice application licenses and the appropriate number of Dialer Port Licenses. Each Dialer Port license allows the dialer to make a single simultaneous call. The Dialer Port license, licenses the use of the Unified CCE Dialer components (such as the dialer and campaign manager). No additional Unified Communications Manager licenses are required for the Dialer. Note:
Unified CCE Standard Agent licenses for voice applications will not
Outbound Option. The ratio between Dialer Port licenses and Unified CCE Agent licenses for outbound agents depends on the types of outbound dialing required: ●
For predictive dialing, the typical ratio of ports to agents is 1.5:1, but may depend on the specific campaign settings and circumstances.
●
For progressive dialing, the typical ratio is 1:1
●
For preview dialing, it might be sufficient to have slightly less port licenses than agent licenses.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Dialer Port license and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CC ENTERPRISE DIALER PORT
$600.00
Unified CCE Outbound licenses IPCE-DIALPORT-L
5.1.1.2.3
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to respond to e-mail messages (independent of whether they are handling an e-mail interaction or not). There are two types of EIM agent licenses for Unified CCE – Basic and Advanced. Please see section 5.1.1.1.2 for a summary of the differences between Basic and Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of license – Basic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced agent licenses). All server and agent licenses must be of the same class – you may not Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 116 of 205
Ordering Guide
deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic server license. The table below lists the Unified EIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$2,500
Unified EIM Agent Licenses
5.1.1.2.4
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for Web Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to respond to web interaction tasks (independent of whether they are handling a session or not). There are two types of WIM agent licenses for Unified CCE—Basic and Advanced. Please see section 5.1.1.1.3 for a summary of the differences between Basic and Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of license—Basic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced agent licenses as part of the same deployment). All server and agent licenses must be of the same class—you may not deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic server license. The table below lists the Unified WIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,000
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
Unified EIM Agent Licenses
5.1.1.2.5
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications
A blended license is a license for a single CCE agent who can be using (i.e. logged in for) multiple media at the same time. Blended licenses are available in combination of 2 or 3 of the following: CCE voice agent (Finesse, Toolkit, or CAD), email or web. Although the same can be achieved by buying separate voice, EIM, and WIM licenses, the price level for the blended licenses is lower as compared to the equivalent aggregate cost of individual licenses. All Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents, irrespective of whether they are handling a voice, email or chat session or not. A blended agent may work on 2 or 3 channels at once or on one channel at a time and switch back and forth between multiple channels. There is an important mandatory condition on the use of the blended licenses. They are intended for s who want to multichannel-enable ALL agents. It is therefore not allowed to mix the blended licensing model and the traditional multichannel licenses on a single EIM-WIM system (single cluster). If there is more than one EIM WIM system in a deployment then the licensing type must still be homogeneous within each EIM-WIM system, but can be heterogeneous among the multiple EIM WIM systems, i.e. one EIM Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 117 of 205
Ordering Guide
WIM system may have only traditional multichannel licenses and other EIM WIM system may have only blended licenses. Examples: Allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster. 100 agents on system, 50 of which have a voice license, 25 have a blended voice/email license, and 25 have a blended voice/web license.
Single CCE system with 2 EIM-WIM clusters. 1000 agents on the system. 500 do voice only with a CCE agent license. 200 agents on EIM-WIM cluster 1 doing voice, email and web using 200 blended licenses. 300 agents on EIM-WIM cluster 2. Of these 300 agents, 150 do email only with an email only license. 150 do web and voice and need a separate voice and web license. Alternatively the 300 agents on cluster 2 could have been licensed with 150 blended voice/email licenses and 150 blended voice/web licenses. This second option is cheaper.
Not allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster with 350 agents. 100 agents doing voice only, 200 email only agents licensed with email only license, and 50 agents attempting blended web/voice. These latter 50 agents cannot use the blended licensing model, unless the 200 email agents also get a blended voice/email license.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses IPCE-BEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,100
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
$2,300
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
$2,000
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,500
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$ 2,300
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L
5.1.1.2.6
$ 3,300
eGain Multichannel offering for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The eGain for Cisco SolutionsPlus offering is an integrated offering for end- driven multichannel management for Cisco powered centers. This offering makes center operations more productive by enabling end s to be more agile, to reduce costs, and to deliver improved customer experience. Types of solutions offered: cloud service or perpetual license The eGain for Cisco SolutionsPlus offering is available in two different models: as a cloud service and as a perpetual license for deploying the software on the customer premises.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 118 of 205
Ordering Guide
Similar functionality is offered through either model. The cloud offer requires a minimal two year term, paid upfront, with optional annual extensions. The fee for the cloud offer includes the licenses as well as the operational cost. The license model features different types of licenses dependent on the product:
Volume-based licenses for web applications Volume-based licenses are perpetual licenses that license the system for a certain maximum capacity; expressed as the number of sessions it can handle every month. For example, a license for 20,000 Chatbot sessions a month is a perpetual license that licenses the system for a maximum capacity of 20,000 Chatbot sessions each month. If during any month a higher number of Chatbot sessions are needed, a license for the additional capacity must be purchased.
-based licenses for Center applications There are two types of -based licenses, depending on the product: o
o
Concurrent logged-in agents: This refers to the number of allowed concurrently logged-in agents according to the license requirement. For example, an eGain Mail application that is licensed for 200 concurrent agents, can have no more than 200 agents logged into the system (i.e. whether they are handling emails or are idle) at any given point in time. Named or configured agents: This refers to the number of individual, named agents ( IDs) configured in the system, independent of whether they are actually using the system. For example, when an eGain Cobrowse system is licensed for 200 named agents, a maximum of 200 individual s have the potential to setup Cobrowse sessions. Named licenses are available only for Cobrowse when purchased as a single product (and not in conjunction with chat). All other eGain products utilize concurrent or site based licensing
Ordering All eGain products can be ordered via the top level SKU IPCE-EGAIN-K9 and IPCEEGAIN-ADD-K9. Use the IPCE-EGAIN for new orders and IPCE-EGAIN-ADDON if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. The distinction between the two is the enforcement of the minimal contract duration of 2 years for cloud orders and minimal order size for licenses on the first SKU. Concurrent or named agent product SKUs have CN or NM at the end of the SKU names for easy identification in the ordering tool and guide. Products based on number of sessions, offers, or surveys have a 10K, 20K, 25K, or 50K at the end of the SKU name. All purchased eGain SolutionsPlus products need to go through the A2Q process. Nonproduction suites (NFR) contain all eGain products for Cisco SolutionsPlus. Non-production Licenses The non-production suites come standard with permanent licenses for 50 agents. The non-production suite for end-customers can only be purchased in addition to a regular production system.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 119 of 205
Ordering Guide
Maximum Allowed Discounts The maximum allowed discounts that can be offered when selling eGain SolutionsPlus products are the contracted partner resale discounts. Any order with additional discounts will not be honored and released from Compliance Hold, without written permission from eGain. Maintenance and For more information regarding eGain product upgrades, services, and , visit http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/. Note: Only Cisco Media Blender related inquiries should go through Cisco TAC. Integration with Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) The eGain SolutionsPlus offerings, i.e. both on premise and cloud offerings are only available when integrated with Unified CCE, Packaged CCE, or Hosted Collaboration Solution (HCS).. Cisco does not consider eGain opportunities through SolutionsPlus where there are no immediate ties to a Unified CCE system or opportunity. Cisco has no rights to resell eGain licenses for such unconnected deals. eGain Chat, Video Chat, and Mail integrate to Unified CCE with no additional Unified CCE licenses required for the integration. So in other words, if you have a Unified CCE system with or without voice agent licenses, you can integrate with eGain for Chat, Video Chat, and Mail routing. Cisco provides the Cisco Media Blender software for free when eGain Chat or Video Chat is ordered. Therefore when an order is placed for eGain Chat or Video Chat, the Cisco Media Blender software will automatically be shipped (i.e. on separate media with its own license certificate) along with the SolutionsPlus Right to Use Notification to customers. SKU for the Cisco Media Blender and Right to Use Notification certificate are IPCE-EGAN-CMB and IPCE-EGAN-LC respectively, but will be added to the order automatically when ordering eGain Chat or Video Chat. Note: CMB is only needed for Web/Scheduled Callback functionality. For instance, Cisco Media Blender is not needed for regular click to chat or email. However, When EIM/WIM 11.0 is used, CMB is not required for any functionality. E-Mail and Web Interaction Manager (EIM-WIM) customers eGain SolutionsPlus products cannot be sold as add-ons to EIM WIM. If customers want “additional” eGain products/functionality outside of email and chat, eGain SolutionsPlus is the way to go. Customers looking to explore this option further should eGain to discuss potential choices. There are some similarities as well as differences between EIM-WIM and eGain SolutionsPlus. EIM-WIM offers basic and advance email and chat capabilities whereas eGain Chat and Email offers all advanced capabilities. EIM-WIM 9.0 uses eGain version 11 as its code base, which is the same in the eGain SolutionsPlus products. EIM-WIM Advanced is a subset of eGain Mail and Chat. eGain Sales Engagement Cisco teams must involve eGain on every SolutionsPlus sale opportunity to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 120 of 205
Ordering Guide
ensure the needed expertise is present during customer engagement. For additional information, visit http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/ eGain on-prem licenses Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) for minimum initial purchase
Unit
Volume-based Applications Base Products IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K
eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website visitors. Includes Guided Help IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K eGain Chatbot - For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, and community knowledge harvesting IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-1T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 1: 5 searches / 10K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-2T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 2: 20 searches / 100K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-3T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 3: 40 searches / 250K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-4T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 4: 100 searches / 2.5M mentions per month Optional ADD-ON Products
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-SSA-10K
Description eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-CTB-10K eGain Chatbot (Virtual Assistant) – For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-COM-10K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, community knowledge harvesting Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-OFF-25K eGain Offers – Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K in order to buy this add-on product -based Center Applications
List Price ($US) $21,250
Unit 10,000 sessions/month
$21,250
10,000 sessions/month
$21,250
10,000 sessions/month
$9,825
25,000 presented contentbased offers / month
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-MAIL-CN
Description eGain Mail - Email management
List Price ($US) $2,125
Unit Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-CHT-CN
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers)
$2,125
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-VCHT-CN
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat
$3,550
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-COB-NM
eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form-filling (stand alone, does not include Chat)
$1,250
Named agent
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
$19,500
50,000 presented contentbased offers/month
$7,900
5 searches / 10K mentions per month 20 searches / 100K mentions per month 40 searches / 250K mentions per month 100 searches / 2.5M mentions per month
$23,600 $53,750 $131,000
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 121 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-KA-CN
eGain KnowledgeAgent - KnowledgeAgent $2,125 Advanced (includes guided help)
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-CTK-CN
Case management (Call Track) + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help)
$2,125
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-SOC-CN
Social case management
$1,425
Concurrent agent
List Price ($US) $3,875
Unit Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-MACHCN
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers)
$2,975
IPCE-EGAN-MCCOCN
eGain Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse
$3,300
IPCE-EGAN-MLTI-CN
eGain Multichannel Agent - CallTrack + Mail + Social + Chat + Video Chat + Cobrowse + KnowledgeAgent Advanced Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail
$7,875
Concurrent agent. Must buy same number of licenses of each product Concurrent agent. Must buy same number of licenses of each product Concurrent agent
$4,525
Concurrent agent
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-NFR-EC
Description NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS – For Development / Test / Staging Environments for end customers
List Price ($US) $3,275
Unit Per additionally installed system beyond the production environment
IPCE-EGAN-NFR-
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS – For Development / Test / Staging Environments for Partners. Single system with all functionality, limited in volume
$0
Per installed system
Blended eGain Agent Desktop Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-SCHT-CN
IPCE-EGAN-CKM-CN Non-Production Suites
eGain cloud services eGain cloud services are listed below. All eGain cloud services can be ordered via the top level SKU IPCE-EGAIN-K9 and IPCE-EGAIN-ADD-K9. Note, effective June 13, 2015, customers may purchase an initial one year contract instead of the previous minimum two-year contract term. To purchase an initial one contract, customers must select the add-on products which include a one-year contract term. Further, eGain cloud services require a $50,000 per year minimum for any cloud services purchased. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) for minimum initial purchase
Unit
Volume-based Applications IPCE-EGAN-C-SS10K
IPCE-EGAN-C-VA-10K
eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website visitors. Includes Guided Help eGain Virtual Assist - For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations
IPCE-EGAN-C-CY-10K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, and community knowledge harvesting IPCE-EGAN-C-CO-10K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$19,750
25,000 Presented contentbased offer/ month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 122 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-C-SM-5T
eGain Social Monitoring: Enables companies to connect with their customers in a vital and immediate way by eliciting at various points of Optional ADD-ON Products
$2,625
5 Topics/month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SS
Description eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website. Note: Must have already purchasedIPCE-EGAN-C-SS10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-VA eGain Chatbot (Virtual Assistant) – For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-VA10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CY eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, community knowledge harvesting Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-CY-10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CO eGain Offers – Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-CO-10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SM eGain Social Monitoring: Enables companies to connect with their customers in a vital and immediate way by eliciting at various points of Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-SM-5T in order to buy this add-on product -based Center Applications
List Price ($US) $25,950
Unit 10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$25,950
10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$25,950
10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$9,825
25,000 presented contentbased offers / month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$1,325
5 Topics/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-C-CM-CN
List Price ($US) $3,900
Unit Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term. Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-C-ML-CN
Description eGain Case Manager - Case management + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help) eGain Mail - Email management
IPCE-EGAN-C-SO-CN
eGain Social - Social case management $2,725
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-C-CT-CN
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall
$3,900
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$6,400
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$2,600
Named . Price is for a two year contract term.
$3,900
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$0
No cost with the purchase of other eGain products
IPCE-EGAN-C-VC-CN
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat+ ClickToCall IPCE-EGAN-C-COB-CN eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form-filling (stand alone, does not include Chat) IPCE-EGAN-C-KA-CN eGain KnowledgeAgent KnowledgeAgent Advanced (includes guided help) N/A eGain Analytics - Comprehensive reports, real-time monitors, dashboards, and alarms for operational performance management Optional ADD-ON P Blended eGain Agent Desktop Products
$3,900
Product Numbers
Description
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CM
eGain Case Manager - Case management + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help). eGain Mail - Email management.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
eGain Social - Social case management.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-ML
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SO
List Price ($US)
Unit
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 123 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CT
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat+ ClickToCall. IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-COB eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form filling (stand alone, does not include Chat). IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-KA eGain KnowledgeAgent KnowledgeAgent Advanced (includes guided help). ). Blended eGain Agent Desktop
$3,150
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,300
Named . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-C-SC-CN
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Video Chat + Cobrowse. eGain Mail and Chat - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall
List Price ($US) $7,825
eGain Mail, chat , and Cobrowse - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse + ClickToCall
$6,600
Unit Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Must buy same number of licenses of each product. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Must buy same number of licenses of each product. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-VC
IPCE-EGAN-C-MC-CN
IPCE-EGAN-C-MCCCN
$5,975
IPCE-EGAN-C-MLTCN
eGain Multichannel Agent - Case Manager $13,100 + Mail + Social + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse + Knowledge Agent Advanced + ClickToCall IPCE-EGAN-C-CKMeGain Chat, Knowledge, and Mail - Chat $9,150 CN (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail Optional ADD-ON Products
Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SC
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Video Chat + Cobrowse.
List Price ($US) $3,925
Unit Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MC
eGain Mail and Chat - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall.
$3,000
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MCC
eGain Mail, chat , and Cobrowse - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse + ClickToCall.
$3,300
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MLT
eGain Multichannel Agent - Case Manager $6,550 + Mail + Social + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse + Knowledge Agent Advanced + ClickToCall. eGain Chat, Knowledge, and Mail - Chat $4,575 (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail.
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CKM
5.1.1.2.7
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
Exony VIM for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Exony VIM (Virtualized Interaction Manager) is an integrated solution for end- driven reporting, analytics and management of Cisco powered centers. VIM makes center operations more productive - enabling end s to be more agile, to reduce costs and to deliver improved customer experience. Through the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco offers the following Exony products tiered (in increasing levels of sophistication):
VIM DataMart
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 124 of 205
Ordering Guide
VIM Standard
VIM Performance
Starting from either VIM DataMart or VIM Standard, upsell SKUs can be applied to readily switch on functionality from one level to the next, e.g. upgrading VIM Standard to VIM Performance. VIM products are inclusive of the prior version so purchase can start at any of the three levels. For example, VIM DataMart is not required to purchase VIM Standard. Descriptions of the three VIM products are included below: -
VIM is built on a core multi-tenancy and enterprise partitioning security framework (developed to meet the needs of Service Providers and complex Enterprises) which enables the safe and secure delegation of multiple operations capabilities from IT to business end s in a cloud style computing model. All the VIM reporting, analytics, performance management, resource and service management applications inherit the security framework.
-
VIM DataMart is the core VIM reporting data repository built on the security framework. DataMart offers native data connections to Cisco UCCE, UCCH, ICM and CVP platforms, enabling import and consolidation of data into one repository. A single connection Mediator license is also included to enable data import to be configured to another data source, e.g. WFM, QM, Email or CRM platforms.
-
VIM Standard builds on VIM DataMart (i.e. security, data repository and single Mediator connection) adding in a number of ‘self serve’ tools to enable end s to safely and securely fulfill their own reporting needs with no developer intervention. Additionally, Standard includes Resource Management (native VIM version of CCMP) and Service Management applications to enable end s to safely manage UCCE/H resources, script variables, outbound campaigns and percent allocations. Standard delivers the concept of ‘measure and manage’ enabling an end to securely move between ‘measurement’ applications (reporting) and ‘management’ applications to proactively optimize the center platform configuration.
All Exony products are orderable via the top level SKU IPCE-EXONY. For each of these products, order one per concurrent agent or concurrent IVR/CVP port in the system. High Availability SKUs (enabling a redundant failover architecture) are additional to the base product SKU and are also ordered as a quantity of concurrent agents or ports. A mandatory and maintenance contract is purchased directly from Exony at 20 percent of the total product sale. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers Exony Product Licenses IPCE-EXONY-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$180
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$240
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 125 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
Exony VIM Performance Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$480
Add on Options – Mediator (for Datamart & Standard only) Exony VIM Mediator (Per DB and Agent / Port) – Simplex
$60
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail
$45
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail
$60
Exony VIM Mediator (Per Database and Agent / Port) – High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-D-L1
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard
$60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard - High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance - High Avail
$60
IPCE-EXONY-D-L1 Add on Options – High Availability
Upgrade Options
5.1.1.2.8
$240
ALI Solutions OnQ Campaign Management for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The OnQ Campaign Management Solution maximizes calling effectiveness, while reducing the complexity of outbound operations. This solution automates and centralizes campaign and policy management, ensuring call rule compliance and meeting goals and quotas while responding to staffing fluctuations. OnQ adds additional power and flexibility to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise Outbound Option and is equally effective in collections, telemarketing, and teleservices operations. Note:
This product license allows OnQ to be used with Unified CCE Outbound Option
only. It is not intended for use with 3rd party dialers. Customers may ALI Solutions directly for other dialer integrations. If ordering OnQ, a corresponding OnQ port needs to be purchased for every Outbound Dialer Port deployed. Additionally, a base server license is required (one per customer). Add On OnQ ports do not require the base server license. Additionally, for Packaged CCE deployments, the base server license is not required – the Add On port SKU should be ordered. Installation and services for OnQ are separate and purchased directly through ALI Solutions. All Austin Logistics products are orderable via the top level SKU IPCE-AUSTIN. The table below lists the CCE ALI Solutions OnQ Server and Port license and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-ONQSVR
ALI OnQ Enterprise Server License
$50,000.00
IPCE-ONQPORT-L
ALI OnQ Port for CCE
$1600.00
IPCE-ONQADDONPRT-L
ALI OnQ Port for UCCE Add On & Packaged CCE
$1600.00
ALI Solutions Product Licenses
5.1.1.2.9
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations, provides Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 126 of 205
Ordering Guide
elegant integration to CRM applications, and multi-channel interaction handling. Each of these products operates within a Center Enterprise Environment and as prerequisite, customers need to procure Center Enterprise Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of license seats. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP
Migration from existing Cisco Unified CRM Connectors Customers may migrate from existing Cisco Siebel and SAP CRM Connector deployments to Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus. The general guidelines associated with migrations include:
$0 License Migration Cost Bucher+Suter Deployment Services are mandatory. Customers purchase deployment services directly from Bucher+Suter. Bucher+Suter Annual Maintenance/Upgrade Subscriptions are mandatory. Customers purchase these subscriptions directly from Bucher+Suter. The statement of work and maintenance master agreements with Bucher+Suter must be executed prior to A2Q review. Purchase orders for the Bucher+Suter contracts must be submitted before the software will ship.
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “IPCE-CRM” option class. Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 30 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “IPCE-CRM-ADD” option class. There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
IPCE-CRM
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
IPCE-CRM-ADD
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 127 of 205
Ordering Guide
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$700
IPCE-BS-SF-VAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for task &email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SF-CASEAGT
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 128 of 205
Ordering Guide
procure their own Microsoft Dynamics licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-MSD-VAGT IPCE-BS-MSD-EAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$700
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Siebel licenses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-MGR
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for Siebel. Customers can only use this migration license is they have actually been using the Cisco Siebel Connector, and have a valid UCSS/ESW/SWSS contract. Purchasing Cisco Siebel licenses and the B&S Siebel migration SKU at he same time is not allowed. Migration licensing from legacy ‘Cisco CRM Connector for Siebel’ to ‘SolutionsPlus MCA for Siebel’ is for voice only. Media channels are available at an additional cost.
$0
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Siebel (Voice Only)
$700
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-VAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email and ticket handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-EAGT
Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP CRM Connector, customers must procure their own SAP CRM or ICI licenses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for SAP. Migration licensing from legacy ‘Cisco CRM Connector for SAP’ to ‘SolutionsPlus MCA for SAP’ is for voice only. Media channels are available at an additional cost.
$0
IPCE-BS-SAP-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for SAP (Voice Only)
$700
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SAP-EAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for chat handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SAP-CAGT
IPCE-BS-SAP-MGR
For a or deployment services quote please [email protected] or your Bucher + Suter Sales Engagement Manager 5.1.2
Additional Unified CCE Licenses and Components
In addition to the Unified CCE Server Licenses and Agent Licenses discussed above, additional licenses and components may be needed to third party IVR and special Unified CCE deployment cases.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 129 of 205
Ordering Guide
5.1.2.1
Third Party IVR Licenses
In cases where non-Cisco IVRs are used with Unified CCE, third party IVR licenses are required to connect this third party (non-Cisco) IVR system to Unified CCE. This part licenses the following functionality (Brackets contain name of the application interface used on the Voice Response Unit Peripheral Gateway VRU PG): ●
Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)
●
Unified CCE pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified CCE accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified CCE controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control Interface). In case the third party IVR is used to queue Unified CCE calls the Service Control Interface must be used.
The software component licensed by the third party IVR license is the VRU PG and all of the public interfaces that it offers. Note:
There is no separate license for the VRU PG. For example, either four hundred
(400) third party IVR port licenses can be used to connect a single four hundred (400)port IVR (using single optional redundant PG) or to connect four (4) separate one hundred (100)-port IVR systems (using four (4) optionally redundant PGs) A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or controlled by the ICM component of the Unified CCE, even if the third party IVR never receive any actual calls. The table below lists the Third Party IVR licenses and prices. Which tier can be used depends on the number of Third Party IVR Port licenses in the order. The table in section 9.1.2.1 is applicable. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195.00
Third Party IVR licenses
5.1.2.2
Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases
There are several non-standard Unified CCE deployment models that don’t fit the standard licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is described in this section.
5.1.2.2.1
Unified CCE System as Hybrid Unified CCE and Unified ICM System
In this deployment model, the Unified CCE has third party ACDs connected as well as Unified Communications Managers and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 130 of 205
Ordering Guide
ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise licenses. Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each connected third-party ACD and all agents on these ACDs. In case the Unified ICM Enterprise agents are using Blind Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that such a license is not required for Unified Center Enterprise agents using this function, this functionality is included in the Unified CCE agent licenses). For the Unified CCE function a single Center Enterprise Server license is required as well as Unified CCE agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to the Unified Communications Manager(s).
5.1.2.2.2
Unified CCE System that is connected to a carrier owned and operated Unified Center Hosted (CCH) System
When a company owns and operates a Unified CCE system that is connected to a carrier’s Unified Center Hosted (CCH) system (for pre-routing, Network IVR services, etc.), the customer’s Unified CCE systems should be licensed as a Unified CCE system and not as (part of) a Unified CCH system. Notes ●
No separate license is required to connect a Unified CCE system to a Unified CCH system.
●
Only customers owning Unified ICM Hosted licenses or Unified CCH licenses should purchase Unified CCH Agent Licenses.
5.2
Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified CCE systems and add on Orders can be made through a single top-level Product Number: IPCE-BUNDLE. Once IPCE-BUNDLE is selected in the ordering tool, this part number will provide a comprehensive list of all software and hardware product numbers that you need to place an order for a new Unified CCE system. For each new Unified CCE system order, an order needs to be placed for at least the following three (3) product numbers: ●
Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT)
●
Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR)
●
Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC)
For add on orders, an order needs to be placed for at least the following:
Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC).
The IPCE-BUNDLE also shows the following optional Center Enterprise items:
PORTALAGT-LC
IPCE-MULTICHAN
In addition to the product numbers outlined above, upon selection of the IPCE-BUNDLE product number, product numbers associated with ordering Unified Customer Voice Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 131 of 205
Ordering Guide
Portal (CVP), Unified IP IVR, and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS). Please refer to the respective sections in this ordering guide for more information on ordering these components. For each of the 6 product numbers above, you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or one (1). By selecting ‘1’ for each product number individually, you can then configure that item and select the required types and quantity. This is described in the next sections in detail 5.2.1 ●
Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications
Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT): For new Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT). For add on orders, you may choose not to order new media kits by selecting zero “0” for Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCEMEDIAKIT). Upon selecting quantity of “1” for the IPCE-MEDIAKIT, you will be presented with two options:
1. Center Enterprise Media Kit: Upon selection of this option, select the release version of Center Enterprise Media Kit that you desire to order. You can order only one media kit at a time. The media kit will dynamically be composed, based on what licenses are ordered. Notes:
If you are placing an order for traditional Unified CCE Model, select the IPCEMEDIA product number option for the desired version presented under Center Enterprise Media Kit (IPCE-MEDIAKIT) option.
There is no separate part number to order Unified CCE System PG. If the Unified CCE System PG is needed for a new Unified CCE system (other than System Unified CCE Model), select IPCE-MEDIA product number option for the desired version.
If you are planning on ordering Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Multi-Channel option, select IPCE-MEDIA product number option for the desired version.
●
Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR): For new Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for IPCC Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR). If this is an add-on order, select zero “0” for IPCE-SVR.
●
Center Enterprise Agent Licenses (IPCE-AGENT-LC): For new and add-on Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for Center Enterprise Agent License Certificate (IPCE-AGENT-LC). Upon selecting quantity of “1” for the IPCE-AGENT-LC, you will be presented with a variety of option classes:
1. Center Standard Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Standard Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Standard Agent (IPCESTDAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
2. Center Enhanced Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 132 of 205
Ordering Guide
Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Enhanced Agent (IPCEENHAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
3. Center Agent: If you are placing an order for Cisco Finesse Desktop, Cisco Agent Desktop or Cisco Tool Kit Agent, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Agent (IPCE-PREMAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
4. Center Outbound Dialer Ports: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound option, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Outbound Dialer Ports (IPCE-DIALPORT-L) licenses that you desire to order. Notes: ●
The Agent license is required for all CTI desktop integrations even if there is no Cisco software used on the desktop.
●
Unified Outbound Dialer Ports are ed on Enhanced, and CRM Agent licenses, not with Standard. Note that not all CRM Connectors Outbound Option.
●
Unified Multi-Channel option is ed on Standard, Enhanced, and CRM Agent licenses.
5.2.2
Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On Licenses
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager licenses are listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level product number; under the product number CCE Multichannel Options (IPCE-MULTICHAN). You may also order Unified EIM and Unified WIM directly by using the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring options for server and agent licenses. For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on agent licenses may also be ordered separately. Select the Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired server license(s) from the following: ●
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-BCOL-SVR - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-ACOL-SVR - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
Once you select a server license you will be able to order the media kit listed below. ●
IPCE-MC-KIT-43-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit
●
IPCE-MC-KIT-90-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 133 of 205
Ordering Guide
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at least one agent license. ●
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
5.2.3
Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web collaboration
Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level product number; under the product number CCE Multichannel Options (IPCEMULTICHAN). You may also order Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses directly by using the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring options for agent licenses. For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on agent licenses may also be ordered separately. There are certain conditions that must be followed when ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses:
For new deployments of CCE, EIM or WIM, the server license must be ordered for the CCE, EIM, and WIM system. This would be any 2 or all 3 of them, as applicable. For more details on how to order server licenses, refer to the above sections “Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications” and “Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On Licenses”.
You cannot mix Blended multichannel licenses with traditional multichannel licenses on a single EIM or WIM system. See section “Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications” for more details.
Mixing Basic and Advanced license on a single EIM-WIM system is not allowed.
Blended Agent licenses with voice option are available with CCE Voice agent only.
There is a migration path from Voice agent to Blended Agent license, but there is no migration path from EIM or WIM agent license to Blended Agent license.
You cannot migrate from Blended Agent license to unbundled Voice, EIM, or WIM license.
There are some restrictions on Blended Agent license usage with Packaged CCE. See section 6.3 Optional Features Licenses in Packaged CCE chapter for details.
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 134 of 205
Ordering Guide
least one agent license.
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L – CCE Blended License Advance EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
5.3 5.3.1
Upgrades Upgrades of CCE Agent licenses
For Unified CCE, there are a number of upgrade and migration options: ●
Upgrading from Standard Cisco Agent Desktop to Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop. In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class ‘Upgrade Standard to Enhanced IPCC Agent license’. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you desire to order (IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L).
●
Upgrading from Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop to Agent Licenses (Finesse, CAD or CTI Toolkit). In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class ‘Upgrade Enhanced to IPCC Agent license’. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you desire to order (IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L). Cisco Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with both desktop types
●
Upgrading from Agent license to a CRM Agent license. There is no longer an upgrade from agent to CRM agent. Instead, the customer will buy Agent licenses, and add CRM connectivity from SolutionsPlus offerings. See the SolutionsPlus chapter for more details.
●
Migrating from Cisco Finesse, CTI Toolkit, or CAD to Cisco Finesse, CTI Toolkit, or CAD does not require a specific SKU (i.e., it is a free migration). However, please note that you may need to place a media kit-only order for the desired desktop.
●
Upgrading previously purchased Agent licenses for use with Center Management Portal. From IPCE-BUNDLE select quantity 1 of IPCEPORTALAGT-L C. Upon selecting this you can configures the desired quantity of
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 135 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCE Agents you want to upgrade for use with Unified Center Management Portal (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L). ●
Upgrading from Agent license to a Blended Agent license. In IPCE-MULTICHAN, select the option class ‘Blended Agent license’. You will further be presented with the option to select from different Upgrade Agent Options IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent Select option; input the quantity that you desire to order. See the section “Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web collaboration,” to learn about conditions required for CCE Blended Agent licenses.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Unified CCE Agent Upgrade License IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L
UPGRADE FROM STANDARD TO ENHANCED CCE AGENT
$500.00
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L
UPGRADE FROM ENHANCED TO CCE AGENT
$250.00
Choice of: Cisco Finesse Desktop
(Includes CCMP license)
Cisco Toolkit Desktop Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L
Upgrade Individual IPCE Agent for use with CCMP
$150.00
Unified CCE Blended Agent Upgrade License CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent
$500
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent
$1,500
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L
5.3.2
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
This offer is for CCE customers who want to an available major release, but do not have a service contract. The offer consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade 5
licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of a 3-year service contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for Customer Voice Portal (see section 3.2.4). This offer is scheduled to expire on July 30, 2016.
5
One year SWSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 136 of 205
Ordering Guide
The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license. The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:
Standard, enhanced and agent licenses
CRM Agent licenses for Siebel CRM Connector only; not for other CRM Connectors
Outbound dialer ports
Note that no upgrade is required for the IPCC Server license.
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code CC-UPG-BUNDLE. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Top level SKU
$0
IPCE-AGENTSUPG
UCC Enterprise Agent Licenses Upgrade
$0
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT UPGRADE
$365
IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT UPGRADE
$500 Choice of: Cisco Finesse Desktop Cisco Toolkit Desktop
IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE AGENT UPGRADE
$565 Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT UPGRADE
$200
Notes
CCE upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It can be ordered via CC-UPG-BUNDLE
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified before the order is released.
A service contract is mandatory in order to be able to activate. Without activation no major release media can be ed or ordered in the future.
5.3.3
Migrations from Cisco Unified ICM to Center Enterprise
Customers using a licensed ICM Enterprise with a third-party ACD who want to migrate to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) can purchase Unified CCE Agent and Server licenses at a discount. Unified CCE Agent licenses can be purchased at the price shown below. There are different product codes and prices, depending on whether the customer has ICM Agent licenses only (migrate using IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L), or also has ICM Desktop licenses (migrate using IPCEPROMOAGTDSK-L). Unified CCE Server licenses are discounted at 100%.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 137 of 205
Ordering Guide
Notes:
1 year of services is mandatory for the new CCE licenses
Additional discounts (partner/customer/other promotions) may apply.
This offer is scheduled to expire on July 30, 2016.
Orders should be placed using the bundle: IPCE-CTIPROMO. Other components of Unified CCE can be ordered via: IPCE-BUNDLE Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICM to Center Enterprise migration offer IPCE-PROMOAGTDSK-L
ICM Desktop Agent to UCCE Agent
$600
IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L
ICM Regular Agent to UCCE Agent
$1,300
5.3.4
Migrations from Cisco Unified Center Express to Center Enterprise
Although there is no technical migration path between Center Express and Center Enterprise, Cisco offers a discount program for customers who outgrew their Center Express system and are migrating to Center Enterprise. The program requires these customers to purchase Center Enterprise, but they receive a discount for handing in their Center Express licenses:
If they own a CCX system with Enhanced Agent licenses, they receive a 25% discount on the CCE Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE Server license.
If they own a CCX system with Agent licenses, they receive a 35% discount on the CCE Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE Server license.
Notes:
These discounts are taken off the list price before any standard (partner/customer) discounts are applied.
These discounts plus any standard partner/customer discount may get flagged by sales finance and may require escalations for approvals. CCBU is in of the promo discount of 25% or 35% plus the standard discounts not to exceed a total discount of 72%. This applies only to this particular promotion and not to any other product codes.
For customers planning to use IPIVR as the queuing and prompting platform for CCE, it is important to note the following o
CCX licenses cannot be used as or converted into IPIVR licenses. New
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 138 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPIVR licenses need to be purchased. o
CCX and CCE redundancy operates differently. To have a redundant IPIVR system with CCE, two IPIVR systems need to be purchased.
The discounts only apply to customers buying CCE Agent licenses. Customers wanting a CCE system with Standard or Enhanced Agent licenses need to purchase CCE in the regular way (but note that a Agent with discount is cheaper than an Enhanced Agent without discount). Customers wanting a CCE system with CRM Agent licenses can buy the Agent licenses using the discount and purchase the upgrade licenses to CRM Agent. This is cheaper than buying the (undiscounted) CRM Agent licenses.
The discount does not apply to customers having a CCX system with Standard Agent licenses.
The discount can only be used to buy one CCE Server license as well as CCE Agent licenses in the same quantity as the customer owns CCX (Enhanced or ) Agent licenses. Any additional CCE agent licenses can be purchased in the regular way, with the additional discount.
In order to receive the additional discount, orders should be placed using the following product codes. Note that the discounts will not be visible on the order until the order is completed in the system. Product Numbers
Description
Discount
ICM to Center Hosted migration offer IPCE-CCXPRMPROMO
IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX customers
35%
IPCE-ENHPROMO
IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX Enhanced customers
25%
5.3.5
Upgrades for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager
Basic server and agent licenses for Unified EIM and Unified WIM may be upgraded to advanced versions. Note that an entire deployment must be upgraded—all agent and server licenses (for both EIM and WIM) in a deployment must be upgraded as part of a single order. To order an upgrade, select one or both of the following server upgrade licenses from the Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options. ●
IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
●
IPCE-UCOL-SVR - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
Then select the quantity of agent upgrade licenses required from the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options. Select from the following part numbers. ●
IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
●
IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 139 of 205
Ordering Guide
Advanced
5.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified CCE licenses under an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their system or renewing maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers. The basic rules for ‘translating’ older Unified CCE licenses into new ones are very straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships:
Older item
New Item
IPCC Server (IPC-SVR)
IPCC Enterprise Server and 25 agent licenses
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop and Supervisor (IPCC-AGTCAD, IPCC-SUPCSD) with all agent options
IPCC Enterprise Standard Agent
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop with CTI and Supervisor (IPC-AGTCADCTI, IPCC-SUPCSD) and all agent options.
IPCC Enterprise Enhanced Agent
IPCC Cisco Toolkit Desktop and Supervisor (IPC-AGTCTD, IPC-SUPCTS)
IPCC Enterprise Agent
All other items, such as: Redundancy, Gateway licenses,
These items do not translate into any current license.
istrative Workstation, HDS,,
All functionality is now included.
Internet Script Editor Connection, third-party CTI Connection
Using the rules above if the customer should ‘translate’ their current licenses into new ones and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following specific cases for expansion orders: Expansion case: customer wants to…
Customer should order…
Add more agents to an existing location
New Standard, Enhanced, or Agent licenses. Note that only agent types include CCMP license. CCMP upgrade license must be purchased for STD or ENH agent types to use CCMP.
Add an included option such as Application Gateway or a WebView connection
Nothing. When customer has IPCC agent licenses in place, these components can now be deployed without additional licensing
Add CCMP to an existing system with IPCH agents purchased prior to August 1st 2007.
Purchase the CCMP Upgrade license (IPCEPORTALAGT-L) for the total number of agents on the system
5.5
Non-Production Systems
The Unified CCE non-production license includes Unified CCE Server, Unified CCE Standard, Enhanced, and CRM Agent, Dialer Port, Blind Network Transfer, Third Party IVR Port Licenses. With Unified CCE 9.0, the Non-Production License includes Cisco SocialMiner and Cisco Finesse software and license PAKs for CVP and Intelligence Center. All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively in non-production systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training purposes. Non-production systems for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager are available separately using the product codes listed below. For End customers this kit contains 10 Advanced Email Agents and 10 Advanced Web
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 140 of 205
Ordering Guide
Agents. A larger bundle can be selected (same product code, same price), but this is only allowed for customers who have a large EIM-WIM production environment. Notes: ●
These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have already ordered Unified CCE production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
●
These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers ending in ‘-EC’. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending in ‘-’.
●
Certified Partner non-production bundles are only available for order by ATP Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available (that is European, Emerging and Japan today). These bundles are only available from the Wholesale price list, which implies that they must be ordered through a Cisco distributor.
●
The ‘-DART=’ bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-NPSENT-EC
CC ENT Non-Production Suite Customer
$25,000
IPCE-NPSENT-
CC ENT Non-production Suite ATP Partners
$0
IPCE-NPSENT-DART=
CC ENT Non-Production Suite ATP Partners
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DISTRI
$0
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$5,000
Non-production bundles
5.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CCE product numbers and applicable maintenance items. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-SVR
CC ENTERPRISE SERVER LICENSE
$15,000
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$3,000
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$5,000
IPCE-BCOL-SVR
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$1,500
IPCE-ACOL-SVR
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$2,500
IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR
CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$2,200
IPCE-UCOL-SVR
CCE Web Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$1,100
IPCE-STDAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT
$1,100
IPCE-ENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISEENHANCED AGENT
$1,500
IPCE-PREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE AGENT
$1,700
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 141 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-CRMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE CRM AGENT
$2,100
IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE UPGR FROM STD TO ENH AGENT
$500
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE UPGR FROM ENH TO PREM AGENT
$250
IPCE-DIALPORT-L
CC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT
$600
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$2,500
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,000
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$1,100
IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L
CCE Web Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$550
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,100
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
$2,300
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
$2,000
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,500
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent
$ 2,300
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent $ 3,300
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent
$500
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent
$1,500
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent
$850
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L
Upgrade Individual IPCE Agent for use with CCMP
$150
CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Top level SKU
IPCE-AGENTSUPG
UCC Enterprise Agent Licenses Upgrade
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT UPGRADE
IPCE-EXONY-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent - Simplex
$180
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent - Simplex
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
Exony VIM Performance Concurrent Agent - Simplex
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent - High Avail
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent - High Avail
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard
$60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance
$240
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard - High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance - High Avail
$60
IPCE-ONQPORT-L
ALI OnQ Port for CCE
$1600
Add on Options – High Availability
Upgrade Options
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 142 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-ONQADDONPRT-L
ALI OnQ Port for UCCE Add On & Packaged CCE
$1600
IPCE-ONQSVR
ALI OnQ Enterprise Server License
$50,000
IPCE-NPSENT-EC
CC ENTERPRISE Non-Production Suite Customer
$25,000
IPCE-NPSENT-
CC ENTERPRISE Non-production Suite ATP Partners
$0
IPCE-NPSENT-DART=
CC ENTERPRISE Non-Production Suite ATP Partners
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DISTRIBUTION
$0
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$5000
Notes: ●
Details on Software Service can be found here: http://www.cisco.com/go/swss
●
Software Services is not available for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager. Pricing for major upgrades will be available when those upgrades are announced.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 143 of 205
Ordering Guide
6. Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (Packaged CCE) This section provides licensing and ordering information for the Packaged Center Enterprise solution.
6.1
About Packaged CCE 6
Packaged CCE provides a pre-packaged single server center solution for centers up to 1500 agents**, by delivering Unified Center Enterprise with Unified Customer Voice Portal and Unified Communication Manager in a virtualized environment. It offers easier ordering, bundled pricing, simplified deployment and management resulting in reduced pre-sales and post-sales cycles. This package easily gets a voice or video solution up and running for a customer, while offering the ability to add other options as needed. For more information on Packaged CCE go to: http://docwiki.cisco.com/wiki/Packaged_CCE
6.2
Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing
Packaged CCE offers simplified ordering with a single bundle SKU that contains the hardware and software parts required to build a Packaged CCE deployment. The bundle simplifies ordering by requiring the selection of only a handful of SKUs by the and automatically including the rest. It is designed to build a rich voice center solution by providing a core set of center functionality—call processing, prompting and self-service application scripting, voice response collection, agent selection, queuing, and reporting. The table below lists the Packaged CCE Bundle SKU: Product Numbers
Description
CCE-PAC-BUNDLE
Packaged CCE Bundle SKU
Note: All orders for new deployments or CCX migration must be built using this top level SKU. Packaged CCE bundle consists of the following required and optional components: ●
Required Packaged CCE Licenses and Components
1. Packaged Server License 2. Packaged Agent Licenses 3. Unified Computing System (UCS) B-series or C-series server ●
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses
1. Unified Communication Manager Enhanced License The sections below explain each of these components. Also, a sample BOM is provided as a reference for an order created using this bundle, published here:
6
Two servers required for redundancy ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 144 of 205
Ordering Guide
https://communities.cisco.com/community/partner/collaboration/center/atp/project s/packaged-cce Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 6.2.1
Required Packaged CCE Licenses
Each Packaged CCE deployment requires one Packaged Server license, the desired number of Packaged Agent licenses, and deployment specific UCS servers.
6.2.1.1
Packaged CCE Server Licenses
Packaged CCE has well defined deployments and for convenience the deployment model is matched to the Packaged Server SKU. Each Packaged CCE system requires the purchase of one (1) Packaged CCE Server license.
6.2.1.1.1
CCE-PAC-M1
CCE-PAC-M1 is the initial model of Packaged CCE, ing up to 1500** agents. This license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for 1)
Unified CCE Server components: 7
●
One (1) Redundant CCE Call Server
●
One (1) Redundant CCE Data Server
●
Optional one (1) Redundant Historical Database server(s) on external servers
2)
Unified CVP Server components
3)
Unified Intelligence Center components
4)
One (1) Redundant Finesse Server
Unified CCE Outbound Option components
6)
One (1) Redundant Unified Intelligence Center Standard
Finesse Server components
5)
Two (2) Redundant CVP Call Servers
One Hundred (100) Outbound Dialer Ports
Unified Call Studio
Two (2) workstation licenses for Unified Call Studio
Packaged Server SKU also includes the relevant media kits for the following products:
Unified Center Enterprise
Unified Customer Voice Portal
7
Refer to Packaged CCE Specifications guide for definition of CCE Call Server and CCE Data Server ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 145 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified Intelligence Center
Finesse desktop
There is no need to order separate media kits. The table below lists the Packaged CCE Server License and price. Product Number
Description
CCE-PAC-M1
CCE and CVP Deployment Package M1
6.2.1.2
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription
$15,000
Upgrades included in agent licenses
Product Code
List Price ($US)
Packaged CCE Agent Licenses
Packaged CCE offers Packaged Agent SKUs that is a bundled SKU offering a price advantage over the a-la-carte SKUs for standard Unified Center Enterprise. Each Packaged CCE Agent entitles the to:
One (1) CCE Agent
One (1) redundant CVP queue or self-service port
For instance, if you ordered 325 units of Packaged Agent, then you would be entitled to 325 concurrent logged in CCE agents along with 325 CVP ports and 325 redundant CVP ports for queuing or self-service. For CCE-PAC-M1 deployment, the maximum number of agents allowed is 1500**. There is no minimum agent requirement. ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here.
Packaged Agent SKU can be used only for Packaged CCE deployments. It cannot be used for general Unified Center Enterprise deployments. The table below lists the Packaged Agent License and price. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
CCE-PAC-AGENT
CCE Packaged Agent
$1,930
6.2.1.3
Unified Computing System (UCS) server
Packaged CCE deployments require a specific model of Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) B-series blade server or C-series rack server for each deployment model.
6.2.1.3.1
Servers for CCE-PAC-M1 model
For CCE-PAC-M1 model, two (2) Cisco UCS servers are required, one for each side for redundancy. They must be either UCS C240 M3S TRC#1 rack servers, UCS B200 M3 TRC#1 or UCS B200 M4 TRC #1 blade servers. These servers are included in the Packaged bundle for ordering convenience.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 146 of 205
Ordering Guide
The table below lists the UCS TRC#1 server SKUs and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
UCUCS-EZ-B200M3
UCS B200 M3, dual-8-core/2.7 GHz, 96GB RAM
$ 17,816
UCUC-UC-B200M4
UCS B200 M4, dual-10-core/2.6 GHz, 128 GB RAM
$ 19,184
UCUCS-EZ-C240M3S
UCS C240 M3 SFF, dual-8-core/2.7 GHz, 128 GB RAM,
$ 38,424
16x300GB 15
The ordering tool provides the option to select region specific power cables, select as appropriate for your region. The detailed specification of UCS servers can be found on the Cisco Unified Communications on the Cisco Unified Computing System page located at: www.cisco.com/go/swonly http://docwiki.cisco.com/wiki/UC_Virtualization_ed_Hardware
6.2.1.3.2
UCS Server and Warranty Options
There are various warranty options available for UCS servers. Refer to UCS and Warranty links below for more details: Limited Hardware Warranty: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/prod_warranties_listing.html#~additional_warranty and Warranty Services: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10321/serv_home.html Pricing Tool for and Warranty Options: https://apps.cisco.com/Commerce/home 6.2.2
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses
The Packaged bundle SKU offers licenses for certain components that are required to build the solution, however these licenses may be procured from other means too. Hence, it is optional to procure these licenses via the Packaged bundle.
6.2.2.1
Unified Communication Manager Enhanced License
Cisco Unified Communication Manager offers various licensing schemes. As a convenience, the Enhanced License, which is suitable for Center agent devices, is offered as part of the Packaged bundle. The part numbers of Unified Communication Manager that are mapped to Packaged bundle are listed in the table below and can be used to order Unified Communication Manager media kit and Enhanced License (Tier A) for agent devices.
Product Number
Description
List
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 147 of 205
Ordering Guide
Price ($US) CUCM-USR-LIC-BUND
Top Level SKU for Packaged CCE Bundle
$0
LIC-CUCM-11X-ENH-A
UC Manager Enhanced License Option A
$210
LIC-CUCM-11X-ENH-B
UC Manager Enhanced License Option B
$195
UC Manager 11.X Server CUCM-VERS-11.X
$0 Software Media
Note: if you already have licenses for agent devices or plan to procure them using a different licensing scheme or plan to procure an older but ed version then you don’t need to order Unified Communications Manager via the Packaged bundle. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Solutions Ordering Guide for more details as well as information on other licensing schemes.
6.3
Optional Features Licenses
Packaged CCE also offers some options that are available within or outside the packaged licensing bundle. The licenses for these options need to be purchased separately and the feature must be deployed as per the design and sizing rules in the Packaged CCE specification. These features include:
Additional Outbound Option Dialer Ports (for customers requiring more than the 100 ports that are included) o
Use the ‘Unified CCE Outbound Option Dialer Port License’.
Email Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager o
Ordering from within Packaged CCE bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE)
For ordering convenience, SKUs required for adding Advanced Email (IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L) and Advanced Web (IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L) to Packaged CCE are available within the Packaged CCE bundle. An additional advantage is that when ordering these SKUs from the Packaged CCE bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE), Email or Web Server licenses (IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR or IPCE-ACOL-SVR) are not required.
o
Ordering using a-la-carte SKUs
Either Basic or Advanced license can be used but both cannot be mixed.
Blended Agent license usage:
Blended Agent licenses with both Email and Web can be used with Packaged CCE. These are IPCEBEW-AGT-L and IPCE-AEW-AGT-L.
Upgrade from Voice to Blended Email or
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 148 of 205
Ordering Guide
Web can also be used with Packaged CCE. These are IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L, IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L, IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L, and IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L.
However, Blended Agent licenses with Voice along with Email or Web cannot be used with Packaged CCE, such as IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L or IPCE-PVBWAGT-L. In order to have blended Packaged CCE agents with web and/or email, you need to purchase regular Packaged CCE agent licenses and add the blended web and/or email licenses, as per bullet points above.
Intelligence Center Edition o
license can be applied to the Intelligence Server VMs located on Packaged CCE server. You must procure two Intelligence Center licenses, one for each side.
CVP Reporting Server o
Only version can be used which is now available for free.
SocialMiner
Remote Expert Mobile
Additional Call Studio Licenses
Options sold under SolutionsPlus program o
See Packaged CCE specification for any restrictions.
Refer to respective chapters in this guide for licensing structure and ordering information for these components. For more information on ed options and configuration refer to the Packaged CCE specification published here: http://cisco.com/en/US/products/ps12586/tsd_products__series_home.html
6.4 6.4.1
Add-On Licenses Additional Agents
To order additional Packaged Agent licenses for existing Packaged CCE deployments, you need to use the following top-level SKU: Product Numbers
Description
CCE-PAC-ADDON
Packaged CCE Add-Ons
This top level SKU contains the same Packaged Agent SKU options ‘CCE-PAC-AGENT’, ‘CCE-PAC-CCX-PRM’ and ‘CCE-PAC-CCX-ENH’ but does not contain other packaged licenses such as server licensing, etc. as they are not required for add-on licenses. Note: You can use only the Packaged Agent SKUs to add more CCE agents to Packaged CCE deployments. A-la-carte CCE agent SKUs mentioned in other chapters of
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 149 of 205
Ordering Guide
this guide cannot be used with Packaged CCE deployments. 6.4.2
Additional Queue or Self Service Ports
Important: Packaged CCE Agent SKU includes a CVP port for queuing or self-service. Order additional CVP ports only if you need more queue or self-service ports than number of concurrent agents. Make sure the total number of CVP ports ordered, either as part of Packaged Agent SKU or a-la-carte CVP port SKU, do not exceed the system capacity. Refer to Packaged CCE Design Guide for system capacity limits. To order additional queue or self-service CVP port licenses for existing Packaged CCE deployments, use the following a-la-carte CVP port SKUs. You must order CVP ports with equal number of redundant ports. Refer to CVP chapter for more details. CVP 11.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription (i) Product Number
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-11.X
CVP 11.0
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription (i)
CVP 10.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
Product Number
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-10.X
CVP 10.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.x Port License
$900
CVP-10X-M500-PT
CVP 10.x Pt License Min 500 Ports
$640
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.x Redundant ports
$180
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
CVP-10X-M500-RDPT
CVP 10.x Redundant Port License Min 500
$160
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
6.5
Non-Production Systems
Packaged CCE shares the same media kit as Unified CCE. Refer to Non-Production Systems section of Unified CCE chapter for details on how to obtain a non-production system.
6.6
Upgrade
Customers who have Software service (SWSS) / Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS) for Packaged CCE are eligible to upgrade from Packaged CCE 9.x or 10.x to Packaged CCE 11.0 components. All of the components listed below must be on the same major version, see Packaged CCE Design Guide for compatibility
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 150 of 205
Ordering Guide
details. Packaged CCE upgrade includes the following: 1)
Media for Unified CCE Server components: CCE Call Servers, CCE Data Servers, and Optional HDS Servers
2)
Media and upgrade PAK for Unified CVP Call/VXML Server components
3)
Media for Unified Intelligence Center components
4)
Media for Finesse Server components
5)
Media and upgrade PAK for Unified Call Studio workstation
6.6.1 1)
Ordering Packaged CCE upgrade to Product ol (PUT) using valid UCSS/SWSS contract. Choose the ‘advanced’ option and proceed.
2)
Look for following three upgrade SKUs
CCEH-V110-K9-UPG= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for entire deployment. It will provide upgrade media for CCE, Intelligence Center and Finesse components.
CVP-11-PRD-UP= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for each CVP Call/VXML Server in the deployment. It will provide upgrade media for the CVP Call/VXML servers and a PAK for each of them.
CVP-STU-11-PRD-UP= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for each Call Studio workstation in the deployment. It will provide upgrade media for the Call Studio workstations and a PAK for each of them.
3)
Select the delivery mode: physical or electronic
4)
When an order is placed on PUT, you will receive PAKs and you can generate licenses on www.cisco.com/go/license.
6.7
Migration Options
Please use the following guidelines for migrations to and from Packaged CCE. 6.7.1
From Unified CCX to Packaged CCE
Cisco offers a discount promotion for customers who outgrew their Unified Center Express system and are migrating to Packaged Center Enterprise. The promotion will provide discounts on Packaged CCE Agent license on top of standard partner discount as detailed below – 1)
Unified CCX Standard customers will receive a 20% discount on Packaged CCE Agent license
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 151 of 205
Ordering Guide
2)
Unified CCX customers will receive a 30% discount on Packaged CCE Agent license
Notes:
These discounts are taken off the list price before any standard (partner/customer) discounts are applied.
These discounts plus any standard partner/customer discount may get flagged by sales finance and may require escalations for approvals. CBABU is in of the promo discount of 20% or 30% plus the standard discounts not to exceed a total discount of 72%. This applies only to this particular promotion and not to any other product codes.
This promotion should only be used for migrating existing CCX Enhanced or licenses. Additional PCCE agent licenses should be ordered using the CCE-PAC-ADDON SKU as described in Section 6.4.1.
To receive the additional agent license discount for migrating from Unified CCX to Packaged CCE, you need to use the appropriate Options SKU(s) mentioned in the below table instead of using the CCE-PAC-AGENT SKU. These SKUs can be found as Option items in CCE-PAC-BUNDLE and CCE-PAC-ADDON. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
CCE-PAC-CCX-ENH
Packaged CCE agent license migration promotion for Unified CCX Enhanced customers
$1,550
CCE-PAC-CCX-PRM
Packaged CCE agent license migration promotion for Unified CCX customers
$1,350
Note: New Packaged CCE customers migrating from Unified CCX must use the above SKU(s) from within CCE-PAC-BUNDLE. Existing Packaged CCE customers who have already paid for the Packaged CCE server license can use the above Options SKU(s) from within CCE-PAC-ADDON to avoid additional server charges. 6.7.2
From Unified CCE to Packaged CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Unified CCE to Packaged CCE can do if the following conditions are met 1) 2) 3)
4)
6.7.3
The new deployment meets all requirements as listed in the Packaged CCE Specification document. The customer must have CCE Agents The customer must have redundant CVP ports licenses that are at least as many as the number of agents. For instance, if customer has 100 CCE agents, they must have at least 100 CVP ports and 100 CVP redundant ports. The deployment cannot exceed the capacity of the Packaged CCE Specification even if the customer has excess license. From Packaged CCE to Unified CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE can do it with their existing Packaged CCE licenses. However, they must adhere to Unified CCE SRND
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 152 of 205
Ordering Guide
guidelines as they migrate their deployment. Their Packaged Server license CCE-PACM1 will entitle them for one (1) CCE Server license, two (2) redundant CVP Server licenses, one (1) redundant CUIC Standard license, one (1) redundant Finesse Server license, and two (2) Call Studio licenses. Their Packaged Agent license CCE-PACAGENT will entitle them for equivalent number of CCE agents and redundant CVP self-service ports. Additional a-la-carte Unified CCE or CVP licenses can be procured after migration. Below are the typical reasons to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE: 1) 2)
The deployment needs to exceed the capacity of Packaged CCE, such as number of concurrent agents, etc. The deployment requires a feature or option not available with Packaged CCE, such as IP-IVR, etc.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 153 of 205
Ordering Guide
7. Cisco Finesse This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Finesse. Cisco Finesse is available for Unified CCE customers.
7.1
Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers
Unified CCE customers who require Cisco Finesse must purchase the Finesse server and media kit. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-FINESSE-SVR-L
Finesse Server HA Pair. This single sku includes the software and license to run a pair of Finesse servers.
$1,000
CCEH-FINESSE11X-K9
Media Kit for Finesse 11.x
$100
CCEH-FINESSE10X-K9
Media Kit for Finesse 10.x
$100
When a customer purchases a Unified CCE Agent license, they are entitled to use Cisco Finesse, CTI-OS, or Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) with that seat license. Details on ordering seat licenses are available in Section 5.1.1.2. SWSS for Cisco Finesse is covered via the SWSS on the Unified CCE or Packaged CCE agent licenses. Cisco Finesse does not include license key enforcement. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 154 of 205
Ordering Guide
8. Cisco SocialMiner This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco SocialMiner. SocialMiner is available for both Unified CCX and Unified CCE customers or as a standalone offer. Note: When ordering SocialMiner, first search via IPCE-BUNDLE then IPCE-SVRADDON to locate the SocialMiner product numbers. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
8.1
SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers
Unified CCX or CCE customers who require SocialMiner must purchase the SocialMiner server and media kit: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1,000
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 11.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 10.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
SocialMiner functionality is included in the Unified CCX or CCE Agent license respectively. Any signed into Unified CCX may also be signed into SocialMiner without requiring an additional license. If there are additional SocialMiner s who do not have Unified CCX licenses, a Unified CCX Agent License must be purchased for each additional signed in . The same applies to Unified CCE. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center must be purchased to provide reporting for SocialMiner. SWSS for SocialMiner is covered via the SWSS on the respective Unified CCX or CCE agent licenses.
8.2
Standalone SocialMiner
Standalone SocialMiner customers must purchase the SocialMiner server and media kit: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1,000
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 11.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 10.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
A Unified CCE agent license must be purchased for each simultaneously logged in SocialMiner (you must purchase at least one agent license to use the system). Cisco Unified Intelligence Center must be purchased to provide reporting for SocialMiner. SWSS for SocialMiner is covered via the SWSS on the Unified CCE agent licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 155 of 205
Ordering Guide
8.3
SocialMiner Non-Production Suites
SocialMiner is included in both the customer and partner versions of the Unified CCE Non-Production Suite.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 156 of 205
Ordering Guide
9. Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified ICME) This section describes the licensing structure and ordering of Unified ICM Enterprise. This first subsection describes the licensing structure and orderable components. The second subsection describes details on how to order these components. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
9.1
Overview of Unified ICME Licensing
Unified ICM Enterprise licensing consists of three primary licensing components: ●
A license for each Peripheral Gateway that connects an ACD to the ICM system
●
Various types of Agent licenses, depending on the required functionality
●
Various types of Desktop application licenses (optional)
These three licenses include all functions required for a regular Unified ICM Enterprise system, such as reporting, pre-routing, database integrations, etc. and all software components required to perform these functions such as, router, logger, PGs, istrative workstation, CTI OS Server, CTI Desktop software, etc. Details are described below in section 9.1.1. There are some additional licenses that may be required depending on additional functions. These licenses are: ●
Licenses to connect a third party (non-Cisco) VRU to the ICM
●
ICM Blind and Consultative Network Transfer license
●
Non-production licenses
These licenses are described in section 9.1.2 below. There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination with ICM Enterprise that are described elsewhere in this guide: ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP)
●
Unified Center Enterprise (CCE)
9.1.1
Primary Unified ICME Licenses
Each Unified ICM Enterprise system requires at least one ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG) license and one or more Agent licenses. Note:
For licensing requirements in atypical cases where no TDM ACD is connected
to the ICM, see below in section 9.5. A Unified ICM system licensed by at least an ACD PG and an ICM Agent license includes the following functionality: ●
Monitor ACD (call and agent) activity
●
Call routing, including pre-routing from a carrier network and post-routing from an
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 157 of 205
Ordering Guide
ACD ●
Reporting tools
●
Configuration tools
●
Interfaces to external applications and databases
●
Redundant deployment of all licensed components
●
Integrations through the ICM CTI interfaces with third-party devices that are not intended for agent desktop usage. Examples are wallboards, recorders.
●
Connections to Cisco IVR systems (IP IVR and CVP) and all related functions a Unified ICM system can perform, such as monitoring, reporting and routing.
Some Agent and Desktop licenses provide additional functionality. This is described in the remaining subsections of 9.1.1. Expressed in of the software components licensed, the following components are included in a Unified ICM system licensed by ACD PG and Agent licenses: ●
Router
●
Logger
●
ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG)
●
IVR PG (only for connection to Cisco IVR systems CVP and IP IVR)
●
istrative Workstation
●
Historical Database server
●
Internet Script Editor (ISE) server and ISE connections
●
SQL Gateway and Application Gateway
●
NICs (AT&T, CWC, SS7, Unisource, TIM, NTL, Nortel, CRSP)
●
Network (Sigtran) Gateways (ITU, AT&T and INAP) CTI Server (only for non-
8
agent desktop application) Other Unified ICM components (such as CTI OS Server and Email Interaction Manager) are licensed by certain specific Agent and Desktop licenses. This is described in sections 5.1.1 and beyond. With the exception of ACD PGs (and the related CTI Servers), the licensing does not provide a hard quantity limit to the number of components deployed. The number of components deployed should be reasonable for the quantity of ACD PGs and Agents licensed. Examples: ●
A customer with 20 ACD PG licenses and 4000 Agent licenses, could deploy a single ICM system with 20 PGs and 4000 agents, but would also be licensed to deploy 2 ICM systems instead, for example one ICM system with 8 PGs and 400 agents and another ICM system with 12 PGs and 3600 agents. A customer with a licensed ICM system may connect the Unified ICM system to any number of ed carrier networks for pre-routing without additional licenses.
8
Pricing for other, specialized NICs, to connect to other carrier switches, is available on request from CCBU Product Management at [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 158 of 205
Ordering Guide
Note: Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView will be disabled and not ed. s are required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see Chapter 12 for more information.
9.1.1.1
IPCC Gateway (CC Gateway) PG Licenses
This CC Gateway licenses a “Child” Center Enterprise system to connect to a “parent” ICM for enterprise-wide routing and reporting. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-IPCCEE
CC GATEWAY FOR CC ENTERPRISE
$20,000.00
Notes: ●
A single IPCC Gateway license allows for redundant implementation (A and B side).
●
ICM Agent and Desktop licenses are not required with the IPCC Gateway License
●
An IPCC Gateway license is required for each Child IPCC System connected to the ICM.
9.1.1.2
ACD PG Licenses
There are 16 different ACD PG (peripheral gateway) licenses for the different types of ACD the Unified ICM system can connect to. The following table lists them: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-02
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CALL CENTER PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-03
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT SERVER PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-04
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-05
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS-LESS PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-11
ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG (INCLUDING AAS)
$70,000.00
ICME-PG-11-SEI=
ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG - AAS OPTION
$20,000.00
Notes: ●
A single ACD PG license allows for redundant implementation of a PG (A and B side).
●
An ACD PG license is required for each connected ACD, even if multiple ACDs (with different IP addresses) are connecting to the same physical PG server machine.
●
It is not possible to change or exchange one type of ACD PG license into another type of ACD PG license. For example, when a customer is migrating from Aspect Call Center to Aspect Server, he can no longer use his Aspect Call Center PG licenses and will need to acquire new Aspect Server licenses.
●
For details on the ed ACDs, see: http://www.cisco.com/c/dam/en/us/td/docs/voice_ip_comm/cust_/_c enter/ipcc_enterprise/compatibility_matrix/icmacdmx.pdf
●
The price for a Nortel Symposium ACD PG is different from the other PGs. This is because it comes bundled with the Automated for Symposium tool
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 159 of 205
Ordering Guide
(AAS). Older Nortel Symposium PGs (ordered before January 2006) do not include this tool. ●
Nortel Symposium PGs purchased before January 2006 can be upgraded to include AAS by ordering ICME-PG-11-SEI= for $20,000. Note that AAS is ed on ICM 5.0 and later with Symposium 5.0 and later. required Service Releases and patches on both products in the AAS product documentation.
9.1.1.3
Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
All agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents. Agents need a license when they are logged-in, independent whether they are on a call or not. Other s, such as istrative Workstation or Internet Script Editor s, are not licensed separately. The Regular Agent license (ICME-REGAGT-Tx) is for ‘traditional’ ICM functionality, where the ICM monitors individual agents, but routes only to the skill group level, and leaves the individual agent selection to the third-party ACD. The license provides all Unified ICME capabilities for that, but not the optional Agent Desktop CTI integration, which is licensed separately, see section 9.1.1.2. A Regular Agent license is required for each peripheral connection to any of the ACD PGs listed in section 9.1.1.2. Most commonly these are ACD agents logged into the ACD, but it could also be other types of connections, for example IVR ports that are managed through an ACD PG. Examples: 1.
For agents, a Regular Agent license is required for each agent that is logged on to the ACD and monitored by the ICME through a PG.
2.
For other peripheral connections, a Regular Agent license is required for each peripheral connection to the ACD that is monitored by the ICME through a PG.
Notes: ●
CTI integrations that only read events and do not log agents in through the CTI interfaces are allowed under these licenses. Examples are recorders, wallboards.
●
Regular Agent licenses can be used with any ed ACD PG. For example a customer moving from a Nortel to an Avaya ACD can retain their Regular Agent licenses and only purchase new (Avaya) PG licenses.
Regular Agent licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity ordered. The tiers are: Tier
Order size
Price level
Tier 1
Orders of less than 200
Base price
Tier 2
Orders of 200 or more and less than 500
80% of base price
Tier 3
Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000
65% of base price
Tier 4
Orders of 1,000 or more
50% of base price
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Agent licenses for voice applications and their list prices.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 160 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-REGAGT-T1
REGULARICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER 1
$1,000.00
ICME-REGAGT-T2
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER2
$800.00
ICME-REGAGT-T3
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER3
$650.00
ICME-REGAGT-T4
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER4
$500.00
Options
Regular Agent
9.1.1.4
Select Desktop license
Desktop licenses
The Desktop licenses allow the agent to use a desktop application that allows him to /out, control state changes, call control and screen pops with data. The following license options are available in this category:
CTI Toolkit allows the use of the CTI Server socket interface or the CTI Toolkit SDK to either run an out of the box desktop that is provided or customize a desktop or build a custom desktop or build a server to server integration with another desktop application. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CTI Server or CTI Toolkit interfaces.
CRM Connector desktop licenses allow the use of Cisco Unified CRM Connector for Siebel. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CRM application. Note that the SAP CRM Connector (which is available for Center Enterprise and Hosted) is not available for ICM.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Desktop licenses ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
$900.00 $1,300.00
Notes: ●
A CTI Toolkit Desktop license is required for all CTI desktop integrations that log an agent in even if there is no Cisco software used on the desktop, for example in server-to-server integrations.
●
A Desktop license is optional for Regular Agent licenses
●
For up to date information on which CTI option is available on a particular third party ACD, see the Compatibility Matrix, published here:
9.1.2
Additional Unified ICME Licenses and Components
9.1.2.1
Third Party IVR Port Licenses
Third party IVR licenses are required to connect third party (non-Cisco) IVR systems to a Unified ICM system. It licenses the following functionality (between brackets is the name of the application interface used on the VRU PG): ●
Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)
●
Unified ICME pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 161 of 205
Ordering Guide
interface) ●
Unified ICME accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified ICME controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control Interface)
The software component licensed by this license is the VRU Peripheral Gateway and all of the public interfaces that it offers. Note that there is no separate license for the VRU PG. For example 400 third Party IVR Port licenses can be used to connect a single 400port IVR (using a single, optionally redundant PG) or to connect four separate 100-port IVR systems (using 4, optionally redundant, PGs). A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or controlled by the ICM. Third-party IVR Port licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity ordered. The tiers are: Tier
Order size
Price level
Tier 1
Orders of less than 200
Base price
Tier 2
Orders of 200 or more and less than 500
85% of base price
Tier 3
Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000
75% of base price
Tier 4
Orders of 1,000 or more
65% of base price
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Third Party IVR licenses and their list prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195.00
ICM Third Party IVR licenses
9.1.2.2
Unified ICM Blind Network Transfer License
Unified ICM Enterprise has the capability to control and execute a blind transfer of a call that has been pre-routed to an agent from a connected network. This capability requires a network connection (NIC or IVR) that s this function. Of the ICM Enterprise NICs listed in section 9.1.1 only the CRSP NIC and SS7 NIC s this feature, since the other specific carrier networks do not this feature. The feature is also ed for networks that are connected through the VRU PG. This license is a single license per Unified ICM Enterprise system, independent of the number of ACD PGs, Agents or Third Party IVR Ports licensed. Notes: ●
This license is not required when CVP is used to transfer the call. An ICM Enterprise Blind Network Transfer license is included with CVP.
●
This license is not required in the following cases: 1) when the Unified ICME
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 162 of 205
Ordering Guide
system is used to move a call from a VRU that is connected through the Service Control Interface (this is one of the interfaces available on the VRU PG) to another destination, such as an agent. This is not considered a ‘transfer’. 2) A transfer request is executed by the ACD or IVR, and the Unified ICME system is only used to provide the destination for the transfer (normal post-route request) but the execution (i.e. moving the call) is left to the device requesting the transfer (i.e. the ACD or IVR). This is not considered a ‘network’ transfer. ●
Unified ICME also s Consultative Network Transfers using either a CRSP or SS7 NIC. This capability requires additional licensing. Please ICM product management if this feature is required.
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Network Transfer license and its list price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICM ENTERPRISE BLIND NETWORK TRANSFER
$150,000
ICM Enterprise Network Transfer ICME-BNT
9.1.3
Special Unified ICME Deployment Cases
There are several non-standard ICM deployment models that don’t fit the standard licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is described in this section.
9.1.3.1
Unified ICME Systems used as Hybrid CCE-ICME system
In this case the Unified ICME system has third party ACDs connected as well as Cisco Unified Communications Manager(s) and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified ICME and Unified CCE licenses. Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each connected TDM ACD and all agents on these ACDs. In case the ICM Enterprise Agents are using Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that such a license is not required for Unified Center Enterprise Agents using this function, as this is included in the Unified CCE Agent licenses). For the Center Enterprise function a single Unified CC Enterprise Server license is required as well as CC Enterprise Agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to the Unified Communications Manager(s).
9.1.3.2
Unified ICME Systems that are connected to a carrier owned and operated Unified ICM Hosted System
When a company owns and operates a Unified ICM Enterprise system that is connected to a carrier’s Unified ICM Hosted system (for pre-routing, Network IVR services, etc.), the Unified ICM systems should be licensed as a Unified ICM Enterprise system and not as (part of) a Unified ICM Hosted system. Note that no separate license is required to connect a Unified ICM Enterprise system to a Unified ICM Hosted system. Only customers owning NAM licenses or Unified CCH licenses should purchase ICM Hosted PG and Agent licenses.
9.1.3.3
Unified ICME Systems without any ACD connected
Unified ICM Enterprise systems that are used for atypical functions where no ACD is
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 163 of 205
Ordering Guide
connected are licensed as follows: ●
Unified ICME systems used to connect to IP IVR and third party IVR systems only. In this case only Third Party IVR Port licenses are required. These are described in section 5.1.2.1. Note that for IP IVR this is an exception to the rule that no Third Party IVR Port licenses are required for IP IVR.
●
ICM systems used for simple routing functions using a NIC.
These functions are typically performed as part of a Unified ICM Hosted system in a carrier environment. For licensing this type of functionality, please Cisco at [email protected].
9.2
Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified ICM Enterprise systems and add-on orders can and should be made through a single top level part number: ICME-BUNDLE. When selected in the ordering tool, this part number will list the following components that can be ordered: ●
Media kits (CD sets)
●
ACD PG licenses
●
Agent licenses
●
Third party IVR licenses
For each of these four items you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or one (1). When selecting ‘1’, you can then configure the item and select the PGs, agents, etc., in the required type and quantity, as follows: ●
Media kit: Select the desired release. You can order only one ICM media kit at a time. The media kit will dynamically be composed, based on what licenses are ordered.
●
IPCC Gateway licenses (Unified CC Gateway licenses). Select the number and type of Unified CC Gateway licenses required
●
ACD PG licenses. Select the number and types of ACD PG licenses required.
●
ICM Regular Agent licenses. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable minimum number of agents can be ordered for each tier. There is a second level option class for Desktop licenses. It is possible to select ‘no desktop’. You can mix different types of desktops (or no desktop) as long as the total aligns with the number of Regular ICM Agents selected. For example when ordering 100 Regular Agent licenses, you can select 50 of those to have the CTI Toolkit Desktop license and 50 to be Siebel agents. The ordering system will force you to select a total amount that is equal to the number of Agent licenses ordered.
●
Third Party IVR licenses. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable minimum number of ports can be ordered for each tier.
For convenience the ICME-BUNDLE top-level part also lists some other components that are optional and can be part of a Unified ICM Enterprise solution: ●
ICM Blind Network Transfer license Order one license per Unified ICM Enterprise system. See section 9.1.2.2 for
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 164 of 205
Ordering Guide
details. Note that Non-production licenses (see section 6.5) cannot be ordered as part of an ICME-BUNDLE. These licenses need to be added separately to an order using the product numbers provided in the sections above.
9.3
Upgrades and Migrations
Under ICME-AGENTS, a ‘Desktop Migration’ option class is offered to order additional desktop licenses without ordering Agent licenses. There are two types of licenses in that option class:
To order desktop licenses for previously ordered regular agent licenses without desktop.
To order licenses for migrations between various CRM Connector Desktops, for example in case a customer migrates from one CRM vendor to another or from CTI Toolkit to a CRM Connector.
Product Numbers
Description
ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M
Migrate Existing CTI Toolkit or CRM Connector to Cisco Siebel Connector
$650.00
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M
Migrate Existing CRM Connector to CTI Toolkit
$400.00
9.4
List Price ($US) $900.00 $1,300.00
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified ICM Enterprise licenses under an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their system or renewing maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers. The basic rules for ‘translating’ older Unified ICM Enterprise licenses into new ones are very straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships: Older item
New Item
ICM Enterprise Standard Agent license (ICME-STDAGT-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx)
ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-PREMAGT-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx) and ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICMECTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
ACD PG (ICM-PIMxx)
Matching ACD PG license (ICME-PG-xx)
ICM Voice Agent (ICM-AGTVOC-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx)
ICM CTI Agent licenses (CTI Agent, Toolkit Desktop, Siebel Agent, Supervisor Toolkit, Cisco Agent Desktop, Cisco Supervisor Desktop and ICM Blended Agent licenses)
ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICMECTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
IVR Port (ICM-PRT-Tx-L)
Third Party IVR Port licenses (ICME-IVRPRT-Tx-L)
SS7 Cards
No change
ICM Blind Network Transfer
No change
Non-product bundles
No change
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 165 of 205
Ordering Guide
Older item
New Item
All other items, such as:
These items do not translate into any current license. All functionality is included in the Agent licenses above.
ICME-BUNDLE, ICM Gateway licenses, Partitioning, Remote Server redundancy, ICM NICs, IVR PG (ICM-PIMIVR-L), istrative Workstation, HDS Option,, Internet Script Editor Connection, third-party CTI Connection
Using the rules above a customer should ‘translate’ their current licenses into new ones and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following specific cases for expansion orders: Expansion case: customer wants to…
Customer should order…
Add more agents to an existing ICM Enterprise location
New Regular Agent licenses and optionally Desktop licenses
Exchange ACD from one type to another, for example moving from Aspect Call Center to Aspect Server
New ACD PG license
Connect a new ACD to an existing Unified ICM Enterprise
New ACD PG and new Regular Agent licenses and optionally Desktop licenses
Add a Gateway, NIC, Partitioning, istrative Workstation/HDS /ISE or other option to an existing Unified ICM Enterprise
Nothing. When customer has ICM Agent licenses in place, these components can now be deployed without additional licensing
Add CTI to existing ICM Voice Agents
Desktop license
Connect a new third-party IVR to ICM or add more IVR ports to an IVR that is currently connected to ICM
New IVR Port licenses
9.5
Non-Production Systems
The Unified ICM non-production bundles includes 1 CVP Server license, 1000 CVP queuing/transfer ports, 2000 VXML Server ports, PG licenses, Agent and Desktop licenses, 2 CUIC reporting servers, 5 CUIC reporting s, Network Transfer licenses and Third party IVR Port licenses and Multichannel Agent Licenses (only the older products that will reach end of sale in September 2007; see note below on the new multichannel products). All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively in non-production systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training purposes. Notes: ●
These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have ordered Unified ICM Enterprise production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
●
These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers ending in ‘-EC’. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending in ‘-’ or ‘-DART=’.
●
The Certified Partner (‘-’) non-production bundles are only available for order by ATP Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available. These bundles are only available from the Wholesale price list, which implies that they must be ordered through a Cisco distributor.
●
The ‘-DART=’ bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 166 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-NPSENT-EC
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite End Customer
$25,000
ICME-NPSENT-
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite Certified Partner
$0
ICME-NPSENT-DART=
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite DART
$200
Non-production bundles
9.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified ICM Enterprise product number and applicable maintenance items. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-IPCCEE
CC GATEWAY FOR CC ENTERPRISE
$20,000
ICME-PG-01
ICM ENTERPRISE ALCATEL 4400 PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-02
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CALL CENTER PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-03
ICM ENT ASPECT SERVER PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-04
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-05
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS-LESS PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-08
ICM ENTERPRISE NEX NEAX 2400/7400 PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-11
ICM ENT NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG (INCL. AAS)
$70,000
ICME-PG-11-SEI=
ICM ENT NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG - AAS OPT
$20,000
ICME-REGAGT-T1
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER 1
$1,000
ICME-REGAGT-T2
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER2
$800
ICME-REGAGT-T3
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER3
$650
ICME-REGAGT-T4
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER4
$500
ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
$900
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
$1,300
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M
Migrate Existing CTI Toolkit or CRM Connector to Cisco Siebel Connector
$600
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M
Migrate Existing CRM Connector to CTI Toolkit
$400
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195
ICME-BNT
ICM ENTERPRISE BLIND NETWORK TRANSFER
$150,000
ICME-NPSENT-EC
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite End Customer
$25,000
ICME-NPSENT-DART=
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite DART
$200
ICME-NPSENT-
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite Channel Partner
$0
Notes: ●
Details on Software Service can be found here: http://www.cisco.com/go/swss.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 167 of 205
Ordering Guide
10. Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses Unified IP IVR licensing is based on per port licenses and Server Software Licenses. The Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) at http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/. is required for any Cisco Unified Computing System based configuration. If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 10.1.1
Types of Unified IP IVR Licensing
There are two types of licenses for Unified IP: 1.
Port licenses
2.
Server Software licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for number of ports desired. Unified IP IVR Licenses There is only one type of port license. Port licenses are required for all inbound voice callers in a Unified IP IVR deployment. Ports licenses are also required for when IP IVR is deployed as a Queuing platform with Center Enterprise. Customers should order enough ports to accommodate the maximum number of simultaneous calls at any given time. Unified IP IVR HA Server Software Licensing Deployment of High Availability for IP IVR requires a single server software license and the HA server software license. Note: High Availability is not ed when IP IVR is deployed in a CCE environment. See CCE SRND for alternative failover mechanisms.
10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release 10.2.1
Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using Purchased Product IDs
Customers may purchase a la carte upgrades from any major or minor release to any later major or minor release. 10.2.2
Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS
Customers with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) contract are entitled to upgrade from their current release to a later release using the Cisco Product ol (PUT) at Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 168 of 205
Ordering Guide
http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp. ESW or SWSS service contracts provide entitlement to TAC and upgrades to minor, maintenance and service releases. UCSS and SWSS contracts provide entitlement to any major release.
10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 11.0 production Licenses Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 11.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and licenses required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 11.0 (IVR-11-SYS-K9)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 11.0 (IVR-11-ADD-K9)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.3.1
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 11.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 11.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (with High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-11-NFR=. 10.3.2
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 11.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.3.3
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.3.3.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x, 9.0 or 10.x customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 11.0. Please note that only IP IVR 9.0 and later can upgrade directly to 10.0.IP IVR 8.x customers can use IP IVR 10.x as an interim path to IP IVR 11.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 7.0 and earlier to 11.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration.
10.3.3.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Using UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription(UCSS) or Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 169 of 205
Ordering Guide
Software Service (SWSS) contract may Unified IP IVR 11.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.3.4
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 11.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.3.4.1 Ordering New and Add On IP IVR 11.0 The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-11-SYS-K9
IVR 11.0 NEW IP IVR
IVR-11-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 11.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4995
IVR-11-HA-LIC
IVR 11.0 New IP IVR HA Qty 1 License
$9995
IVR-11-PORT1
IVR 11.0 Port
$1195
IVR-11-ADD-K9
IVR 11.0 ADDON
$0
$0
10.3.4.2 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 11.0.
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-11-UPG-K9
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR
$0
IVR-11-SS-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR Server License Only
$2495
IVR-11-HA-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA License Only
$8995
IVR-11-PORT-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade Port
$595
10.3.4.3 Upgrading with a Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 9.0 and later can upgrade directly to 10.0.IP IVR 8.x customers can use IP IVR 10.x as an interim path to IP IVR 11.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 7.0 and earlier to 11.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Any interim upgrade that is required must be ordered.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 170 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3X-11K9=
IVR 3.X to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-4X-11K9=
IVR 4.X to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-11K9=
IVR 5.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-11K9=
IVR 6.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-11K9=
IVR 7.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-11K9=
IVR 8.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-11K9=
IVR 8.5 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-11K9=
IVR 9.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-10-11K9=
IVR 10.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA4X-11K9=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA50-11K9=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA60-11K9=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA70-11K9=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA80-11K9=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA85-11K9=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA90-11K9=
IVR HA 9.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA10-11K9=
IVR HA 10.0 HA to 11.0 HA
10.3.4.4 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-11-NFR=
IVR 11.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
10.4 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses Note: The procedure for ordering IPIVR 10.6(1) is identical to ordering IPIVR 10.0(1). Cisco will ship the latest version of the IP IVR 10.x software – 10.6 in this case.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 10.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and licenses required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 10.0 (IVR-10-SYS-K9)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-10-ADD-K9)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 171 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.1
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-10-NFR=. 10.4.2
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 10.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.4.3
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.4.3.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x or 9.0 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 10.0. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, 8.5 or 8.5 can upgrade directly to 10.0. Other IP IVR versions must first upgrade via ed paths to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 10.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration.
10.4.3.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Using UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription(UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) contract may Unified IP IVR 10.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.4.4
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 10.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.4.4.1 Ordering New and Add On IP IVR 10.0 The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-10-SYS-K9
IVR 10.0 NEW IP IVR
IVR-10-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 10.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4995
IVR-10-HA-LIC
IVR 10.0 New IP IVR HA Qty 1 License
$9995
IVR-10-PORT1
IVR 10.0 Port
$1195
IVR-10-ADD-K9
IVR 10.0 ADDON
$0
$0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 172 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.4.2 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 9.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 10.0. IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via ed paths (8.0 and 9.0 respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-10-UPG-K9
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR
$0
IVR-10-SS-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR Server License Only
$2495
IVR-10-HA-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA License Only
$8995
IVR-10-PORT-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade Port
$595
10.4.4.3 Upgrading with a Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 10.0. IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via ed paths (8.0 and 9.0 respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Any interim upgrade that is required must be ordered. Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3X-10K9=
IVR 3.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-4X-10K9=
IVR 4.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-10K9=
IVR 5.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-10K9=
IVR 6.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-10K9=
IVR 7.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-10K9=
IVR 8.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-10K9=
IVR 8.5 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-10K9=
IVR 9.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA4X-10K9=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA50-10K9=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA60-10K9=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA70-10K9=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA80-10K9=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA85-10K9=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA90-10K9=
IVR HA 9.0 HA to 10.0 HA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 173 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.4.4 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-10-NFR=
IVR 10.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
10.5 Ordering Unified IP IVR 9.0 production Licenses Please note that IP IVR 9.0 is appliance based. Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR90MEDIAKIT-K9= to receive the IP IVR 9.0 media. 10.5.1
Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering New and Add On product components from Cisco’s wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described below. Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering using Cisco’s online configuration and ordering tools as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.5.2
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-90-NFR=. 10.5.3
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 9.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 174 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.5.4
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.5.4.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.0 or 8.5 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 9.0. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0 or IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
10.5.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract may Unified IP IVR 9.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.5.5
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 9.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.5.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools must use these product IDs. Product Number
Description
List Price
Configure Entire Product - New Software, Media Convergence Servers IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE
IVR 9.0 New Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Entire Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Media Convergence Servers IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL
IVR 9.0 ADDON Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Top Level New Software Only IVR-90-NEW
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR
$0
Configure Top Level Add On Software Only IVR-90-ADDON
IVR 9.0 Add On IP IVR
$0
10.5.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 9.0 IVR-90-NEW
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$0
Page 175 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$0
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1
IVR 9.0 Port
$ 1,195
IVR-90-ADDON
IVR 9.0 Add On IP IVR
$0
IVR-90-ADD-HA-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE
$ 9,995
10.5.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco.
Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 9.0 IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC=
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$0
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC=
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 1
$ 1,195
IVR-90-PORT10=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 10
$ 11,950
IVR-90-PORT25=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 25
$ 29,875
IVR-90-PORT50=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 50
$ 59,750
10.5.5.4 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
IVR-90-UPG-BUNDLE
IVR 9.0 UPGRADE Deployment
IVR-90-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR
IVR-90-SS-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only
IVR-90-HA-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only
$
8,995
IVR-90-PORT-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade Port
$
745
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
List Price
Page 176 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.5.5.5 Upgrading with a UCSS/SWSS contract via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x, 4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0 and IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3031-90=
IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-35-90=
IVR 3.5 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-40-90=
IVR 4.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-41-90=
IVR 4.1 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-45-90=
IVR 4.5 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-90=
IVR 5.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-90=
IVR 6.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-90=
IVR 7.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-90
IVR 8.0 to 9.0 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-90
IVR 8.5 to 9.0 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-90=
IVR 9.0 to 9.0 SWSS Maintenance Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-40-90=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-41-90=
IVR HA 4.1 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-50-90=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-60-90=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-70-90=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-80-90=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-85-90=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
10.5.5.6 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-90-NFR=
IVR 9.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
Notes: ●
All New or AddOn Expansion Server Software is the same as that for Center Express. Please consult Unified CCX pricing section for further information
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 177 of 205
Ordering Guide
on pricing. ●
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps9158/index.html
10.6 Ordering Unified IP IVR 8.5 production Licenses Please note that IP IVR 8.5 is appliance-based. Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR-85-MEDIAKIT= to receive the IP IVR 8.5 media. 10.6.1
Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering New and Add On product components from Cisco’s wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described below. Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering using Cisco’s online configuration and ordering tools as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 Free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.6.2
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-85-NFR=. 10.6.3
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 8.5 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.6.4
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.6.4.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, or 8.0 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 8.5.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 178 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, or IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
10.6.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Using EOS and/or UCCS Any customer with a valid ESW/UCSS or SWSS contract may Unified IP IVR 8.5 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.6.5
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 8.5 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.6.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools must use these product IDs. Product Number
Description
List Price
Configure Entire Product - New Software, Media Convergence Servers IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE
IVR 8.5 New Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Entire Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Media Convergence Servers IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL
IVR 8.5 ADDON Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Top Level New Software Only IVR-85-NEW
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR
$0
Configure Top Level Add On Software Only IVR-85-ADDON
IVR 8.5 Add On IP IVR
$0
10.6.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above
Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 8.5 IVR-85-NEW
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR
$0
IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$ 4,995
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-85-PORT1
IVR 8.5 Port
$ 1,195
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 179 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-85-ADDON
IVR 8.5 Add On IP IVR
$0
IVR-85-ADD-HA-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE
$ 9,995
10.6.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco. Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 8.5 IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC=
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4,995
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC=
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-85-PORT1=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 1
$ 1,195
IVR-85-PORT10=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 10
$ 11,950
IVR-85-PORT25=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 25
$ 29,875
IVR-85-PORT50=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 50
$ 59,750
10.6.5.4 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, and 8.x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5. Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-85-UPG-BUNDLE
IVR 8.5 UPGRADE Deployment
IVR-85-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR
IVR-85-SS-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only
$
3,495
IVR-85-HA-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only
$
8,995
IVR-85-PORT-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade Port
$
745
10.6.5.5 Upgrading with a UCSS/SWSS contract via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x, 4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, and 8.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5 using the Cisco Product ol.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 180 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3031-85=
IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-35-85=
IVR 3.5 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-40-85=
IVR 4.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-41-85=
IVR 4.1 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-45-85=
IVR 4.5 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-85=
IVR 5.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-85=
IVR 6.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-85=
IVR 7.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-85
IVR 8.0 to 8.5 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-85=
IVR 8.5 to 8.5 SWSS Maintenance Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-40-85=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-41-85=
IVR HA 4.1 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-50-85=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-60-85=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-70-85=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-80-85=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
10.6.5.6 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-85-NFR=
IVR 8.5 Not for Resale HA
List Price
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$
100
Page 181 of 205
Ordering Guide
11. Cisco MediaSense This section provides licensing and ordering information for MediaSense - Cisco’s openstandard network-based platform that s recording, playback, live streaming, and storage of media--including audio and video--with rich recording metadata. Please note that Cisco MediaSense requires Cisco Unified Communication Manager to offer the full range of features.
11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 11.0: Customers ordering MediaSense can select the various following components when ordering the product: ●
Audio Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent audio sessions required, which is the total number of simultaneous voice recording sessions. The licenses can be deployed on any number of servers and includes high availability.
●
Video Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent video sessions required. Note that the Video Session License includes audio and either the Audio Session License or the Video Session License is to be ordered, not both. A video conversation recording between two participants would require two video session licenses. The licenses can be deployed on any number of servers and includes high availability.
11.2 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 9 and 10: Customers ordering MediaSense can select the various following components when ordering the product: ●
MediaSense Base Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous recording sessions.
●
Audio Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent audio sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous voice recording sessions.
●
Video Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent video sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous video recording sessions. Note that the Video Session License includes audio and either the Audio Session License or the Video Session License is to be ordered, not both. Also note that the sum of the Audio and Video session licenses should equal the number of MediaSense Base licenses that are ordered
●
MediaSense Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Server Software license is required for the MediaSense Primary and Secondary Servers which provide database operations as well as media operations
●
MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Expansion Server Software license is required for servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 182 of 205
Ordering Guide
11.3 Cisco Software Services for Cisco MediaSense Software services are documented in the Cisco Software Services Ordering Guide: http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/services/s/swss-ordering-guide.pdf
SWSS Partner website SWSS Customer website SWSS Disti
SWSS Guide
11.4 Ordering MediaSense 11.0 MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 11.0 Top-level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M11-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M11-VUP-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for upgrades from 9.x or 10.x to 11.0 deployments
N/A
M11-PORT-ADD-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for adding ports to an existing 11.0 system
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Audio session licenses
●
Video session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.4.1
MediaSense 11.0 Component Information
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each MediaSense orderable part.
11.4.1.1 MediaSense 11.0 Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform. An audio or video session provides the with the ability to record one voice or record/stream video session. MediaSense 11.0 Session Licenses part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 183 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-AUDIO-11X-LIC
MediaSense 11.0 Audio Port License
$295
NA
$345
NA
M-VIDEO-11X-LIC
MediaSense 11.0 Video Port License
M11-VUP-AUD-PT
Upgrade audio port MediaSense from 9.x or 10.x to 11.x
$145
NA
M11-VUP-VID-PT
Upgrade video port MediaSense from 9.x or 10.x to 11.x
$175
NA
11.4.2
Not-for-Production Systems
Not-For-Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
98 session licenses for audio and 2 for video. High availability is included.
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. MediaSense 11.0 NPS part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-11X-NPS-K9=
MediaSense 11.0 Not-for-Production System
$1200
R- M-11X-NPS-K9=
MediaSense 11.0 Not-for Production System E-Delivery
$1200
Partner Systems – 11.0 MediaSense is included in the Cisco Collaboration 11 Partner Bundle Offer, available via the Cisco Marketplace Store.
11.5 Ordering MediaSense 10.x MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 10.x Top-level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M10-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M10-VUP-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for upgrades from the 8.x and 9.x deployments
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 184 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Server software
●
Session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.5.1
MediaSense 10.x Component Information
After selecting the top-level part number (M-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits. The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture platform orderable part.
11.5.1.1 MediaSense 10.x Server Software License MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture, streaming and storage. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-SVR-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Primary or Secondary Node Server Software
$2,000
M10-VUP-SVR
Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Primary or Secondary Node Server to 10.x
$1,000
11.5.1.2 MediaSense 10.x Expansion Server Software MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations. Expansion Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-EXP-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Expansion Node Server Software
$500
M10-VUP-EXP-SVR
Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Expansion Node Server to 10.x
$250
The NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.5.1.3 MediaSense 10.x Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform. An audio or video session combined with a base license provides the with the ability to record one voice or video session. Ordering notes: ●
For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session license (not both) must be ordered
●
If upgrading from a previous release, only base ports need to be upgraded. The Audio or Video port does not have an upgrade part.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 185 of 205
Ordering Guide
MediaSense 10.x Session Licenses part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-BASE-10X-LIC
MediaSense 10.x Base License
$225
Min 1
M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC
MediaSense 10.x License for audio session
$25
Sum of M-CORE-AUDLIC and M-CORE-VIDLIC should equal MBASE-LIC
M-CORE-10X-VID-LIC
MediaSense 10.x License for video session
$75
Sum of M-CORE-AUDLIC and M-CORE-VIDLIC should equal MBASE-LIC
M10-CORE-10X-BASEPORT
MediaSense base port for 8.x/9.x to update to 10.x
$112
The base licenses being upgraded.
11.5.2
Not-for-Production Systems
Not-For-Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
98 session licenses for audio and 2 for video -- all on 1 machine only
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. MediaSense 10.x NPS part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-10X-NPS-K9
MediaSense 10.x Not-for-Production System
$1200
R-M-10X-NPS-K9
MediaSense 10.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$1200
Partner Systems – 10.x MediaSense is included in the Cisco Collaboration 10 Partner Bundle Offer, available via the Cisco Marketplace Store. 11.5.3
MediaSense 10.x / UCCX Promotional Bundle
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
10 audio recording licenses + 1 server license
$997.50
Quantity Max 1 per system. For new or upgraded UCCX systems.
CCX-10-REC-LIC
11.5.4
Additional 10.x recording licenses
$250
MediaSense 10.x Product number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense 10.x product number and applicable maintenance items.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 186 of 205
Ordering Guide
MediaSense 10.x Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M10-LIC-K9
MediaSense 10.x Software
N/A
M-SVR-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Server Software License
$2000
M-EXP-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Expansion Software Server License
$500
M-BASE-10X-LIC
Base MediaSense 10.x Recording License
$225
M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC
License for Audio recording - 1 session
$25
M-CORE-10X-VID-LIC
License for Video recording - 1 session
$75
11.6 Ordering MediaSense 9.x MediaSense 9.x is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools (e.g. Dynamic Ordering Tool or Multi-Line Ordering Tool). To order the product, most core MediaSense options are available using the part number, M-. The online ordering tool will then provide all MediaSense ordering options for each component of the MediaSense system. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 9.x Top level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-NEW-LIC
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
R-M-NEW-LIC
MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M-ADDON-LIC
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for add-on licenses
N/A
L-M-ADDON-LIC
MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for addon licenses
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Server software
●
Session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.6.1
MediaSense 9.x Component Information
After selecting the top-level part number (M-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits. The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture platform orderable part.
11.6.1.1 MediaSense 9.x Server Software License MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture, streaming and storage.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 187 of 205
Ordering Guide
Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-SVR-9X-SW-K9
MediaSense 9.0 Server Software
$2,000
11.6.1.2 MediaSense 9.x Expansion Server Software MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-MED-SW-K9
MediaSense Expansion Server Software
$500
The NFR and NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.6.1.3 MediaSense 9.x Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform audio or video session combined with a base license provides the with the ability to record one voice or video session. Ordering notes: ●
For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session license (not both) must be ordered
MediaSense 9.x Session License part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-BASE-LIC
MediaSense Base License
$225
Min 1
M-CORE-AUD-LIC
MediaSense License for audio session
$25
Sum of M-COREAUD-LIC and MCORE-VID-LIC should equal M-BASE-LIC
M-CORE-VID-LIC
MediaSense License for video session $75
Sum of M-COREAUD-LIC and MCORE-VID-LIC should equal M-BASE-LIC
11.6.2
MediaSense 9.x Non Production Systems
Not For Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
100 session licenses for audio or video recording-- all on 1 machine only
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 188 of 205
Ordering Guide
Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale (NFR) systems provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes, The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
100 session licenses for audio or video recording-- all on 1 machine only
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations or by partners for development of customer solutions. MediaSense 9.x NPS and NFR part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System
$30
M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit
$30
R-M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$30
R-M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery
$30
11.6.3
MediaSense 9.x part number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense 9.x product number and applicable maintenance items. MediaSense 9.x Part Numbers Product Numbers
M-NEW-LIC
Description
List Price ($US)
M-NEW-LIC
N/A
M-SVR-9X-SW-K9
MediaSense 9.x Server Software
$2,000
M-MED-SW-K9
MediaSense Expansion Software Server License
$500
M-BASE-LIC
Base MediaSense Recording License
$225
M-CORE-AUD-LIC
License for Audio recording - 1 session
$25
M-CORE-VID-LIC
License for Video recording - 1 session
$75
M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System
$30
M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit
$30
R-M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$30
R-M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery
$30
11.7 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems 11.7.1
Example 1 –Customer requires 500 concurrent audio recordings and high availability - Ordering Use Case
Solution: The total number of concurrent sessions required is 500, which is the sum of concurrent recordings and playbacks. Since each MediaSense server can up to 200 concurrent sessions, the customer will have to order two MediaSense Servers and one Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 189 of 205
Ordering Guide
Expansion Server. The secondary server is required since the customer needs HA. MediaSense components required: ●
2 M Server Software License
●
1 M Expansion Server Software Licenses
●
500 M-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
●
500 M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses
11.7.2
Example 2 –Customer requiring 50 additional concurrent audio recordings - Ordering Use Case
Solution: If the customer does not need to order an additional server because the existing MediaSense servers can an additional 50 audio recordings, the customer will just have to order the top level part M-ADDON-LIC and the following: ●
50 M-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
●
50 M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses
11.8 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order. Note that the MediaSense 8.x, 9.x and 10.x releases provide Paper Right to Use feature licenses. Partners or customers will have to order the appropriate number of services and licenses based on the deployment requirements.
11.9 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management is a highly scalable voice, screen recording, and evaluation solution that integrates with Cisco MediaSense. When operating in a Cisco MediaSense environment, MediaSense is the recording platform that captures the audio media channels. Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management use the Cisco MediaSense API to integrate with and enhance the platform by adding a feature-rich application layer. Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management offers the following packages (in increasing levels of sophistication): •
Calabrio Search & Play Calabrio Search & Play s searching, archiving and playback of calls recorded by Cisco MediaSense.
•
Calabrio Quality Management Calabrio Quality Management allows centers to review and assess the performance levels of individual agents and teams.
•
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 190 of 205
Ordering Guide
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management adds agent screen recording during calls to the Quality Management capabilities. All Calabrio products are orderable via the top-level SKU MDS-CLB and MDS-CLB-ADD. Use the MDS-CLB SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-CLB-ADD SKU if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. Calabrio SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent. and maintenance contract for Calabrio’s SolutionsPlus products are purchased directly from Calabrio. Calabrio’s SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco MediaSense. In addition to the Calabrio licenses, you will also need a host server with Windows Server 2008 OS and Microsoft SQL provided by the customer or partner. The server and software requirements vary with the number of named s, number of recorded calls and concurrent call volume. Details on the requirements are available in the Calabrio Install guide available to ed s via http://portal.calabrio.com/tiki/tikiindex.php?page=Call+Recording+Quality+Management++Guides#v8_9. To get additional help from Calabrio, reach out to your local Calabrio representative or use the following Calabrio mailer [email protected]. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Calabrio Product Licenses MDS-CLB-SP
Calabrio Search & Play
$150
MDS-CLB-QM
Calabrio Quality Management
$350
MDS-CLB-AQM
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management
$575
MDS-CLB-WFM
Calabrio Advanced Workforce Management
$695
11.10 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus NICE Interaction Management Suite provides a comprehensive solution for capturing, analyzing and impacting customer interactions. The solution enables organizations to: Capture customer interactions through Cisco’s MediaSense. Analyze interactions to extract business insights and reveal root-cause. Monitor agents’ performance, provide targeted agent coaching and optimize quality processes. Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, NICE Interaction Management Suite offers the following packages (in increasing levels of sophistication):
Interaction Management Provides advanced recording rules based on CTI or business data, interaction playback and advanced storage and archiving rules.
Quality Management Includes Interaction Management and additionally, for agent evaluation, coaching and calibration.
Quality Optimization
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 191 of 205
Ordering Guide
Includes Quality Management and additionally, for: o o
o •
End-to-end workflows, enabling managers to define, assign and monitor quality tasks from via single dashboard. 22 out-of-the-box Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), allowing managers to follow operational metrics and align quality processes to organization’s business goals. Customizable dashboards, scorecards, notifications and alerts.
Analytics-Based Quality Optimization Includes Quality Optimization and additionally, for: o o o o o
Automatic categorization of interactions into topics Emotion detection and sentiment analysis Root-cause analysis via speech-to-text transcription and text mining Trending and alerts Unlimited KPIs based on Categorization
In addition, NICE Interaction Management Suite provides the several optional components. The following optional components are available to all packages:
Encryption – provides end-to-end media encryption in order to protect captured data. Real-time Privacy Control – provides the ability to pause voice and screen recording to prevent recording of sensitive information. Component HA – high availability to ensure continuous recording Playback to Extension - provides the capability to play back the voice portion of an interaction to a telephone extension. IP Phone Application - provides the capability to initiate recording on demand
The following optional component is available to Quality Management, Quality Optimization, and Analytics-Based Quality Optimization packages: Additional Screen Recording - Screen recording is included with 15% of the licenses sold as part of Quality Management, Quality Optimization and Advanced Quality Optimization. If more screen recording sessions are required, additional screen recording licenses need to be purchased. The following optional components are available only to the analytics-based quality optimization. It is recommended that you a NICE representative for help on quoting analytics-based optional components.
Phonetics Indexing – Analytic engine processing voice to phonemes. At a minimum, one block of 500 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality optimization is purchased. Transcription – Analytic engine processing voice to transcribed text. At a minimum, one block of 250 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality optimization is purchased. Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis – Analytic engine identifying emotions and agent- customer cross talk. Additional Language – for additional language other than English
All NICE products are orderable via the top level SKU MDS-NICE and MDS-NICE-ADD. Use the MDS-NICE SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-NICE-ADD SKU if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. All of NICE SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent, except for Interaction Management, screen recording and playback to extension, which are priced per
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 192 of 205
Ordering Guide
concurrent session. , maintenance and professional services for NICE SolutionsPlus products must be purchased directly from NICE or a NICE-certified partner. NICE’s SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco MediaSense. To get additional help from NICE, reach out to your local NICE representative or use one of the following emails, depending on your location:
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
NICE SKUs for everywhere except APJC Note: These SKUs will be placed on New Product Hold for PM review Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
NICE Product Licenses MDS-NICE-AQO-
NICE Advanced Quality Optimization - APJC
$1,650
MDS-NICE-IM
NICE Interaction Management
$625
MDS-NICE-QM
NICE Quality Management
$950
MDS-NICE-QO
NICE Quality Optimization
MDS-NICE-EMO
Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis
MDS-NICE-ENCR
Encryption
$125
MDS-NICE-HA
Component High-Availability
$100
MDS-NICE-IPPA
IP Phone Applications
MDS-NICE-LANG
Additional language
MDS-NICE-PBK
Playback to Extension
MDS-NICE-PNTC
Phonetics Indexing (500 hrs/day)
MDS-NICE-RTPC
$1,100 $60,000
$75 $5,000 $800 $50,000
Real-time privacy control
$145
MDS-NICE-SCRN
Additional Screen Recording
$240
MDS-NICE-STT
Transcription (250 hrs/day)
WFM-WMA
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced
$725
WFM-WMAP
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced Plus
$925
WFM-ACD-TI
NICE WFM ACD Telephony Integration (per ACD integration)
WFM-DR
WFM Disaster Recovery
WFM-LE
WFM Lab Environment
$25,000
WFM-MCI
WFM Multichannel Integration
$10,000
WFM-PM
Performance Manager
WFM-WLM
Workload Manager
$80
WFM-NIM2QM
NIM to QM Upgrade
$325
WFM-NIM2QO
NIM to QO Upgrade
$475
WFM-NIM2AQO
NIM to AQO Upgrade
WFM-QM2QO
QM to QO Upgrade
$150
WFM-QM2AQO
QM to AQO Upgrade
$700
WFM-QO2AQO
QO to AQO Upgrade
$550
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$55,000
$15,000 $150
$250
$1,025
Page 193 of 205
Ordering Guide
NICE SKUs for APJC ONLY Note: These SKUs will be placed on Compliance Hold for PM review Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
NICE Product Licenses MDS-NICE-AQO-APJC
NICE Advanced Quality Optimization - APJC
$1,650
MDS-NICE-IM-APJC
NICE Interaction Management
MDS-NICE-QM-APJC
NICE Quality Management
$950
MDS-NICE-QO-APJC
NICE Quality Optimization
$1,100
MDS-NICE-EMO-APJC
Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis
MDS-NICE-ENCR-APJC
Encryption
$125
MDS-NICE-HA-APJC
Component High-Availability
$100
MDS-NICE-IPPA-APJC
IP Phone Applications
MDS-NICE-LANG-APJC
Additional language
MDS-NICE-PBK-APJC
Playback to Extension
MDS-NICE-PNTC-APJC
Phonetics Indexing (500 hrs/day)
MDS-NICE-RTPC-APJC
Real-time privacy control
$625
$60,000
$75 $5,000 $800 $50,000 $145
MDS-NICE-SCRN-APJC
Additional Screen Recording
MDS-NICE-STT-APJC
Transcription (250 hrs/day)
WFM-WMA-APJC
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced
$725
WFM-WMAP-APJC
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced Plus
$925
WFM-ACD-TI-APJC
NICE WFM ACD Telephony Integration (per ACD integration)
WFM-DR-APJC
WFM Disaster Recovery
WFM-LE-APJC
WFM Lab Environment
$25,000
WFM-MCI-APJC
WFM Multichannel Integration
$10,000
WFM-PM-APJC
Performance Manager
WFM-WLM-APJC
Workload Manager
$80
WFM-NIM2QM-APJC
NIM to QM Upgrade
$325
WFM-NIM2QO-APJC
NIM to QO Upgrade
$475
WFM-NIM2AQO-APJC
NIM to AQO Upgrade
WFM-QM2QO-APJC
QM to QO Upgrade
$150
WFM-QM2AQO-APJC
QM to AQO Upgrade
$700
WFM-QO2AQO-APJC
QO to AQO Upgrade
$550
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$240 $55,000
$15,000 $150
$250
$1,025
Page 194 of 205
Ordering Guide
12. Cisco Remote Expert Mobile This section provides licensing and ordering information for Remote Expert Mobile. Remote Expert Mobile is a software solution that enables personal and actionable customer interactions within mobile & web applications. From simple click-to video/voice call to a full collaborative experience (screen share, co-browse, remote control, content push, annotation and form-fill) interconnected to a full collaboration and center environment. Please note that Cisco Remote Expert requires Cisco Unified Communication Manager and/or Cisco Center Enterprise/ Packaged Center Enterprise and Center Express to offer the full range of features. Note: The top part numbers are IPCE-REMOB and CCX-REMOB.
12.1 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCX customers Unified CCX customers who require Remote Expert Mobile will use the following part numbers. The top part number is CCX-REMOB under bundle CCX-10-SYS-K9. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCX-REMOB-SAGT5-L
First time customer, Concurrent session licenses, min Qty 5
$1,500
CCX-REMOB-SAADD-L
Add on for returning customers, Concurrent session licenses
$1.500
CCX-REMOB-KIT-K9
Qty 1 Remote Expert Mobile Media Kit - NO LICENSES
CCX-REMOB-SVR
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
CCX-REMOB-SAGT-LC
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
$100
For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with Unified CCX, customers should have same number of Agent license. Example: First time ordering 10 concurrent session of Remote Expert Mobile with Unified CCX and then adding 5 more concurrent licenses later 1.
Concurrent session licenses [CCX-REMOB-SAGT5-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 10 session it will be $1500*10)
2.
Select Qty1 for CCX-REMOB-KIT-K9
3.
Auto selected Qty1 for CCX-REMOB-SVR and CCX-REMOB-SAGT-LC
4.
Order corresponding SWSS licenses
5.
Now returning to add 5 more concurrent session to an existing RE Mobile deployment [CCX-REMOB-SAADD-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 5 session it will be $1500*5)
SWSS for Remote Expert Mobile is covered in the SWSS ordering guide. See chapter 16.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 195 of 205
Ordering Guide
12.2 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers who require Remote Expert Mobile will use the following part numbers. Top part number is IPCE-REMOB. For Unified CCE it’s under the IPCE-BUNDLE. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-REMOB-SAGT5-L
First time customer, Concurrent session licenses, min Qty 5
$1,500
IPCE-REMOB-SAADD-L
Add on for returning customers, Concurrent session licenses
$1.500
IPCE-REMOB-KIT-K9
Qty 1 Remote Expert Mobile Media Kit - NO LICENSES
IPCE-REMOB-SVR
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
IPCE-REMOB-SAGT-LC
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
$100
For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with Unified CCE and Packaged center, customers should have same number of Agent license. For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with UCM, customers should have UCM licenses. Example: First time ordering 10 concurrent session of Remote Expert Mobile with Unified CCE, Packaged center or UCM and then adding 5 more licenses later 1.
Concurrent session licenses [IPCE-REMOB-SAGT5-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 10 session it will be $1500*10)
2.
Select Qty1 for IPCE-REMOB-KIT-K9
3.
Auto selected Qty1 for IPCE-REMOB-SVR and IPCE-REMOB-SAGT-LC
4.
Order corresponding SWSS license
5.
Now returning to add 5 more concurrent session to an existing RE Mobile deployment - [IPCE-REMOB-SAADD-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 5 session it will be $1500*5)
SWSS for Remote Expert Mobile is covered via the SWSS ordering guide. See chapter 16.
12.3 Remote Expert Mobile Non-Production Suites Remote Expert Mobile offers both customer and partner versions of Non-Production Kits. Non-production suites provide Media and RTU with 5 concurrent session licenses. The below part numbers are applicable with CC and UC platforms (Unified CCE/PCCE/CCX/CUCM). Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
REMOB-NFR-CH
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS
$200
REMOB-NFR-DART
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
REMOB-NFR-EC
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$2,000
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 196 of 205
Ordering Guide
13. Cisco Servers (UCS and MCS) 13.1 Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) Cisco Center products Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS). It is a part of the overall Cisco Collaboration Technology Group (CTG) Unified Communications on Unified Computing Systems (UC on UCS) program. Particular Center products/applications UCS servers at a different time. See http://cisco.com/go/uc-virtualized for more information. Center products use the CTG UCS SKUs. The CTG UCS configuration and ordering information can be found at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/ps6790/ps5748/ps378/solution_over view_c22-597556.html.
13.2 Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005 13.2.1
Part Numbers
Center Media Convergence Servers (MCS) have been End Of Sale/Life. The replacement/alternative server information is per the EOL bulletin, which is at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/voiceapp/ps378/prod_eol_notices_list.html. The Center Windows Server 2003 and SQL Server 2005 have been End Of Sale/Life. Please consult the EOL Bulletin at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/custcosw/ps5693/ps1844/end_of_life _notice_c51-719033.html.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 197 of 205
Ordering Guide
14. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 9.0 and higher.
14.1 Ordering Intelligence Center version 9.0 and higher In Release 9.0 and higher, there are two types of Intelligence Center licenses, Intelligence Center Standard and Intelligence Center . Note that the license labeled 8.0 is valid for 8.x and higher deployments. The media is the same for either or Standard and is included with the Center Enterprise software bundles. 1.
Center Enterprise bundle, IPCE-MEDIAKIT
2.
Center Express bundle, CCX-11-MED-K9.
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 14.1.1
Production System Software
Center Enterprise deployments: Intelligence Center is deployed as a cluster with a single controller node and up to seven member nodes sized to the number of s, expected reporting activity and redundancy requirements. To determine the number of Intelligence Center servers required, please use the Unified Communications System Sizing Tool – Reporting section. and Standard licenses (CCEH-CUIC-PREM and CCEH-CUIC-STD)are available in the IPCE-BUNDLE under the category IPCE-SVR-ADDON. One CCEHCUIC-PREM or CCEH-CUIC-STD should be purchased for each Intelligence Center Server deployed in the cluster to cover the platform software – Operating System and Database – and Intelligence Center software. One license will be issued to be deployed on the controller node of the cluster. If more than one cluster will be deployed, please enter each cluster as a separate line item. For example, if two 4-node clusters of CUIC will be deployed, 2 line items of quantity 4 each would be entered.
Center Express deployments: Starting release 11.0, Intelligence Center can be installed as a single standalone off-box server for Unified Center Express deployments. One Intelligence Center license (CCEH-CUIC-PREM) needs to be purchased. This is available in IPCE-BUNDLE under the category IPCE-SVR-ADDON
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 198 of 205
Ordering Guide
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center part number information for new purchases (See Section below for upgrades): Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-STD
Intelligence Center Standard for Production
$1,000
CCEH-CUIC-PREM
Intelligence Center for Production
$25,000
14.1.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits
Not-for-production, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits are available under the IPCEBUNDLE, in the LAB section, under CUIC-NPS category SKU. Not For Production Systems Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Production (NPS) customer lab systems are for use in a non-production environment. This is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5 concurrent s. The Lab systems provide: ●
Intelligence Center Software
●
Unified Intelligence Center License
Not-for-Production systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. The software is intended to be used for development, testing, system integration testing. Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners for Intelligence Center stand-alone deployments in the lab. Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes, The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5 concurrent s. The NFR kit includes ●
Intelligence Center Software
●
Unified Intelligence Center license for non-production application development.
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations. Note that a CUIC license is included in the Center Enterprise System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT- and IPCE-NPSENT-EC). Trial Licenses The Unified Intelligence Center Trial license is available for partners to trial a solution at a customer site in order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution at their premise. The trial license provides a 90-day license from the time of installation for the Unified Intelligence Center Software. Trial software is not to be used by partners or customers for development of production solutions. Unified Intelligence Center is considered to be “in “production” if
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 199 of 205
Ordering Guide
it is used to develop customer solutions and requires a CUIC license. NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-LAB
Intelligence Center Not-for-production System, for customer lab
$1,000
CCEH-CUIC-TRIAL
Intelligence Center Trial License (90 Day Expiration)
$25
CCEH-CUIC-NFR
Intelligence Center Not-For-Resale System, for partner lab system
$500
14.1.3
Upgrades from previous versions
Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 customers with a valid SWSS contract are eligible for Intelligence Center via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC-PREM-U=. The number of CUIC servers that will be deployed must be identified when the upgrade order is placed. There is no corresponding upgrade for Archiver so existing Archivers will remain at Release 7.5. Customers who continue to use Archiver for releases beyond 7.5 will need to alter and maintain the system to include schema changes between releases. New or existing customers needing long-term storage and summarized data (daily, weekly) should consider purchasing VIM Datamart with Intelligence Center. Center Enterprise customers who have not yet deployed Unified Intelligence Center and have a valid SWSS contract are eligible to Intelligence Center Standard via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC-STD-U= at no additional charge. The number of CUIC Standard servers that will be deployed in the cluster must be identified when the upgrade order is placed. One license per cluster will be issued. Note that existing Unified Intelligence Center customers with SWSS do not need to order anything additional to upgrade. The same CUIC Licenses are valid (for the same licensing Mac) for upgrades. The Intelligence center software is contained in the Center Enterprise media kit. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-PREM-U=
Upgrade SKU for Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 to Intelligence Center
Included with SWSS for Intelligence Suite 7.5
CCEH-CUIC-STD-U=
Upgrade SKU for Center Enterprise, Hosted and ICM moving to Intelligence Center Standard
Included with SWSS for Center Enterprise, Hosted and ICM
Lab system upgrades are included with production system upgrades of Intelligence Center.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 200 of 205
Ordering Guide
15. Customer SolutionsPlus Product Overview This chapter provides an overview of the all SolutionsPlus resale products related customer . Details on each of these can be found by following the links below to the related Cisco product chapters. Cisco Product
SolutionsPlus Vendor
SolutionsPlus Product
Specifics
Section
CVP
Nuance
Recognizer
No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts
3.5.1
Vocalizer
Nuance contracts can be sold through Cisco MediaSense
Calabrio
Search & Play
to be sourced directly from Calabrio.
Quality Management
Note that these licenses are per named agent, not concurrent agent.
Advanced Quality Management
11.9
These products are for CCE only. For CCX Cisco offers Cisco branded versions. See section Error! Reference source not found..
MediaSense
NICE
NICE Interaction Management Suite
to be sourced directly from NICE.
11.10
CCE
Exony
VIM DataMart
to be sourced directly from Exony at 20% of product sale
5.1.1.2.6
To be used with CCE Outbound Option, not with 3rd party dialers.
5.1.1.2.8
VIM Standard VIM Performance CCE
ALI Solutions
OnQ Campaign Management
to be sourced directly from ALI. CCE
Bucher+Suter
B+S Connects CRM Connectors for SAP, Siebel, MS Dynamics,and salesforce.com
To be sold with CCE Agent licenses 5.1.1.2.9 Note that the CRM Connector licenses for Salesforce.com are per named agent, not concurrent agent, to be consistent with Salesforce.com’s licensing model. The other connectors are per concurrent agent. No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrade subscription to be sourced from B+S directly.
CCX
Bucher+Suter
B+S Connects CRM Connectors MS Dynamics and salesforce.com
To be sold with CCX Enhanced or Agent licenses
4.9.4 4.10.10
Note that the CRM Connector licenses for Salesforce.com are per named agent, not concurrent agent, to be consistent with Salesforce.com’s licensing model. The other connectors are per concurrent agent. No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrade subscription to be sourced from B+S directly.
CCE
eGain
eGain Multichannel Offer for Cisco SolutionsPlus
To be sold integrated with Center Enterprise only. Stand-alone sales are not allowed under the S+ agreement.
5.1.1.2.6
Note the license specifics for the different products (named, concurrent, volumebased). No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrades to be sourced from eGain directly.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 201 of 205
Ordering Guide
16. Software Services Cisco has replacing Essential Software (ESW) and Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS), with a single contract under the name Software Services (SWSS), from Sep 22, 2014 onwards. For more information about Software Services, refer to http://www.cisco.com/go/swss
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 202 of 205
Ordering Guide
17. Cisco Services 17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services Gain an accelerated return on investment for Cisco Unified Communications deployments with a resilient, converged network that meets business needs. Using the Cisco Lifecycle Services approach, Cisco and its channel partners provide a broad portfolio of unified communications services that address all aspects of network deployment, operation, and optimization. Information about how to order Cisco Unified Communications Services can be found in the Cisco Services Ordering Guide at the following location: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/svcs/ps2961/ps2664/serv_group_home.ht ml.
17.2 Cisco Unified Communications Services—Tools for Quoting and Ordering 17.2.1
Cisco Service Contract Center
Cisco Service Contract Center, the next generation of service management, helps you increase profitability and efficiency by simplifying the way you manage and sell your Cisco service contracts. Now there is one simple and easy-to-use Web-based solution you can use to quote and book your service orders and manage your service contracts and renewal opportunities. Cisco Service Contract Center helps you accelerate your business by allowing you to focus your attention on selling and on servicing your customers instead of waiting for reports, searching for information, reconciling prices, reentering quotes, solving problems, and cleaning up contracts. Access the Cisco Service Contract Center at the following location: http://www.cisco.com/public/scc/.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 203 of 205
Ordering Guide
18. Cisco Capital Financing The significant benefits offered by Cisco Unified Communications make it the natural choice to replace traditional PBX systems. As with any technology investment, the question is the affordability of the new system. The answer is financing from Cisco Capital. Whether through flexible repayments matching expenditure to benefit, mitigating cash flow issues, or negating capital expenditure with an operating lease, we can give you access to the right Unified Communications technology for your business, right when you need it.
18.1 Removing Sales Barriers: Typically, Cisco Capital can help remove or reduce the barriers preventing organizations from obtaining the technology that can most benefit their businesses. Cisco Capital can: ●
Remove cash flow issues, allowing the company to spread the cost of its investment over a number of years
●
Offer flexible repayment matching expenditure to benefits, which means that payments can be timed to coincide with business benefits that may be seen later in the project, or deferred to meet a company’s budget cycle
●
Turn capital expenditures into operating expenditures through an operating lease that enables companies to benefit from the residual value of the technology upfront and because no one knows Cisco equipment like Cisco, you can be sure of market-leading residuals
●
Provide a sale and lease-back arrangement (where available) that softens the initial costs by taking on existing commitments that may be attached to legacy equipment
18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close More Business: ●
Consider financing early in the deal cycle: This will save time later and help get you paid faster.
●
Get your customer preapproved for a credit line with Cisco Capital: By showing the customer they can afford more than they thought they could, you can pave the way early on for growing the deal size. It is recommended you do this as early as possible in the customer discussions/deal cycle.
●
Provide a lease quote with every proposal: You can do this by ing your local Cisco Capital team. And, in some markets, Web-based tools are available so you can quickly generate your own lease quotes.
18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit: For Channel Partners: http://www.cisco.com/web/ordering/ciscocapital/or6/order_finance _and_payments_concept_home.html For Cisco Field: http://wwwin.cisco.com/Fin/csc/
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 204 of 205
Ordering Guide
Printed in USA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
C78-331727-01 1/07
Page 205 of 205
: General inquiries about the new pricing may be sent to [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change.
August 12, 2015
Ordering Guide
Table of Contents 1.
Introduction ................................................................................................................................ 8 1.1
Purpose, Audience and Scope ......................................................................................... 8
1.2
Ordering and Quoting Tools ............................................................................................. 8
1.3
Change History................................................................................................................. 9
2.
Tips for Using This Ordering Guide .......................................................................................... 18
3.
Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP) ................................................................ 19 3.1
Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Versions .............................................................................................................. 19
3.2
CVP Ordering and Pricing Information: .......................................................................... 19 3.2.1
Unified CVP Component Information ................................................................ 21
3.2.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ..................... 24
3.2.3
Ordering 10.5 .................................................................................................... 25
3.2.4
Upgrades from 7.0 to Unified CVP 8.x/9.x/10.x/11.x......................................... 25
3.2.5
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer ............................................................ 26
3.2.6
Product number summary tables ...................................................................... 27
3.2.7
Unified CVP Components Licensing ................................................................. 30
3.2.8
Unified CVP Port Licenses ............................................................................... 31
3.2.9
Unified CVP Redundant Port Licenses ............................................................. 32
3.2.10 Unified CVP Server Licenses ........................................................................... 32 3.2.11 Unified CVP Call Director Licenses .................................................................. 33 3.2.12 Unified CVP Video Components Licensing ....................................................... 34 3.2.13 Unified CVP Reporting Server Licenses ........................................................... 34 3.2.14 Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses ..................................................................... 35 3.2.15 Unified CVP License Enforcement.................................................................... 35 3.2.16 Unified CVP Upgrade Licenses for IPIVR customers ....................................... 35 3.3
Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems .......................................................... 36 3.3.1
Example 1 – CVP co-resident Call Server+VXML Servers and Unified CCE agents ordering Use Case .......................................................... 36
3.3.2 3.4
3.5
4.
Example 2 – CVP Stand-alone Ordering Use Case.......................................... 36
CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution ............................................................................ 36 3.4.1
CVP Unified Call Studio License Fulfillment ..................................................... 37
3.4.2
CVP Unified Call Server License Fulfillment ..................................................... 37
3.4.3
CVP Unified VXML Server License Fulfillment ................................................. 38
3.4.4
CVP Unified Reporting Server License Fulfillment............................................ 39
3.4.5
Unified CVP Call Director Server License Fulfillment ....................................... 39
3.4.6
Summary of CVP License Fulfillment ............................................................... 39
Non-CVP Components Licensing ................................................................................... 40 3.5.1
ASR/TTS Licensing .......................................................................................... 40
3.5.2
IOS Gateway Licensing .................................................................................... 43
Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) .............................................................. 44 4.1
Cisco’s Configuration and Pricing Tools ......................................................................... 44
4.2
Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified CCX Versions .......... 44
4.3
Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing ...................................................................... 44 4.3.1
Server vs. Seat licenses ................................................................................... 44
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 2 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.3.2
Port licenses ..................................................................................................... 45
4.3.3
Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Licenses ........................ 45
4.3.4
Concurrent vs. Named (seat) Licenses .................................................... 45
4.3.5
Concurrent Outbound IVR Licenses ................................................................. 45
4.3.6
Finesse Recording Licenses ............................................................................. 45
4.3.7
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals
4.3.8
Unified CCX Compliance Recording (CR), Quality Manager
may share a Unified CCX Workforce Management ........................................ 46 (QM), Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) ....................................................... 46 4.3.9
Unified CCX Inbound Voice High Availability (HA) Server Software Licensing .......................................................................................... 46
4.3.10 License downgrades, distributes, splits and merges......................................... 46 4.4
ed Upgrade Paths .............................................................................................. 47 4.4.1
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using ESW/UCSS or SWSS ....................... 48
4.4.2
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs ..................... 48
4.5
Migration from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise
4.6
Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise
4.7
Cisco Unified CCX 11.0 .................................................................................................. 49
(PCCE) or vice versa ..................................................................................................... 49 (CCE) or vice versa ....................................................................................................... 49 4.7.1
General information .......................................................................................... 49
4.7.2
Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 51
4.7.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 52
4.7.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS
4.7.5
A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 56
4.7.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................ 60
4.7.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ...................................................................... 62
4.7.8
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses .................................................... 63
4.7.9
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center
contract ........................................................................................................... 54
Express and Unified IP IVR............................................................................. 64 4.7.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 64 4.8
4.9
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6 .................................................................................................. 66 4.8.1
Ordering New CCX 10.6 Systems .................................................................... 67
4.8.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.6 Systems ........................................... 67
4.8.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.6 Systems ...................................................................... 67
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5 .................................................................................................. 67 4.9.1
Ordering New CCX 10.5 Systems .................................................................... 67
4.9.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.5 Systems ........................................... 67
4.9.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.5 Systems ...................................................................... 67
4.9.4
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 68
4.10 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0 .................................................................................................. 70 4.10.1 General information .......................................................................................... 70 4.10.2 Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 71 4.10.3 Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 73
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 3 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.4 Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract ........................................................................................................... 75 4.10.5 A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 77 4.10.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades ................................................................................ 81 4.10.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle ...................................................................... 83 4.10.8 Not for Resale and Non-production licenses .................................................... 84 4.10.9 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR............................................................................. 84 4.10.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................. 85 4.11 Cisco Unified CCX 9.0 .................................................................................................... 87 4.11.1 General information .......................................................................................... 87 4.11.2 Ordering New Systems ..................................................................................... 89 4.11.3 Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems ............................................................ 91 4.11.4 Ordering release upgrades with an ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract ........................................................................................................... 93 4.11.5 A-la-carte Upgrades.......................................................................................... 96 4.11.6 WFO and WFM Upgrades .............................................................................. 103 4.11.7 Unified CCX Promotional Bundle .................................................................... 105 4.11.8 New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners .................................................................... 106 4.11.9 Non-production licenses ................................................................................. 108 4.11.10 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR........................................................................... 108 5.
Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE)......................................................... 110 5.1
5.2
Overview of Unified CCE Licensing .............................................................................. 110 5.1.1
Primary Unified CCE Licensing ...................................................................... 110
5.1.2
Additional Unified CCE Licenses and Components ........................................ 129
Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses .......................................... 131 5.2.1
Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications....................................... 132
5.2.2
Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On
5.2.3
Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web
Licenses ........................................................................................................ 133 collaboration .................................................................................................. 134 5.3
Upgrades ...................................................................................................................... 135 5.3.1
Upgrades of CCE Agent licenses ................................................................... 135
5.3.2
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer .......................................................... 136
5.3.3
Migrations from Cisco Unified ICM to Center Enterprise ................... 137
5.3.4
Migrations from Cisco Unified Center Express to
5.3.5
Upgrades for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified
Center Enterprise .......................................................................................... 138 Web Interaction Manager .............................................................................. 139
6.
5.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods ................................................................. 140
5.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 140
5.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers .......................... 141
Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (Packaged CCE) ............................................... 144 6.1
About Packaged CCE .................................................................................................. 144
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 4 of 205
Ordering Guide
6.2
Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing ................................................... 144 6.2.1
Required Packaged CCE Licenses................................................................. 145
6.2.2
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses .................................................................. 147
6.3
Optional Features Licenses .......................................................................................... 148
6.4
Add-On Licenses .......................................................................................................... 149 6.4.1
Additional Agents ............................................................................................ 149
6.4.2
Additional Queue or Self Service Ports........................................................... 150
6.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 150
6.6
Upgrade........................................................................................................................ 150 6.6.1
6.7
7.
9.
Migration Options ......................................................................................................... 151 6.7.1
From Unified CCX to Packaged CCE ............................................................. 151
6.7.2
From Unified CCE to Packaged CCE ............................................................. 152
6.7.3
From Packaged CCE to Unified CCE ............................................................. 152
Cisco Finesse......................................................................................................................... 154 7.1
8.
Ordering Packaged CCE upgrade .................................................................. 151
Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers.................................................................... 154
Cisco SocialMiner .................................................................................................................. 155 8.1
SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers ........................................................... 155
8.2
Standalone SocialMiner................................................................................................ 155
8.3
SocialMiner Non-Production Suites .............................................................................. 156
Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified ICME) ......................................................................... 157 9.1
Overview of Unified ICME Licensing ............................................................................ 157 9.1.1
Primary Unified ICME Licenses ...................................................................... 157
9.1.2
Additional Unified ICME Licenses and Components....................................... 161
9.1.3
Special Unified ICME Deployment Cases ....................................................... 163
9.2
Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses ....................................... 164
9.3
Upgrades and Migrations ............................................................................................. 165
9.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods ................................................................. 165
9.5
Non-Production Systems .............................................................................................. 166
9.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers ......................... 167
10. Cisco Unified IP IVR............................................................................................................... 168 10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses ............................................................................ 168 10.1.1 Types of Unified IP IVR Licensing .................................................................. 168 10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release .................................................... 168 10.2.1 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using Purchased Product IDs ................................................................................. 168 10.2.2 Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS ................................................................................... 168 10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 11.0 production Licenses ....................................................... 169 10.3.1 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses................................. 169 10.3.2 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 169 10.3.3 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release .................................................................................................. 169 10.3.4 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 170 10.4 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses ....................................................... 171 10.4.1 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 172 10.4.2 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 172 Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 5 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.3 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release .................................................................................................. 172 10.4.4 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 172 10.5 Ordering Unified IP IVR 9.0 production Licenses ......................................................... 174 10.5.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners .......................... 174 10.5.2 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 174 10.5.3 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 174 10.5.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release ......................................................................................................... 175 10.5.5 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 175 10.6 Ordering Unified IP IVR 8.5 production Licenses ......................................................... 178 10.6.1 Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners .......................... 178 10.6.2 Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses ................................. 178 10.6.3 Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems ................................................. 178 10.6.4 Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release ......................................................................................................... 178 10.6.5 Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs ............................ 179 11. Cisco MediaSense ................................................................................................................. 182 11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 11.0: .................................. 182 11.2 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 9 and 10: ........................... 182 11.3 Cisco Software Services for Cisco MediaSense ............................................. 183 11.4 Ordering MediaSense 11.0........................................................................................... 183 11.4.1 MediaSense 11.0 Component Information ..................................................... 183 11.4.2 Not-for-Production Systems ............................................................................ 184 11.5 Ordering MediaSense 10.x ........................................................................................... 184 11.5.1 MediaSense 10.x Component Information ...................................................... 185 11.5.2 Not-for-Production Systems ............................................................................ 186 11.5.3 MediaSense 10.x / UCCX Promotional Bundle ............................................... 186 11.5.4 MediaSense 10.x Product number summary tables ....................................... 186 11.6 Ordering MediaSense 9.x ............................................................................................. 187 11.6.1 MediaSense 9.x Component Information ........................................................ 187 11.6.2 MediaSense 9.x Non Production Systems ...................................................... 188 11.6.3 MediaSense 9.x part number summary tables ............................................... 189 11.7 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems ............................................ 189 11.7.1 Example 1 –Customer requires 500 concurrent audio recordings and high availability - Ordering Use Case ..................................................... 189 11.7.2 Example 2 –Customer requiring 50 additional concurrent audio recordings - Ordering Use Case................................................................... 190 11.8 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution ............................................................. 190 11.9 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus ........................................................................................ 190 11.10 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus ............................................................................................................... 191 12. Cisco Remote Expert Mobile .................................................................................................. 195 12.1 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCX customers ....................................................... 195 12.2 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers .................................................................................................................... 196 Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 6 of 205
Ordering Guide
12.3 Remote Expert Mobile Non-Production Suites ............................................................. 196 13. Cisco Servers (UCS and MCS) .............................................................................................. 197 13.1 Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) .................................................................... 197 13.2 Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005 ................................................................................... 197 13.2.1 Part Numbers ................................................................................................. 197 14. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center ........................................................................................... 198 14.1 Ordering Intelligence Center version 9.0 and higher .................................................... 198 14.1.1 Production System Software .......................................................................... 198 14.1.2 Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits ................... 199 14.1.3 Upgrades from previous versions ................................................................... 200 15. Customer SolutionsPlus Product Overview .............................................................. 201 16. Software Services ..................................................................................................... 202 17. Cisco Services ....................................................................................................................... 203 17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services ...................................................................... 203 17.2 Cisco Unified Communications Services—Tools for Quoting and Ordering ................. 203 17.2.1 Cisco Service Contract Center ....................................................................... 203 18. Cisco Capital Financing ......................................................................................................... 204 18.1 Removing Sales Barriers: ............................................................................................. 204 18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close More Business: ....... 204 18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit:........................................... 204
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 7 of 205
Ordering Guide
1. Introduction 1.1
Purpose, Audience and Scope
This document describes the pricing, packaging structure and ordering for Cisco
®
Customer Collaboration solutions release 10.5 and earlier, still shipping, releases. Note:
Cisco retains the right to make changes to this ordering guide under the
and conditions of your Cisco software contract. Audience—Cisco field and Cisco Unified Communications specialized channel partners Scope—This ordering guide describes the pricing and ordering for the following products: ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal
●
Unified Center Express and Workforce Optimization options
●
Unified Center Enterprise
●
Packaged Center Enterprise
●
SocialMiner
●
Finesse
●
Unified ICM Enterprise
●
Unified Intelligence Center
●
Unified IP IVR
●
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager
●
Unified Web Interaction Manager
●
MediaSense
For information on Unified Center Hosted (Unified CCH), Unified ICM Hosted (Unified ICMH) please send inquiry to [email protected] or your Cisco team. For more detailed information about Cisco Center products, select the Customer Collaboration product on cisco.com that you are interested in here http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/voicesw/index.html, and click ‘Ordering’. For example, this is the Center Enterprise ordering page: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1844/index.html.
1.2
Ordering and Quoting Tools
The Cisco Unified Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) assists s with hardware sizing of large or complex Unified Communications solutions by calculating the call processing requirements for Unified Communications products that have a major impact on performance and scalability. For additional information about CUCST, go to:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 8 of 205
Ordering Guide
http://tools.cisco.com/cucst Cisco Commerce Workspace (CCW) is part of the suite of Internet commerce tools used by Cisco for managing online ordering of Cisco products. It can be used as the single workspace for all business transactions to deals and quote, configure, price, and order Cisco products, software, and services. All of the Customer Collaboration products are ed by Cisco Commerce Workspace. Cisco Commerce Workspace at Cisco.com (with required) is located at https://cisco-apps.cisco.com/cisco/psn/commerce Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical. Cisco Service Contract Center is an integrated solution that makes it easy for Cisco service sales teams and partners to manage and grow their service business, profitably. It will: ●
Quote and book your service orders and manage your service contracts and renewals all with one simple, easy-to-use solution.
●
Spend less time solving istrative problems, searching for opportunities, and creating quotes.
●
Spend more time growing your business using data you can trust; you don’t need to spend time fixing or ing data.
●
Enable you to create and proactively manage your contracts.
Here is the URL link: http://wwwin.cisco.com/CustAdv/globalops/wwsso/service.shtml Product/Business Unit Specific Pricing/Ordering Tool For more information about ordering and also access to configuration tools please visit the Assessment to Quality (A2Q) for Center website at the following URL link: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_how_to_order.ht ml.
1.3
Change History
This table provides a brief overview of the major changes in the versions of this guide.
Publication date August 12, 2015
July 28, 2015
Major changes compared to previous release
Updated for SocialMiner 11.0 Updated for PCCE 11.0 Clarified CAD/CTI-OS EOL impact on CCE standard, enhanced, and agent licenses Added Finesse 11.0
Clerical update / formatting
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 9 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date July, 24, 2015
June 18, 2015
May 30, 2015
Major changes compared to previous release
Extended Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Updated eGain Solutions Plus pricing Added clarification on CCX Outbound IVR ports in Sec 10.5
Added MediaSense 11.0 SKUs Added Remote Expert Mobile Updated links to Compatibility Matrix
Removed Cisco Siebel CRM Clarified licensing model for Bucher & Suter CRM connector for Salesforce Added MediaSense Media kit to CCX section Updated IPIVR HA information Removed minimum agent requirement for PCCE Updated Nuance SKUs Additional data on CVP redundant ports
January 30, 2015
Clarified application of MediaSense promotion for all Finesse/UCCX orders Added some clarifications on adding CVP Redundant Port licenses. Added migration options from CCX to PCCE
Added CCX 10.6 release Revised MediaSense, Calabrio and NICE SKUs Clarified IPCE-NPSENT information Removed UCSS references, inserted SWSS references
Changes to CVP Port and Reporting Server licensing
Updated MediaSense 10.x SKUs Added NICE and Calabrio WFM SKUs Added SKUs for UCCX/MediaSense promotional bundle
Added Packaged CCE 10.5 information Extension to Upgrade Customer Collaboration Promotion Added additional information to eGain S+ cloud SKUs Removed obsolete ERI/ARI SKUs Added B+S Microsoft (CCE and CCX) & Salesforce.com (CCX) CRM Connectors Changed details of CVP non-production suites
Added eGain S+ cloud SKUs Added release 10.5 SKU information Added orderability info for EIM-WIM on HCS Added CCX NFR kits
Removed CCX as a child in P/C deployment Added mailer for inquiries about Enterprise Agreement Packaged CCE UCS C server update
December 2, 2014
September 22, 2014 July 23, 2014
June 20, 2014
April 25 , 2014
February 14, 2014
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 10 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
Added UCCE 10.0 content Clarification on ALI ordering Updated CRM connector information Updated CCX WFO prices Added new SKUs for eGain SolutionsPlus Phase II release Added Packaged CCE upgrade information Amended the ICM to CCE promo information
Oct 10, 2013
Added release 10.0 content
Aug 22, 2013
Updated prices for 13 eGain SolutionsPlus SKUs Added eGain SolutionsPlus for Package CCE
Aug 2, 2013
Added two new bundle SKUs to eGain SolutionsPlus
July 11, 2013
Extension to Upgrade Customer Collaboration Promotion
May 13, 2013
Modifications to CCE, CUIC and CVP sections to reflect that CVP and CUIC licenses are now included in the IPCENPSENT- bundle. Removed UCCH and ICMH sections, referred interested parties to send email to ask-hcs-CC mailer for ordering information on these products Added eGain SolutionsPlus. MCS Server section had been updated to reflect EOL.
Dec 11, 2013
Feb 26, 2013
Jan 29, 2013
Added clarification of new vs. add-on seats for Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus
Changed Blended Agent License rules for Packaged CCE Fixed typo in CUIC NFR license section Added details on server requirements for Calabrio SolutionsPlus Added Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus Added note to clarify that MediaSense SolutionsPlus offerings are only available with Cisco MediaSense
Clarified CCX Web Chat licensing and ordering Added EIM-WIM 9.0 SKUs Added MediaSense 9.0 SKUs
October 29, 2012
Updated MediaSense 8.5 and 9.0 SKUs
September 6, 2012
Updated Unified Intelligence Center section to incorporate new non-release specific SKUs Removed stale references to EOLed CRM Connectors
Added section on NICE SolutionsPlus Updated Outbound ordering information for Packaged CCE CVP 9.0 Added Nuance S+ product codes updated
December 6, 2012
July 11, 2012
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 11 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date June 1, 2012
Major changes compared to previous release
Added an overview of SolutionsPlus products in chapter 15 Removed Intelligence Suite ordering information Removed references to WebView Added system release 9.0 ordering information for all applicable products. Remove End of Sales release ordering info. Removed SFDC, MSFT, and PeopleSoft CRM Connectors that are End of Sales
April 25, 2012
Added section on Calabrio SolutionsPlus
April 3, 2012
Updated SocialMiner ordering information to include IPCEBUNDLE and IPCE-SVR-ADDON product numbers Added chapter on Packaged CCE Removed section on System Center Enterprise and Expert Advisor Updated CCE Blended Agent information Updated ALI Solutions (formerly known as ‘Austin Logistics’) ordering information
Dec 20, 2011
Sep 20, 2011
Aug 19, 2011
April 27, 2011
Replaced CCX 8.5 section with new, updated information Added CVP-NUANCE - Solutions plus for Nuance ASR & TTS Updated details for ICM to CCE migration promotion
Fixed MediaSense NFR and NPS SKUs Updated information for MediaSense recording license Removed Unified CCX 8.5 ordering information and added links to new Unified CCX 8.5 ordering guide
Added Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer for CCE and CVP Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager sections under ICME, ICMH and CCH chapters Updated CUIC ordering information to include more detailed upgrade ordering instructions and clarify licensing Migrations from CAD PRE to/from CTI-OS are free
Feb 23, 2011
Updated UCCE and UCCH Agent Desktop Ordering Information Clarified Intelligence Center ordering for cluster licensing and lab licensing Added section on Cisco Finesse Simplified the ordering of seat licenses by removing unnecessary SKUs
Modified MediaSense SKU table by associating UCSS SKUs with the base license, not the audio and video license. Modified rule to say the quantity of audio and video recording license should add up to the quantity of base license. Clarified ordering examples in section 11.3
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 12 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
December 13, 2010
October 25, 2010
July 6, 2010
Added information on new ICM to CCE migration promotion Added Cisco SocialMiner Added final Unified CCX 8.5 updates Added System Release 8.5 ordering information Added clarification on total discounts for CCX to CCE migration promo Added notes in CCE and ICM sections regarding WebView obsolescence in 8.5 Added new section on Cisco MediaSense Added upgrade SKU information to CUIC section Added Unified CCE Blended Agent license for Voice, EMail, and Web Collaboration Revised E-Mail Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager sections under Unified CCE chapter
Added UCS section Update CUP ordering section
Provided updated to CUP ordering with CVP Updated ordering info on CCX 8.0 WFO options Updated CUIC NFR kit information Updated Exony VIM section
March 26, 2010
Added CVP 8.0 pricing Removed Universal Edition and CVP 4.1 pricing information
March 23, 2010
Modified Exony VIM section to reflect additional and changed SKU items Updated CUIS/CUIC section to include information for ordering Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 8
June 9, 2010
April 20, 2010
March 17, 2010
Updated requirements for DLUs and UCL ( Connect Licensing) in the CCE and CCH Outbound sections.
March 11, 2010
Updates for Unified Communications Release 8.0 Replaced references to SS7 Hardware Cards with the new Sigtran SS7 software solution Removed custom NICs and NIC modifications as they are no longer offered to customers Removed IP IVR 5.0 orderability information as 5.0 has reached End of Life rd Removed 3 Party PGs which are End of Life
January 8, 2010
Added ordering information for Microsoft Windows Server 2003 and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Changed Chapter 10 title to “Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005” Corrected errors in CRM Connector migration licenses for ICM
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 13 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date September 29, 2009
August 28, 2009
Major changes compared to previous release
Added MCS Portsmouth (7835s, 7845s I3 models) Added UCSS for EIM and WIM Removed this from CCH section “Note that Siebel does not Mobile Agent“
Changed Exony VIM prices and names to reflect changes to be implemented in price book in Q1 Added Compliance Recording Option for CCX 7.0 Standard, Enhanced and Removing EOL/EOS CCX release 4.1 Removing information on NEW system ordering from CCX 5.0 section; CCX 5.0 Addon and DIFF upgrades will remain orderable for one-year post EOS. CCX miscellaneous minor corrections Removed EIM-WIM for CCX as this product is end of sale per Aug 21, 2009.
June 22, 2009
May 12, 2009 February 3, 2009
December 10, 2008
November 12, 2008
Clarified ATP requirements for Expert Advisor. Clarified use of redundant ports for CVP. Added information on upgrades Removed GED-125 from the ICMH-NIC License in section 8.1.1.3 Added EIM-WIM NFR Kits. IPIVR 4.0 can 6.0, not 4.5 version Removed Customer Voice Portal and Expert Advisor OnDemand references due to program restrictions Added Customer Voice Portal licensing reference to PAK Codes and licensing URL Corrected typos and added information for hosted in CUIS section Added top-level SKU information for Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite Added new 7816 and 7825 MCS Servers
Changed CCE, CCH, CCX, IP IVR, ICME and ICMH UCSS SKU references to reflect new quantity 1 SKUs Corrected UCSS for CCX Standard pricing Removed ICME/ICMH Avaya-based Outbound Option pricing due to EOS Clarified Austin Logistics ordering information
Added new section for Cisco Unified Expert Advisor Correct CVP OnDemand product code errors
September 8, 2008
Added Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite Large Archiver external disk ordering information Added clarifications to Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite licensing
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 14 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
August 8, 2008
June 30, 2008
April 16, 2008
February 11, 2008
Updated MCS Servers to include the 146 GB drives and Quad Core machines. Added new section for Customer Voice Portal End of Sale/End of Life Overview Added new section for Customer Voice Portal Licensing, which was removed from CVP 7.X SRND and inserted into this publication Added new section for Customer Voice Portal On Demand Added new section for Unified Intelligence Suite Added IPIVR 7.0 ordering information Added CCX 7.0 ordering information Updated End-Of-Sale informational notices for CVP 3.1 and 4.0 Added new Remote Silent Monitoring feature of CCE and CCH Clarified SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description Added the CCX to CCE migration Program (section 5.3.3) Added SCCE All-In-One Ordering Bundle description Clarified DLU licensing requirements for CCE and CCH Outbound Added GED-125 to the ICMH-NIC License in section 8.1.1.3 Added CRM Connectors pricing Changed the IP IVR UCSS pricing CVP o Deleted Ordering Examples from CVP Sections due to complexity and confusion. Please reference the CVP SRND for configuration and ordering examples. o Added section on CVP 7.0 Release o Added section on upgrading from CVP Universal Edition (Studio 5.2/Call Services 3.6) to CVP Universal Edition 6.0 o Clarified section on ordering upgrade from CVP 4.0 to CVP 4.1 Remove Informiam Solutions Plus products from the price list Clarification on which SKUs include CCMP and how to upgrade agents for use with CCMP
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 15 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date November 20, 2007
Major changes compared to previous release
October 31, 2007
Add Exony VIM Analytics Solutions Plus pricing Reduce pricing on Informiam Call Analyzer Remove Informiam SKUs for ICM. All product sales will be reflected under the IPCC product family. Clarified licensing of Mobile Agent for CCE/H Added CVP Reporting Server Licenses, updated port counts to NPS, NFR and EVAL kits for CVP 4.1, Universal Edition 6.0 and CVP 4.0 Extended CVP and UE EVAL kits to 90 days from 60 days Clarified use of CVP NPS, NFR, Evaluation Kits and use of Call Studio for all CVP and Universal Edition Releases Removed Audium name where appropriate in favor of new Cisco product names Clarified that CVP Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call Services, UE Release 3.6 media is part of CVP 4.1/UE 6.0 media. Clarified when to order CVP Call Studio/Call Services, UE Release 6.0 versus Call Studio, UE Release 5.2 and Call Services, UE Release 3.6 with respect to voice browsers, operating systems, and application servers. Corrected EVIP on CVP as EVIP Release 10 rd
Clarified 3 Party IVR Port license tiering Added Austin Logistics SolutionsPlus SKUs. Added Operate Service SKU for Outbound in CCE Summary Table. Clarified NIC availability and pricing for ICM Enterprise Removed Cisco Email Manager and Web Collaboration Option, which have gone end of sale Added differences between basic and advanced versions of Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) and Web Interaction Manager (WIM) for Unified CCX. Clarified that Unified EIM and WIM require separate servers and that Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server must be purchased separately. Added Customer Voice Portal 4.1 ordering information Added Customer Voice Portal, Universal Edition 6.0 ordering information Updated for product and component name changes to Call Studio and VXML Server Clarified various items in CVP 4.0 section for better ordering understanding
October 10, 2007
CCX and IPIVR 6.0 were added.
October 1, 2007
Add CCE and CCH migration SKUs from CAD to CTI Toolkit Agent and v.v.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 16 of 205
Ordering Guide
Publication date
Major changes compared to previous release
August 24, 2007
Added information about the promotional offer to migrate from ICM to Center Enterprise or Hosted Clarified the requirements for ICM PG ordering with ARI Agent licenses for use with third-party ARI gateways Added pricing and product code for new ICM that was added on June 21, 2007. Removed references to IP QueueManager as it is nearing end of sale Reflected price change in essential operate services on IPCE-SVR
August 6, 2007
Updated The CCE Agent Section and associated tables to reflect the new CCE Agent pricing and st packaging (includes CCMP) effective August 1 , 2007.
June 21, 2007
Updated ICM Enterprise and Hosted pricing to reflect new pricing and packaging Added new CCH pricing and packaging; replaced Starterpack and S with new CCH Server and CVP options
June 6, 2007
January 15, 2007
Added Workforce optimization products (QM & WFM) to the CCX section Added non-UC 6.0 system release products and versions, so that the guide now covers all current CCBU products: o CVP 3.1 o CCX 4.1 o CCX 5.0 Quality Management and Work Force Management o IP-IVR 4.1 Updated MCS Server section with new server versions Added Informiam Solutions Plus product
Initial version
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 17 of 205
Ordering Guide
2. Tips for Using This Ordering Guide There are several tips that can help you use this ordering guide effectively and simplify the quoting and ordering of Cisco Customer Center products. Each product line has its own chapter in the ordering guide (click on the link to jump there): ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal
●
Unified Center Express
●
Unified Center Enterprise
●
Packaged Center Enterprise
●
Unified ICM Enterprise
●
Unified Intelligence Center
●
SocialMiner
●
Finesse
●
Unified IP IVR
●
Cisco MediaSense
●
Email and Web Interaction Manager (in section 5.1.1)
The chapters on Enterprise and CVP are divided into four subsections: ●
Licensing: contains all information required to generate a quote for a customer.
●
Ordering: contains information on actually entering the order in to the Cisco ordering tool.
●
Product numbering summary: contains a summary table with all product numbers, Cisco Unified Communications Software Subscription and the related maintenance items.
●
Migration information: information on how the current licensing model maps into the previous licensing model.
General inquires about pricing may be sent to [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
.
Page 18 of 205
Ordering Guide
3. Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP) This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Customer Voice Portal. Please note that there are several versions of Unified CVP, so please read this section in its entirety. Unified CVP 11.0 is the latest release, which s the Unified Communications 11.0 system release, and offers significant new capabilities such as Windows 2012 , SME certification with CVP and enhanced Studio features including local variables, REST client and context service . For information on ordering the Customer Collaboration Suite (UCCE and CVP) as part of the Collaboration Enterprise Agreement, please send inquiries to [email protected] or your Cisco team.
3.1
Overview of End of Sale and End of Life Status for Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal Versions
The Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal family has the following versions that are considered current and shipping:
CVP 11.0
CVP10.5
CVP 10.0
CVP 9.0
Call Studio 11.0
Call Studio 10.5
Call Studio 10.0
Call Studio 9.0
Cisco recommends that customers currently considering new deployments choose version 11.0. Note: CVP 9.0 started the End-Of-Sale process and is no longer available for sale after Jan 2015. For all other versions of Customer Voice Portal and Call Studio the End-of-Sale/End-ofLife dates are announced publicly here: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1006/prod_eol_notices_list.html. We introduced E-Delivery from CVP 8.5 onwards. With E-Delivery, customers can fulfill licenses electronically without waiting for Product Authorization keys to be shipped. EDelivery licenses and ordering is identical – with the addition of an “R- or L-“added as a prefix to the part numbers. This is applicable to 8.x and 9.x SKUs. For CVP 10.0 onwards, electronic or physical delivery options can be chosen in CCW.
3.2
CVP Ordering and Pricing Information:
Customers ordering can select the various following components when ordering the product:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 19 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
CVP Ports. CVP Ports are the total number of simultaneous voice and video sessions that requires self-service or queuing.
●
Redundant CVP Ports. Redundant ports are used when CVP ports are nonfunctional. The number of redundant ports in a deployment cannot be more than CVP ports.
●
Call Director Server licenses. A Call Director server license provides call control for non Unified Center solutions. Call Director licensing is by server, with the number of sessions being limited by the capacity available on the server. Please note that Call Director Server licenses are required only for non Unified Center ACDs and other devices front-ended by an egress gateway. They are not required for terminating calls to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise.
●
CVP Server-SW licenses. A CVP Server-SW license is required for each server that any of the following reside on: CVP ports, Redundant ports, or Call Director software. Since from 22
nd
September, 2014 Redundant ports are bundled, one
should order additional Server software license for each Redundant Server. ●
Call Studio licenses. A license for each machine where a developer is developing CVP Self Service applications is required. This is typically at least 1 per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server machines, so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing CVP applications and order an equal number of Call Studio seat licenses.
●
CVP Reporting Server licenses. The CVP Reporting Server provides a repository for CVP data. A CVP Report Server license is required for each copy of the software running on a virtual server.
All Unified CVP systems will ship with the Operations Console. Online Ordering of Unified CVP is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools (Cisco Commerce Work or CCW). To order the product, most core Unified CVP options are available using the part number CVP-11.X for CVP 11.0 and CVP-10.X for the CVP 10.0 version. The online ordering tool provides all CVP ordering options for each component of the CVP system. CVP Top level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11..X
CVP 11.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
CVP-10.X
CVP 10.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
CVP-10.X
CVP 10.0 Top Level Part Number
N/A
R-CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery of license and media
N/A
CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number physical delivery of license and media
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Server software
●
Ports
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 20 of 205
Ordering Guide
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. Call Studio licenses must be ordered separately. 3.2.1
Unified CVP Component Information
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each CVP orderable part.
3.2.1.1
CVP Servers
CVP Server licenses are required for every server that CVP execution software will reside on. This includes servers that host the CVP Server functionality, VXML Server and Call Director software. The Call Studio, Report Server, Test Servers, Evaluation kits, Notfor-production, and NFR kits do not require a server license. Please note that a server license is required for every system that is providing Call Director, VXML Server, or queuing capabilities. Therefore, while a Unified Center Enterprise customer does not require Call Director licenses, they often do use the call control capabilities and will require CVP Server Software for the systems that are providing the SIP call control. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-SERVER-SW
CVP 11.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-10-SERVER-SW
CVP 10.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-90-SERVER-SW
CVP 9.0 Server Software
$200
3.2.1.2
CVP Ports and Redundant Ports
This is the main component of CVP. CVP Ports provide the queuing and self-service capabilities of CVP. Each CVP port license provides a with the ability to provide selfservice or queuing for one call, followed by one transfer (any type of transfer ed by CVP). If a customer will have X number of calls being queued and Y number of calls receiving self-service treatment, one must order a minimum of X+Y ports to ensure sufficient ports are ordered. For each CVP port ordered after 22
nd
September 2014, one
redundant CVP port is bundled with it. Redundant ports are available to allow redundancy on separate servers. While redundant ports are operational at all times, the primary purpose of redundant ports is to help ensure no loss of service. The redundant ports should not be considered available for known high port utilization periods, therefore, at a given point in time, total number of ports used must not be more than the CVP ports. Video calls are treated and sized the same as traditional audio calls for the purpose of port licensing. Ordering notes: ●
One license provides either queuing or self-service for one call. One license does not provide queuing for one call, and simultaneous self-service for a second call.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 21 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Each CVP port is bundled with one quantity of redundant port.
●
Existing customers having no redundant ports deployed or less number of redundant ports than CVP ports can order additional redundant ports to match the number of CVP ports. For adding redundant port use the SKU CVP-xx-RED-ADD, where xx indicates the release number.
●
At any point, the number of redundant ports cannot be more than the number of production ports.
●
From 22
nd
September, 2014, the CVP Top level part will expand only to CVP port
and one Redundant port will be automatically bundled with it. Redundant port will not show up under this part. ●
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
CVP Ports part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.0 Port License
$900
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-9X-PTS
CVP 9.0 Port License
$900
CVP-9X-REDPT
CVP 9.0 Redundant ports
$180
3.2.1.3
Unified Call Studio
A license is required for each developer machine (typically customer-provided) where a developer is developing self-service applications to run on VXML Server. This is typically at least 1 per CVP deployment, and these are for developer machines not server machines, so be diligent in determining the number of developer machines developing CVP applications and order an equal number of seat licenses. Even though developers use Call Studio, a full license must be purchased by any partner or customer in order to develop applications for use on production systems. For this software only, the term “production use” means “use for development” and “use for production” for any type of application. Call Studio is developer () software intended to run separately from VXML Server and Call Server, therefore Server licenses are not required for machines running Call Studio. Call Studio is ed only on Windows client software (Windows XP, 7 and 2008). Please note that it should not be run in a virtual environment where a single instance of the application is used by multiple s.
Unified Call Studio part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-STU-11=
Call Studio 11.0
$5,500
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 22 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-STU-10=
Call Studio 10.0
$5,500
R-CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery
$5,500
CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0
$5,500
3.2.1.4
CVP Call Director Server
CVP Call Director provides the ability to control calls to non Unified Center ACDs and IVRs when CVP is used with an ICM or Unified Center Enterprise Product. The CVP Call Director Server license provides call control for the maximum sessions allowed per a server (For additional ports, combine the packages below to reach the desired amount of simultaneous ports). CVP Call Director Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-CC-150=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-11-CC-300=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-11-CC-600=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-11-CC-850=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
CVP-10-CC-150=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-10-CC-300=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-10-CC-600=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-10-CC-850=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
R-CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery
$40,000
R-CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 300 Ports E Delivery
$75,000
R-CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 600 Ports E Delivery
$140,000
R-CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 850 Ports E Delivery
$200,000
CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
3.2.1.5
CVP Report Server License
This license provides the reporting repository for CVP data. Included with the license is a relational database for querying of data to build reports. The Cisco Unified Intelligence Center client provides the capability to report from data stored in the report server. The -reporting server s quad processor server. The standard reporting server option is no longer available. The List price for CVP reporting server has been changed to $0 from 22
nd
September 2014. Please refer to the CVP Installation and
Upgrade Guide for more information.
CVP Report Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-RPT-PRE=
CVP 11.0 Report System –
$0
CVP-10-RPT-PRE=
CVP 10.0 Report System –
$0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 23 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System – E Delivery
$0
CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System –
$0
3.2.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits
Not For Production Systems Unified CVP Not-for-Production (NPS) lab systems are for use by CVP customers in a non-production environment. Lab systems now provide: ●
Server Software License for 4 CVP servers
●
900 VXML server ports
●
4 Reporting Server License
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. Typical examples for use are lab systems for use in development, testing, system integration testing, load testing, and so forth. Call Studio is not included in this NPS Server and must be purchased separately. Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners. CVP Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits are provided to partners for internal learning and demonstration purposes, These NFR kits all CVP functionality, including: ●
Server Software for 4 CVP servers
●
1 Call Studio license to be used for non-production application development for 1 machine
●
30 VXML ports license to be used for internal, non-production purposes
●
4 Reporting Server Licenses
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations or by partners for development of customer solutions. Call Studio is considered “production use” when it’s used to develop customer solutions, so a full license must be purchased as a general rule – even when used by developers. Note that a CVP port license is included in the Center Enterprise System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT- and IPCE-NPSENT-EC). Evaluation Kit The CVP Evaluation kit is available for partners to trial a solution at a customer site in order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution at their premise. The evaluation kit provides a 90-day license with: ●
Server Software for 1 machine
●
30 port licenses for VXML Server, queuing and Call Control for 1 machine
●
1 Studio license for 1 machine
The Evaluation Kit is not to be used by partners or customers for development of Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 24 of 205
Ordering Guide
production solutions. Call Studio is considered “production use” when it’s used to develop production solutions, so a full license must be purchased as a general rule – even when used by developers. NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11-NPS=
CVP 11.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-11-EVAL=
CVP 11.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-11-NFR=
CVP 11.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
CVP-10-NPS=
CVP 10.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-10-EVAL=
CVP 10.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-10-NFR=
CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
R-CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System E Delivery
$3,995
R-CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) E Delivery
$25
R-CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E Delivery
$100
CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
3.2.3
Ordering 10.5
CVP 10.0 release simplifies the license keys requirement for minor upgrades. Customers upgrading their existing CVP servers to next minor release will no longer require upgrade license keys, as long as they have a valid services contract. They would simply upgrade the CVP software to the next minor release and continue to use the existing license keys on their CVP system. For example, CVP 10.0 and 10.5 will run on 10.0 license keys. There are no CVP 10.5 specific SKUs for the CVP Software Server, CVP Reporting Server or Call Studio. CVP 10.0 SKUs will ship both CVP 10.0 and CVP 10.5 media and the customer can choose the version they wish to deploy. Customer planning to deploy CVP 10.5 or it, will need to perform one of the following based on their current status.
3.2.4
Customers running on CVP 9.0 or below and willing to CVP 10.5 – Order 10.0 upgrades (via PUT). This will provide 10.0 upgrade PAKs, with media for both 10.0 and 10.5. New customers deploying CVP 10.5 - Order CVP 10.0. This will provide 10.0 license keys (which is same for 10.0 and 10.5), with media for both 10.0 and 10.5. Customer upgrading from 10.0 to 10.5 – Customers with a valid services contract will have access to a CCO link to the upgrade installer files. (See details in CVP Installation & Upgrade Guide). Upgrade the CVP from 10.0 to 10.5 using this upgrade installer and use the existing 10.0 license keys. Upgrades from 7.0 to Unified CVP 8.x/9.x/10.x/11.x
Customers having valid service contracts for both Call Studio and VXML Server are eligible to Unified CVP 8.x/ 9.x/10.x/11.x for the equivalent license quantities.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 25 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP runs on Windows 2008 server from release 9.0 to 10.5. CVP 11.0 runs on Windows 2012. So customers upgrading from CVP 7.0 to 9.0 or later are required to first 8.x and then perform a migration. Customers upgrading from 9.0 to 11.0 will need to upgrade the OS. Please refer to the CVP Installation and Upgrade Guide for more information. Ordering CVP upgrades via PUT (Product ol): For CVP upgrades, customers should order an upgrade License (CVP-xx-PRD-UP=) for the following components. Note that the upgrade license is CVP-xx-PRD-UP= which is same for all the below mentioned applications except Studio. For Studio it’s CVP-STUxx-PRD-UP=), where xx indicates the CVP version. 1)
CVP server (Any physical machine running call /VXML server)
2)
Reporting Server
3)
Lab License (NPS)
4)
Call Director
5)
Call Studio
Please note that there is no upgrade license required for self-service ports (whether primary or redundant). The process to upgrade and deploy the CVP license is as below: 1) to Product ol (PUT) using valid service contract. Choose the ‘advanced’ option and proceed. 2) Now look for the appropriate release Upgrade licenses (aka PUT licenses e.g. for upgrading to CVP 11.0 choose CVP-11-PRD-UP=) 3) Select the delivery mode (Physical or electronic) 4) Choose the appropriate numbers of CVP upgrade licenses required. (Note: You will need one such license for each machine where CVP Call/VXML server, Reporting server, NPS or a Call director is installed. E.g. If you have 1 call server, 4 VXML servers, 1 reporting server and 1 NPS (lab server), then you should order 7 quantity of CVP-11PRD-UP= license, if upgrading all these components to release 11.0). 5) When an order is placed on PUT, customer receives PAKs and they can generate licenses on www.cisco.com/go/license. 6) Generate upgrade license using these PAK. 7) After Installing or upgrading the CVP server/reporting server (as the case may be), copy the original license and deploy the upgrade license on top of it. This will allow you to run the server on upgraded software. (Refer “Upgrading a License from an Earlier Release” section in CVP Install and upgrade Guide” for more details.) 3.2.5
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
This section describes the Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer which is scheduled to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 26 of 205
Ordering Guide
expire on July 30, 2016. This offer is for CVP customers who want to an available major release, but do not have a valid service contract. The offer consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of a 31
year Service Contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for Center Enterprise (see section 5.3.2). The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license. The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:
Ports and redundant ports
Servers
Call Control Servers and Sessions
Studio
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code CC-UPG-BUNDLE. Notes
CVP 11.0/10.x/9.x upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It needs to be ordered separately.
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified before the order is released.
3.2.6
Product number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CVP product number and applicable maintenance items.
CVP 11.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-11.X
CVP 11.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-11-SERVER-SW
CVP 11.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-11X-RED-ADD
CVP 11.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
Unified Call Studio CVP-STU-11=
1
Call Studio 11.0
$5,500
One year SWSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 27 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Call Director Server CVP-11-CC-150=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-11-CC-300=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-11-CC-600=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-11-CC-850=
CVP 11.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses CVP-11-RPT-PRE=
CVP 11.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits CVP-11-NPS=
CVP 11.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-11-EVAL=
CVP 11.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-11-NFR=
CVP 11.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-11PTSUPG
CVP 11.0 Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-11REDPTSUPG
CVP 11.0 Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-11x-SRVUPG
CVP 11.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-11x-STUUPG
CVP 11.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-11x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade 11.x
$75
L-CVP-11x-CCSRVUP
CVP 11.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
CVP 10.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-10.X
CVP 10.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-10-SERVER-SW
CVP 10.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.0 Port License
$900
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-10X-RED-ADD
CVP 10.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
Unified Call Studio CVP-STU-10=
Call Studio 10.0
$5,500
Unified CVP Call Director Server CVP-10-CC-150=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$40,000
Page 28 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-10-CC-300=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-10-CC-600=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-10-CC-850=
CVP 10.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses CVP-10-RPT-PRE=
CVP 10.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits CVP-10-NPS=
CVP 10.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-10-EVAL=
CVP 10.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-10-NFR=
CVP 10.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-1PTSUPG
CVP 10.0 Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-1REDPTSUPG
CVP 10.0 Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-10x-SRVUPG
CVP 10.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-10x-STUUPG
CVP 10.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-10x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade
$75
L-CVP-10x-CCSRVUP
CVP 10.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
CVP 9.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number R-CVP-9.X
CVP 9.0 Top Level Part Number E-Delivery
N/A
CVP-9.X
CVP 9.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-90-SERVER-SW
CVP 9.0 Server Software
$200
CVP-9X-PTS
CVP 9.0 Port License
$900
CVP-9X-REDPT
CVP 9.0 Redundant ports
$180
CVP-9X-RED-ADD
CVP 9.X Additional Redundant Ports
N/A
R-CVP-9X-RED-ADD
CVP 9.X Additional Redundant Ports E Delivery
N/A
Unified Call Studio R-CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0 E Delivery
$5,500
CVP-STU-90=
Call Studio 9.0
$5,500
Unified CVP Call Director Server R-CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 150 Ports E Delivery
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$40,000
Page 29 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
List Price ($US)
Description
R-CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 300 Ports E Delivery
$75,000
R-CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 600 Ports E Delivery
$140,000
R-CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director 850 Ports E Delivery
$200,000
CVP-90-CC-150=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 150 Ports)
$40,000
CVP-90-CC-300=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 300 Ports)
$75,000
CVP-90-CC-600=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 600 Ports)
$140,000
CVP-90-CC-850=
CVP 9.0 Call Director (includes Software Lic for 850 Ports)
$200,000
Unified CVP Report Server Licenses R-CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System – E Delivery
$0
CVP-90-RPT-PRE=
CVP 9.0 Report System –
$0
Unified CVP Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits R-CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System E Delivery
$3,995
R-CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date) E Delivery
$25
R-CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale E Delivery
$100
CVP-90-NPS=
CVP 9.0 Not-for-production System
$3,995
CVP-90-EVAL=
CVP 9.0 Evaluation License (90 days from ship date)
$25
CVP-90-NFR=
CVP 9.0 Not-For-Resale
$100
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
$0
L-CVP-UPG
CVP Upgrade
$0
L-CVP-PTSUPG
CVP Port License upgrade
$235
L-CVP-REDPTSUPG
CVP Redundant Ports upgrade
$60
L-CVP-9x-SRVUPG
CVP 9.x server upgrade
$60
L-CVP-9x-STUUPG
CVP 9.x Studio upgrade
$1650
L-CVP-9x-CCUPG
CVP Call Control Upgrade
$75
L-CVP-9x-CCSRVUP
CVP 9.x Call Control Server Upgrade
$10
Notes ●
Details on Service contracts are available at www.cisco.com/go/swss
●
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
3.2.7
Unified CVP Components Licensing
Unified CVP licenses consist of Unified CVP Port Licenses, Unified Redundant Port Licenses, Unified CVP Server Licenses, Unified CVP Call Director Server Licenses, and
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 30 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses. Each Unified CVP Port license provides the use of the VXML Server for self-service and interactions with Unified ICM for queuing/simple prompt-and-collect as well as call control during agent transfers for a single call. Each port is bundled with one quantity of redundant port. The redundant CVP port licenses are for use on redundant CVP call/ VXML Servers for high availability purpose. Server licenses must be ordered for every server (for example, Unified CVP Call Server, CVP VXML Server, or CVP redundant call/ VXML Server) that will host Unified CVP software with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server. CVP Reporting Server requires a separate license and CVP Operation Server does not need a server license to operate. In addition to Unified CVP server licenses, Call Director server licenses are available. Call Director Server licenses provide the ability to perform call control without the use of IVR function (i.e., queuing and/or self-service) and also provide for agent transfer call control with center solutions other than Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE). Call Director/call control for Unified CCE Agents comes free of charge with the Unified CCE Agent License, but the number of active calls to Unified CCE Agents must be taken into consideration when sizing the CVP Call Servers. 3.2.8
Unified CVP Port Licenses
First you must determine the number of port licenses required. To do so, determine the busiest point in the busiest hour of the center. The important consideration here is not busy hour calls, but what calls are actually doing at the busiest moment in the day. The Unified CVP Port License is only for calls that are receiving IVR treatment, such as calls in self-service or in queue. Calls that are connected to agents do not use a Unified CVP Port License but instead use a Call Director server bundled with call director ports license, which may or may not be included for free. Take that busiest moment of the day as a snapshot, and determine the following information: Calls: ●
Waiting in queue
●
Performing simple self-service without ASR/TTS and without using the VXML Server
●
Performing self-service activities that do use ASR/TTS or the VXML Server
The total number of these calls corresponds directly to the number of regular (nonredundant) Unified CVP Port Licenses required. For CVP 11.0, the SKU for port license appears as CVP-11X-PTS in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Port Licenses. In addition, determine how many calls are transferred via IP switching to agents. This is sometimes referred to as Call Director ports. This information is used in sizing CVP server and do not apply to port licenses except indirectly for the call director server licensing case.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 31 of 205
Ordering Guide
3.2.9
Unified CVP Redundant Port Licenses
Each port is bundled with redundant port license for orders made after 22
nd
September
2014. Customers who have purchased redundant ports less than 100% will have an option to order additional redundant port license to make the count equal to primary port. A server license must also be ordered for each additional redundant server ordered. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for redundant port license appears as CVP-11X-
REDPT in the Cisco on line ordering tool. If the customer has not purchased 100% redundant ports originally , then CVP-11X-RED-ADD can be ordered separately in appropriate quantities. The ordered quality for redundant ports cannot exceed the number of primary ports deployed. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP Redundant Port licenses 3.2.10
Unified CVP Server Licenses
A Unified CVP Server license is required for every server on which Unified CVP software resides, with the exception of the Reporting and Operations Server For sizing information, please consult the CVP SRND document for sizing to determine the number of servers required. In general, server sizing should be computed using the following guidelines: ●
The number of needed servers corresponds directly to the number of server software licenses required.
●
The total number of ports required is equivalent to the Unified CVP ports plus Call Director ports (even if the Call Director ports are free of charge) plus redundant ports. The total number of ports required is used to calculate the number of needed servers. Please ensure there are enough servers to the desired redundant port licenses purchased as an addition to the servers allocated for regular port licenses. Please see the ordering examples in this chapter for further information.
Please Note:When calls are transferred to agents using a method that takes the call away from the Unified CVP (such as *8 TNT, hook-flash, TBCT, SIP Refer/302 Redirect, H.323 Blind/Refer Transfer, etc.), do not include the number of calls transferred to agents in sizing the CVP server, which directly affects the number of server software licenses.
As mentioned earlier, although there is no charge for Call Director calls (no call director port and server license required) when the agent is a Unified CCE agent, you do have to size the CVP solution to handle the number of concurrently transferred calls directed by CVP to Unified CCE agents, which might lead to purchasing additional Unified CVP Server Software Licenses. For example, let’s assume that you need to have 400 IVR port (hence 400 port licenses). It seems that a CVP Call Server can that. However, you need to take into
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 32 of 205
Ordering Guide
the transferred calls to Unified Center Enterprise agent directed by CVP. Let’s assume you have 800 Unified Center Enterprise agents and it might be all active taking calls transferred-to by CVP in the worst case. That would mean CVP has to handle 400+800 = 1,200 calls/ports simultaneously in the peak time. That would require two CVP SIP based Call Servers with co-resident VXML Server (900*2= 1800 > 1200.) and hence two CVP Server Software licenses are needed instead of one server license. 3.2.11
Unified CVP Call Director Licenses
As described previously in port licenses section, you must determine the number of calls that CVP directs/ transfers to the agents and remains in call control after the initial transfer. This function is called call director that is used interchangeably with the term call control and it is free of charge when the agent is Unified CCE agent (i.e., no port and server licenses are required additionally for Unified CCE agent call control function usage in CVP.) Unified CVP Call Director Licenses are required when Unified CVP is used for IP switching to agents who are not on Cisco Unified CCE systems, such as agents on ACD systems. In Unified CVP 8 and later releases, Call Director is licensed per server and per the desired number of call director ports/calls on each server. The number of desired call director ports/calls is limited by the capacity available for the protocol being used on the server. See Call Capacity per protocol per Server table in the preceding section. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for call director server software license for a 150 call director ports bundled appears as CVP-11-CC-150 in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP call director server licenses. Notice that there are no call director port licenses to be ordered. The call director server software license is bundled with a pre-determined number of call director ports. There are four bundles for call director server software licenses. Please check this guide for details. The number of required Call Director ports/calls corresponds to the maximum number of simultaneous calls that are active in the Unified CVP Call Servers and are connected to ACD agents as envisioned in the busiest moment of the day. If you have a mix of Unified CCE agents and ACD agents, this is the continuing step that you would do after figuring out the required port and server licenses as described in the previous sections but focusing on the latter phase of the call after the IVR session, which is the agent transfer/talking phase. Again, for calls connected to Unified CCE agents, there is no Call Director server license required. For calls connected to ACD agents, Call Director server licenses are required as an addition to the regular server software licenses on each server. If you only use pure Call Director application with CVP (neither self-service nor queuing included) then you do not need to figure out the required port licenses for queuing/selfservice during IVR phase and only concern with the needed call director ports in order to obtain the corresponding Call Director Server software licenses. There is a unique situation in the pure call director application with CVP. This is the case
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 33 of 205
Ordering Guide
when you choose to use release port transfer with a sole call director application (i.e., no self-service and queuing usage in the deployment; just pure IP Call Directing/Switching). As such, you still need the call director server software licenses on each server. However, since the port is released, you do not include these ports in sizing CVP call director servers but instead relying on the s to size the CVP servers. This implies you need to select the base call director server software license for this unique call director deployment (i.e., the CVP-11-CC-150 call director server license option) In summary, the following guidelines apply to Unified CVP Call Director server licenses: ●
Unified CVP Call Director licenses are not required for Unified CCE agents. Call Director Licenses are provided implicitly with Cisco Unified Center Enterprise and do not have to be ordered separately.
●
When CVP operates in a comprehensive model (i.e., with queuing/self-service) and there are ACD agents/TDM IVR transfers involved, Unified CVP Call Director server licenses are required unless the transfer to ACD agents use a method that takes the call away from the Unified CVP servers (such as with SIP Refer, H.323 Blind/Refer, *8 TNT, hook-flash, or TBCT). However, when CVP operates in a sole Call Director model with release port transfer to the ACD agents, the base call director server license still applies. Furthermore, in a sole Call Director model without using release port transfer-to ACD agents, call director server licenses are required and there are four packages to choose from depending on the needed number of call director ports.
3.2.12
Unified CVP Video Components Licensing
Unified CVP s the video service. The Video model uses the same components and licensing strategy as an audio-only Unified CVP deployment. Follow the same licensing guidelines as if the calls were audio-only. 3.2.13
Unified CVP Reporting Server Licenses
These licenses provide the reporting repository for Unified CVP data. Included with the license is a relational database for querying of data and examples (using Crystal Reports) to build reports. This product includes only the reporting repository and does not include the presentation server. Earlier two options of CVP reporting server were available, a standard version and a version. The standard version s a dual processor server with a maximum of a smaller database for basic reporting; Wheras the version s a larger database on a four-way processor. The standard reporting server is being discontinued for ordering from 22
nd
September 2014.Existing Standard reporting
servers will continued to be ed until end of life dates. For CVP 11.0 as an example, the SKU for a reporting software license appears as CVP-11-RPT-PRE in the Cisco on line ordering tool. Please consult this guide for further information on CVP SKUs regarding CVP reporting server licenses. Also, please note that the IBM Informix licenses are included with the following SKUs for the reporting software server:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 34 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-xx-RPT-PRE= Where xx is the release number, e.g. 11 for CVP 11.0,10 for CVP 10.0 etc. 3.2.14
Unified CVP Call Studio Licenses
A Call Studio license provides the environment to build a self-service application that executes on the VXML Server. Call Studio licenses are required for the developers who will be building the self-service applications, and they are installed on the developers’ PCs. While customers normally have at least one Call Studio license, a Call Studio license is not required if you are not developing or maintaining your own applications. In addition, a server license is not required for the machines on which a Call Studio is installed. Partners who are developing applications for their customers must use a full version of Call Studio and may not use the Not-For-Resale or Evaluation versions of Call Studio. 3.2.15
Unified CVP License Enforcement
All Unified CVP software is “node locked,” which means that s must their licenses and provide a server ID to receive a license. For CVP Call Server, and CVP 11.0 VXML server, the IP address is used as a node lock mechanism. For CVP 11.0 Studio, the MAC address is used. Ports are enforced on the Unified CVP VXML Server, and the Unified CVP Call Server licenses are set to the maximum number of sessions allowed per server; however customers are required to comply with the number of session purchased not the number of sessions provided in the license file.
Please Note: A single port license is used when a VoiceXML session is established. Therefore, one port license is consumed, whether the call is being serviced by a selfservice application or is being queued.
3.2.16
Unified CVP Upgrade Licenses for IPIVR customers
Customers who have valid Services Contract and are running IPIVR are entitled to software a CVP platform. Those customers can purchase upgrade license to move from IPIVR to CVP. For examples, with CVP 11.x as an example, the SKU for port license upgrade from IP IVR to CVP 11.x full service appears as the CVP-11X-FEATUPG in the Cisco on line ordering/pricing tool. From this top-level part number, customers can order ports (CVP-11X-FEAT-U-PT) .This provides them with equal number of redundant ports. In addition, for customers migrating from IP IVR must order the $200.00 CVP-11-SERVER-SW part.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CVP-11X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 11.X IP IVR migration to CVP 11.0
$0
CVP-11X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 11.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 35 of 205
Ordering Guide
CVP-10X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 10.X IP IVR migration to CVP 10.0
$0
CVP-10X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 10.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
CVP-9X-FEAT-UPG
CVP 9.X CVP QT or IP IVR migration to CVP 9.0
$0
CVP-9X-FEAT-U-PT
CVP 9.X Feature Upgrade Port License
$420
3.3 3.3.1
Ordering Examples for Production CVP Systems Example 1 – CVP co-resident Call Server+VXML Servers and Unified CCE agents ordering Use Case
A Unified CCE customer with 1000 agents desires 400 ports for queuing, 300 ports of self-service, and 100% redundancy across two sites. The deployment uses SIP. Solution: Because queuing and self-service ports use the same license, this customer requires 700 Unified CVP ports and 700 redundant ports, with 2 server licenses. (Each site requires two servers with co-resident Call Server and VXML Server due to (700+1000)/900~2.) Unified CVP components required: ●
2 Server Licenses
●
700 Port Licenses (will receive 700 Redundant Port Licenses bundled)
●
Minimum of one Studio license
●
Reporting Server License is optional
Note that no Call Director Server licenses are required for the 1000 agents because they are Unified CCE agents and already have the Call Director license. 3.3.2
Example 2 – CVP Stand-alone Ordering Use Case
A customer desires a standalone (without Unified ICM or Unified CCE) self-service solution of 450 ports and 100% redundancy. Solution:
This customer would require 450 ports of Unified CVP, 450 redundant ports, and 2 Unified CVP Server Licenses. Unified CVP components required: ●
2 Server Licenses (one server for primary, one server for redundancy)
●
450 Port Licenses (will receive 450 Redundant Port Licenses bundled)
●
Reporting Server License is optional (If Reporting is desired, an additional Server license is required for the Call Server used for Reporting .)
3.4
CVP Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution
This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order. Once the order has been released and processed, the customer will receive the CVP Software Media along with the CVP Software License instructions and Product Authorization Keys (PAKs, also called PAK Codes, which typically a combination of Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 36 of 205
Ordering Guide
numbers and letters.) The customer (or partner) needs to at www.cisco.com/go/license with their Cisco ID and use the PAK codes to unlock the various product SKUs ordered. Sometimes, there are multiple PAK Codes. They don’t necessarily correspond one-to-one with the product line item(s) or quantities ordered. When all of the product line item(s) and quantities ordered are unlocked, the customer/partner can start to obtain the actual licenses for Unified Customer Voice Portal components.
Please Note: Customers do not have to license everything at once. They can come back at any time and with their Cisco.com ID and license additional software that they entered a PAK code for previously. (Think of it like a gift certificate you get in the mail, that you enter on a website – that never expires. The PAK Code unpacks itself the first time and entitles your to come back anytime and fulfill or partially fulfill anything you ordered under that PAK Code. You can also come back and “rehost’ it if you move the software to a new machine.)
3.4.1
CVP Unified Call Studio License Fulfillment
Unified Call Studio license is obtained as follows: Unified Call Studio is typically tied to a developer’s machine. For CVP 11.0, 10.x or 9.0 studio is tied to the MAC address of the machine.
3.4.1.1
Built-in Limited Studio License Usage
Unified Call Studio can be installed and used for up to 30 days without an actual product license key. should install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP Installation Guide documentation. 3.4.2
CVP Unified Call Server License Fulfillment
As described earlier in this chapter, customers are required to order a CVP Server Software (SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server or both (co-resident case.)
Please Note: The CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP Server SW part, and not to the number of ports ordered. When the CVP Call Server and VXML Server are coresident on the same server, the customer/ partner will only need to order one server software license on that same server and will receive PAKs for both Call Server and the VXML Server components on that single server.
The CVP Call Server component is licensed by IP Address. It provides queuing, call control (agent transfer), and indirectly the self-service (offered by the CVP VXML Server component) capabilities. Typically, customers/partners will order a total N port licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 37 of 205
Ordering Guide
with redundant port licenses along with a number of server licenses. The port licenses will be applied to the CVP VXML Server licenses (see the next section) but for CVP Call Server regardless of the number of Port Licenses you assign to each server, you will always get 900 ports for each CVP Call Server. The customer is legally allowed to use the number of Port Licenses purchased only. Cisco reserves the right to change the enforcement on Call Server in the future, but at the time of this writing, CVP Call Server does not restrict port licenses as CVP VXML Server does. Hint: Trying to debug port quantities by looking at the CVP Call Server port licenses will not help since CVP Call Server licensing is a Boolean type.
3.4.2.1
Built-in Limited CVP Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP Call Server can be installed and will run with 30 ports for 30 days without an actual product license key (i.e., no cvp.license file found in CVP_HOME\conf\license.) As mentioned above, CVP Call Server licenses are tied to the CVP_Server_SW part, and not to the number of ports ordered. Therefore, when customers are retrieving licenses for the CVP Call Server, they should be aware that the licenses are tied to CVPxx-SERVER-SW, and does not require the input of ports. The licensing tool will provide a fixed number of licenses, set to the maximum number of Call Server sessions a server can . This may be confusing to customers who use the operator console to see the number of licenses available in the CVP Call Server, as it will be larger than what they actually purchased. The reason ports are set to the maximum in Call Server is to overcome a product current limitation where a license is used when it is either ing queuing or self-service, or when providing call control (agent transfer). Without providing a maximum number of licenses, CVP Call Server cannot call control during agent transfer if there is a limit imposed on the number of ports to what was ordered since CVP Call Server does not distinguish license used for calls in queue/self-service and calls are transferred to agents. In the future, there is a plan to have two separate port licenses. Once is for self-service and queuing and another for pure call control. 3.4.3
CVP Unified VXML Server License Fulfillment
Again as a refresher, customers/partners are required to order a CVP Server Software (SW) License for all servers that run either Call Server or VXML Server.
3.4.3.1
Built-in Limited CVP VXML Port License Usage
From CVP 8.5 onwards, Unified CVP has a 30-day evaluation license. The Call Server and VXML server evaluation licenses now 30 ports instead of the previously ed 2 ports on all call control servers; After 30 days Unified CVP must be licensed for continued functionality. Having installed the software you can get a key from www.cisco.com/go/license. The Cisco software fulfillment URL allows you to assign a number of Port License SKUs to each Server SKU. This means you are allowed to assign N number of Port Licenses for one Server and repeat the process to all servers that you have using the remaining port
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 38 of 205
Ordering Guide
licenses from the Total_Num_Ports that you purchased altogether. The Total_Num_Ports is the total count of licenses customer ordered for all servers, including the redundant ports , which is double the number of ordered CVP ports. As port licenses are created for each server, the available number of ports is decremented, preventing customers from creating more licenses than actually ordered. For example, you may have ordered 400 ports (400 regular ports and 400 redundant ports bundled along with) for two VXML Servers; however, you can assign 200 ports to one server and not fulfill the others until later. Note that the customer/partner will receive a CVP Call Server license for every CVP-xxSERVER-SW license ordered. For the servers running CVP VXML Servers alone, while the customer must order CVP-xx-SERVER-SW for each CVP VXML Servers, the CVP Call Server PAKs are also issued but not used on the stand-alone CVP VXML Servers. Install the actual product license key using the directions in the CVP Installation Guide. 3.4.4
CVP Unified Reporting Server License Fulfillment
Customers who order a reporting server license will receive a PAK for the CVP Reporting Server. CVP Reporting Server licenses are similar to CVP Call Server licenses in that they are tied to IP addresses and the same fulfillment mechanism applies. 3.4.5
Unified CVP Call Director Server License Fulfillment
Call Director Licenses are additional licenses on top of the CVP Call Server licenses. The fulfillment of CVP Call Server licenses will apply to call director deployment model meaning there is no additionally specific call director license fulfillment. Customers should order Call Director licenses according to their need of call control/director sessions/ports. Note that Call Director ports are ordered in bundles (e.g. 150, 300, 600, and 850) and not by port from CVP Release 4.x and later. 3.4.6
Summary of CVP License Fulfillment
Since Cisco doesn’t know the CVP model that the customer is going to deploy Unified Customer Voice Portal with (of which you may change it in the future) and to keep licensing both flexible and simpler, customer will be provided with all the needed licenses for any CVP deployment models. For example, when you go to www.cisco.com/go/license to fulfill two server software licenses on two physical servers: one Server for 200 ports of self-service/queuing and one redundant server (with 200 redundant ports), you will get the following: ●
Two keys for Call Server for 900 ports tied to each server’s IP address
●
One key for VXML Server for 400 ports. These keys are the total, of which 200 are used for the primary server and 200 for the redundant server, with installation path node-lock on VXML Server while CVP Call Servers are IP address nodelock.
In the example, you may not need anything but the two keys for 900 ports for Call Server to do queuing – but you’ll get both.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 39 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please Note: The customer is legally entitled to use only what has been ordered, not what has been fulfilled. Cisco thinks this fulfillment policy makes use of the product more flexible.
3.5
Non-CVP Components Licensing
This section describes other non-CVP components licensing used in CVP solution. 3.5.1
ASR/TTS Licensing
Cisco now offers Solutions Plus (order fulfillment of Nuance ASR & TTS). This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products & Nuance through Cisco. As Cisco is providing order fulfillment exclusively for these Nuance products, partners must work closely with Nuance to ensure the product is sold properly, and customer expectations are met. Items partners should ensure are completed prior to ordering the system include:
Validation of the application by Nuance.
Customer acceptance of Nuance End- License Agreement.
Understanding that is provided by Nuance, with different warranty. Cisco does not provide UCSS or ESW for these products.
Note: All Nuance products ordered will be placed under a ‘Compliance hold’, preventing release of the product until Cisco has received confirmation from Nuance that order meets. Nuance annual contracts are also offered through the product codes in grey below. Note that this is not a Cisco contract (like ESW), but that is provided by Nuance directly, without Cisco involvement.
3.5.1.1
Nuance Part Number and Pricing.
Nuance parts can be ordered under the top level part number CVP-NUANCE. The options available under this are: Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S)
Vocalizer, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-VOC-B
Vocalizer 5.0 – Basic
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT-B
Nuance Vocalizer Basic- 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-VOC-B-HB
Vocalizer basic-Hot Backup
CVP-NU-VOC-BH-MN
Vocalizer 5.0 basic-HB Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NUA-VOC
Vocalizer 5.0
850
CVP-NUA-VOC-MNT
Nuance Vocalizer – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
196
CVP-NU-VOC-HB
Vocalizer –Hot Backup
425
CVP-NU-VOC-H-MN
Vocalizer 5.0-HB Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
200 46 100 23
98
Page 40 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S)
CVP-NU-VOC-AL
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages
170
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MN
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
40
CVP-NU-VOC-ALH
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages HB
85
CVP-NU-VOC-AL-MNH
Nuance Vocalizer – additional languages Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
20
Recognizer Tier 2, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T2
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2
1100
CVP-NUA-RC-T2-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2 – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
253
CVP-NU-RC-T2HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup
550
CVP-NU-RC-T2H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
127
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2nd language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LH
nd
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language HB
220 51 110
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T2-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-2 language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language
440
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
102
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language HB
220
CVP-NU-RC-T2-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 2-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Recognizer Tier 3, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T3
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3 – 1 YR Maint (provided by Nuance)
368
CVP-NU-RC-T3HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup
800
CVP-NU-RC-T3H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
184
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2L
1600
nd
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2 language
320
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2 language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2nd language HB
CVP-NU-RC-T3-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-2nd language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language
640
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
148
CVP-NUA-RC-T3-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language HB
320
CVP-NU-RC-T3-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 3-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
74 160
Recognizer Tier 4, backup and additional languages CVP-NUA-RC-T4
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4
CVP-NUA-RC-T4-MNT
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
CVP-NU-RC-T4HB
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup
CVP-NU-RC-T4H-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4 Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
2000 460 1000 230
Page 41 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price (S) nd
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
400
nd
92
nd
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language HB
CVP-NU-RC-T4-2LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-2 language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
200
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3L
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language
800
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3-MN
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
184
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LH
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language HB
400
CVP-NU-RC-T4-3LHM
Nuance Recognizer Tier 4-3+ language Hot Backup Maintenance (provided by Nuance)
nd
Note that Nuance products are not eligible for VIP, or additional discounting (DSA discounts are not available). Four additional SKUs are available for specifying the version of Vocalizer and Recognizer. Choose the appropriate SKU for ordering the relevant media. Product Numbers
Description
CVP-NUA-VOC6
Nuance Vocalizer version 6
0
CVP-NUA-VOC5
Nuance Vocalizer version 5
0
CVP-NUA-NR10
Nuance Recognizer version 10
0
CVP-NUA-NR9
Nuance Recognizer version 9
0
3.5.1.2
List Price (S)
Nuance Licensing and CVPs
Nuance ASR and TTS licenses are carefully enforced for all the vendors currently ed by Unified CVP. The license is checked out the moment a call needs to use it, and it is reserved until the call leaves the VoiceXML gateway.
Please Note: This behavior is different than VXML Server licenses.
Also, ASR and TTS licenses are independent: a call checks out an ASR license when it first needs to use ASR services, and a TTS license when it first needs to use TTS services. If you plan to move calls from self-service to queuing functionality, you will most likely want to release the ASR and TTS licenses. However, Unified CVP makes no distinction between a call that is at the VoiceXML gateway for self-service purposes and one that is there to play queue music. It does not know that the call has progressed from self-service to queuing services. The same VoiceXML gateway session remains active across the transition, so any ASR and TTS licenses that were obtained in the first phase are not automatically released.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 42 of 205
Ordering Guide
3.5.1.3
ASR/TTS License Released in Queuing
You can, however, force the licenses to be released by causing the call to be removed from the VoiceXML gateway and then redelivered there as a new VRU leg call. Removing it from the VoiceXML gateway releases the ASR and TTS licenses, and redelivering the call makes it immediately available to play queue prompts again, but this time without ASR and TTS licenses. You can accomplish this result by transferring to a bogus label causing a re-query to ICM and placing an explicit SendToVRU node or TranslationRouteToVRU node ahead of the Queue node in ICM scripting to release the ASR/TTS licenses. 3.5.2
IOS Gateway Licensing
Please consult the following link IOS Ordering Guide regarding on how to order IOS Gateway and Cisco IOS VXML licensing for use with CVP solution. This also applies to Gatekeeper ordering. Please note that if you are using any of the Cisco Integrated Services Router (ISR) gateways (Cisco 2800, 3700, or 3800 Series Routers) as VoiceXML gateways, you must purchase additionally FL-VXML-1 or FL-VXML-12 licenses to enable the VXML functionality. This is different from the AS5xxx series in that the VXML license is bundled with AS5xxx series that is used as a combo GW (meaning it has DSP to PSTN GW (TDM) and VXML functionality altogether). For example, the SKU for AS5xxx bundle is “AS535XM-8T1-V-HC: AS5350XM HighDensity Voice w/ 8T1, 8 AS5X-PVDM2-64, IP+ IOS”, which will have VXML functionality embedded. If the AS5xxx is used as a dedicated VXML GW (i.e., DSP-less option), you have multiple VXML license options; e.g. the SKU for 192 VXML sessions is AS535XM-VXML-192-V.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 43 of 205
Ordering Guide
4. Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) Cisco’s Configuration and Pricing Tools
4.1
The Communications Sizing Tool (http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/faces/.jsp) is required for any Cisco Unified Computing System based configuration.
4.2
Overview of End of Life and End of Sale Status for Cisco Unified CCX Versions
For detailed EOL milestones please see http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list. html. All Cisco Unified CCX 3.x (3.0, 3.1 and 3.5), 4.x (4.0, 4.1 and 4.5), 5.0, 6.0, 7.0 and 8.0 versions are End of Life and End of Sale. Customers on these systems cannot purchase additional components and need to migrate to a version available for sale.
4.3
Overview of Cisco Unified CCX Licensing
The following licenses are available for use with Unified CCX: 1.
Inbound voice licenses
Cisco Unified Presence Server in Standard, Enhanced and
(with Cisco Agent Desktop) includes blended Preview Outbound, Agent E-Mail and Web Chat. Cisco Finesse with licenses (version 10.5) s Preview, Predictive and Progressive Outbound Agent, Web Chat. Agent E-mail is ed with Finesse in CCX 10.6 and later.
2.
Non-High Availability (HA) Active server software license (these are auto-included with new seat orders)
3.
HA Standby server software licenses
4.
Outbound IVR port and Outbound progressive and predictive agent licenses
5.
Finesse Recording Licenses (for CCX 10)
6.
Compliance Recording (CR) licenses
7.
Quality Manager (QM) licenses
8.
Advanced Quality Manager (AQM) licenses
9.
Workforce Management (WFM) licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for type of seat and server software desired. 4.3.1
Server vs. Seat licenses
The CCX primary and High Availability standby server each requires a server license. For Non-HA UCCX the server license is included with the seat licenses when a new order is placed and for UCCX with HA, a separate HA license for the dual server cluster is required.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 44 of 205
Ordering Guide
All other feature options (other than Outbound IVR) are sold on a per seat basis and each seat requires a license (see also below for concurrent vs. named s). A SocialMiner server license has to be purchased if the customer is deploying Web Chat. 4.3.2
Port licenses
Each CCX Outbound IVR port requires a port license. There is no Outbound IVR server license as Outbound IVR is integrated with Unified CCX. 4.3.3
Node Locked vs. Non Node Locked Server Software Licenses
For all releases 3.x, 4.x, 5.x, 6.x and 7.x server software is NOT node locked. Beginning in release 8.0 the CCX primary server will be the only node-locked server license. Nodes are locked via a virtual MAC address. All other components, including High Availability standby server and all seat options, including WFO seat options, will be node-locked to the CCX primary server. 4.3.4
Concurrent vs. Named (seat) Licenses
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals may share a concurrent license as long as only one of them is logged in. Concurrent Licensing Example: Company A has 300 unique s that work in 3 shifts. Each shift has 100 logged in s. Company A needs to purchase only 100 concurrent licenses. Named licenses apply to unique individual s regardless of their logged in status. Named licenses are required for all WFO options including Compliance Recording, Quality Manager, Advanced Quality Manager and Workforce Manager. Named Licensing Example: Company B has 300 unique s that work in 3 shifts and each needs access to the licensed option. Each shift has 100 logged in s. Company B must purchase 300 named licenses. Examples of named s include:
Recorded or scheduled agent Supervisor using the desktop Manager, evaluator or other person with a
4.3.5
Concurrent Outbound IVR Licenses
Outbound IVR ports are licensed concurrently. Whenever an outbound IVR session and a progressive/predictive agent calls begins a license is consumed. As soon as a session ends that session’s license is returned to the available license pool and becomes available for another IVR session to use. 4.3.6
Finesse Recording Licenses
Whenever a Finesse recording session via MediaSense is initiated a recording license is consumed. As soon as a session ends that session’s license is returned to the available license pool and becomes available for another recording session to use. Note that the
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 45 of 205
Ordering Guide
maximum number of concurrent Finesse recordings is also automatically limited by the capacity available on the MediaSense server based on playback and monitoring sessions, and when used for recording non-CCX s. 4.3.7
Concurrent licenses apply to logged in s. Different individuals may share a Unified CCX Workforce Management
Each unique Workforce Manager must have a named license. Unified CCX Workforce Manager licenses are obtained by purchasing the Workforce Manager product ID. Workforce Manager licenses may be purchased with Unified CCX and Enhanced Licenses in Unified CCX 10.0 and later. Prior versions of Unified CCX provide Workforce Manager licenses only with licenses it is optional as to whether or not Workforce Manager licenses are purchased. Unified Workforce Manager requires a dedicated server, separate from those used for Unified CCX inbound voice or any other Unified CCX options. Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required and must be purchased separately from a Microsoft reseller. 4.3.8
Unified CCX Compliance Recording (CR), Quality Manager (QM), Advanced Quality Manager (AQM)
Each unique recording must have a named license. Recording licenses are obtained by purchasing the desired recording product ID for CR, QM and/or AQM. CR licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX Standard, Enhanced or . QM and AQM licenses may be purchased for Unified CCX or Enhanced (new in CCX 10.0) only. It is optional as to whether or not CR, QM or AQM licenses are purchased. Any combination of CR, QM and AQM may be deployed on a single dedicated server, separate from those used for Unified CCX inbound voice any other Unified CCX options. Other deployment models are available and may be required depending on size of deployment. Windows 2003 Server and Microsoft SQL Server 2005 licenses are required and must be purchased separately from a Microsoft reseller. Note that CR, (A)QM and WFM cannot be purchased without CCX seats. These products are packaged to work only with CCX. 4.3.9
Unified CCX Inbound Voice High Availability (HA) Server Software Licensing
Deployment of HA for inbound voice requires one software license for the HA active server and one for the standby server software. HA is not available for Unified CCX Standard. HA is optional for Unified CCX Enhanced or . 4.3.10
License downgrades, distributes, splits and merges
License redistribution When a customer needs to redistribute licenses over multiple CCX system, a case with [email protected] needs to be opened. This applies for consolidation of multiple CCX
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 46 of 205
Ordering Guide
systems into a single one, as well as for moving some agent licenses from one system to another. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain new license files. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the entitlement can be researched. Note that redistribution is only possible when licenses are of the same type (i.e. Std, Enh, Pre), as a mix on a single system is not ed. Release downgrades Release downgrades are not ed. For example, when a customer orders a 9.0 license that needs to be deployed on an 8.5 system, the ordered needs to be RMA’ed and a new order needs to be placed.
4.4
ed Upgrade Paths
The following upgrade paths are ed:
Direct Upgrade Indirect Upgrade Fresh Install
Upgrades to CCX 10 From
Upgrade Migration Type
2.x, 3.x, 4.x
Fresh Install
5.x
Indirect Upgrade
6.0
Fresh Install
7.0
Indirect Upgrade (via 9.0)
8.0
Direct Upgrade
8.5
Direct Upgrade
9.0
Direct Upgrade
Upgrades to CCX 10.5 From
Upgrade Migration Type
2.x, 3.x, 4.x
Fresh Install
5.x
Indirect Upgrade
6.0
Fresh Install
7.0
Indirect Upgrade (via 9.0)
8.0
Indirect Upgrade
8.5
Direct Upgrade
9.0
Direct Upgrade
10.0
Direct Upgrade
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 47 of 205
Ordering Guide
Direct Upgrades: Installer ed migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows and all relevant information from one release to the next. Indirect Upgrades: Interim releases are required to obtain installer-ed migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows and all relevant information from one release to the next. All Indirect Upgrades requires BOTH the CCX releases as well as its corresponding UCM release. When purchasing an a la carte upgrade any release requiring an indirect upgrade will include the media kits and upgrade license for each interim upgrade step (applies only to release 4.0 and later). Customer must also obtain the corresponding UCM release for each upgrade step (not provided with CCX upgrade order). Upgrades fulfilled via the Product ol require ordering of each interim release upgrade ($0). Customers desiring to simply perform a fresh install of CCX 10.0 rather than perform an interim upgrade will need to open a case with [email protected] to obtain new CCX 10.0 licenses. Fresh Install: A new, fresh install is required. No for migration of configuration data, historical data, workflows or any other information from one release to another. 4.4.1
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using ESW/UCSS or SWSS
Any customer with a valid ESW and Unified Communications Software Subscription or SWSS contract may upgrade at no additional charge via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). Please note that upgrades via PUT apply only to upgrading product components purchased in earlier releases and not to new features introduced in a later release.
Please Note: VERY IMPORTANT: For each single system upgrade you need to order quantity one (1) and ONLY quantity 1 of the appropriate upgrade PID. This single PID will result in all required media kits (e.g. operating system, database and Cisco Unified Center Express software) as well as an upgrade Product Authorization Key (PAK). When ed, the upgrade PAK will result in an upgrade license file. A customer must their original release (e.g. 7.0) license file(s) AND the upgrade license file to the new upgraded system (e.g. 8.5). The upgrade license file will authenticate all the original release features (e.g. 7.0) for use in the new upgraded system (e.g. 8.5).
4.4.2
Upgrading Unified CCX Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs
Customers without Cisco Unified Communications Subscription (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to a later release. The licensing mechanism for release 8.0 and later is exactly as described above for ESW-UCSS/SWSS upgrade customers.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 48 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.5
Migration from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (PCCE) or vice versa
For migration from CCX to PCCE, please refer to section 6.7.1 in the Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise chapter of this Ordering Guide. Cisco does not migrations from PCCE to UCCX via product SKUs. Any such migration must result in a purchase of new Unified CC PIDs. Any discounting required must go through DSA. teams submitting such deals to DSA must obtain Business Unit approval by ing Unified CCX Product Management Product Management at [email protected].
4.6
Migrating from Cisco Unified CCX to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (CCE) or vice versa
For migration from CCX to CCE, please refer to section 5.3.4 in the Cisco Unified Center Enterprise chapter of this Ordering Guide. Cisco does not migrations from CCE to CCX via product SKUs. Any such migration must result in a purchase of new Unified CC PIDs. Any discounting required must go thru DSA. teams submitting such deals to DSA must obtain Business Unit approval by ing Unified CCX Product Management Product Management at [email protected].
4.7 4.7.1
Cisco Unified CCX 11.0 General information
4.7.1.1
Scope and reading guide
Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.7.2 New Unified CCX 11.0 Systems Chapter 4.7.34.10.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 10.0 system Chapter 4.7.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) of Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0 Chapter 4.7.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
4.7.1.2
Delivery Options
Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The same part number is used for ordering both electronic and physical delivery with an option of selecting the delivery mechanism at the time of ordering. The following options are available: (a) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (b) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (c) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 49 of 205
Ordering Guide
electronic software delivery of media (media ). The same part number provides an option of electronic or physical delivery at the time of ordering. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical.
4.7.1.3
What needs to be ordered?
For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades (e.g. STD to PRE in the same version of Unified CCX)
4.7.1.4
Activating Unified CCX licenses
When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.7.1.5
Temporary Licenses
Every Unified CCX media kit ships with demo licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 60 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 50 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.2
Ordering New Systems
CCX 11.0 can be deployed only on a virtualized system – bare metal deployments are not ed. New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media (section 4.7.2.14.10.2.1)
Licenses (section 4.7.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 11.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. Customers who have ordered CCX seats as part of the BE6000 or CUCM promotional bundle can order additional seats or options by ordering addon licenses as detailed in section 4.7.3 PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above
4.7.2.1
Media
To obtain media kits the following must be configured: CCX-11-MED-K9
CCX 11.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
The following media kits that can be configured using the product code above. The same part number can be configured for physical delivery of the media or electronic software delivery. The following table specifies the details: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-11MEDIAKIT-K9
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX11CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX11QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX11AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 11.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-11WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 11.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 11.0
SocialMiner , Web Chat, Finesse Email
M-11MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for MediaSense 11.0
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 51 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.2.2
Licenses
Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.7.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Cisco recommends selection of eDelivery option. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-11-LIC-K9 NEW
NEW Enhanced
NEW Standard
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-11-PAK
CCX-11-N-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-11-OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1000
M-11X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-N-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-11X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-N-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-P-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-11-E-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-11-S-SVRLIC
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat and Finesse Email functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.7.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Customers using the Unified CCX promotional bundles and needing to order more seats or options should order ADDON licenses for the required options. Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 52 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.7.3.1
Media
To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-11-MED-K9
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit - NO LICENSES
The following media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-11MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 11.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Enhanced High Availability, High Availability
CCX11CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX11QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 11.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX11AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 11.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 11.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 11.0
Web Chat and Finesse Email
M-11MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for MediaSense 11.0
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
4.7.3.2
Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery option. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-11-ADDK9 ADDON
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-11-A-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-11OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
M-11X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
CCX-11-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT-
Page 53 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
ADDON Enhanced
ADDON Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
Auto expansion
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-A-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-11-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-11-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-11-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$695
CCX-11-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-11X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$1000
CCX-11-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-11-A-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-11-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: SWSS is not offered for HA options 4.7.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or a SWSS contract:
Software updates, e.g. .10.0(1) to 10.0(1) SU1. See section 4.7.4.1 Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.7.4.1 Minor Release Updates, e.g. 10.0(1) to 10.5(1). See section 4.7.4.1 Major Release Updates, e.g.10.0(1) to 11.0(1). See section 4.7.4.2
4.7.4.1
Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates
Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract.
4.7.4.2
Major Release Upgrades
Major release upgrades, e.g. 10.0(1) to 11.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 54 of 205
Ordering Guide
products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
S – CCX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 9.x and 10.x TO 11.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 11.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 11.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 10.0 to 11.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-10-11K9=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM Unified CCX 8.x TO Unified CCX 11.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 8.0 release and desires to perform indirect release 11.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 8.0 -> 10.6->11.0. Customer will need media kits for 10.6 as well as upgrade license files for 8.0->10.6. In order to receive these media and licenses, the
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 55 of 205
Ordering Guide
customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o
CCX-UPG-P-80-10K9= CCX-UPG-P-10-11K9=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM pre-8.0 release TO 11.0, which will require a fresh install of release 11.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-4X-11K9=.
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release Unified CCX 11.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All UCSS or SWSS upgrade customers using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 11.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.7.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 11.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 9.0 or 10.x TO 11.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 11.0 upgrade process will
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 56 of 205
Ordering Guide
ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0. o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 8.x TO 11.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 10.x to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 8.0 to 11.0. Customer must upgrade 8.0 -> 10.6 -> 11.0. Customer will receive media kits for 10.6 as well as upgrade license files for Unified CCX 8.0 to 10.6 and 10.6 to 11.0
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM a pre-8.0 release TO 11.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 11.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 11.0 STD to Unified CCX 11.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in Section 4.7.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades: o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
Note: A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 PRE) is not ed. Customers would need to first upgrade the version and upgrade the package. Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.7.5.1.1 and 4.7.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to select eDelivery or pDelivery while placing an order
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 57 of 205
Ordering Guide
Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 11.0 Standard to 11.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 11.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX11-11U-S-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat
Example 2: Unified CCX 6.0 Enhanced HA to 11.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 6.0 Enhanced HA to 11.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. The customer needs to Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced first and then upgrade from Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced to . CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX-60-11-EHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 6.0 to 11.0 ENH HA-HA
CCX-11-11-EPHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 ENH-PRE HA-HA
CCX60-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 6.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat
CCX11-11U-E-P-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 11.0 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
The customer will receive the licenses and the Unified CCX 11.0 media kit as part of this order. Example 4: Unified CCX 8.5 Enhanced to 11.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 8.5 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 11.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. The media and licenses required for the interim upgrade from 8.5 to 10.6 and 10.6 to 11.0 will be shipped. Use product IDs: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has a Unified CCX 8.5 HA system, upgrading to an 11.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: CCX-11-UPG-K9
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE –LICENSES ONLY
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 11.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
CCX-85-11-EHA
CCX 11.0 UPGRADE – 8.5 to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
Example 5: Customer has ordered the 25 seat promo bundle with a new BE6000 and Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 58 of 205
Ordering Guide
wishes to add 10 more seat licenses and High Availability. CCX-11-ADD-K9
CCX 11.0 ADDON
Quantity 1
CCX-11-A-P-LIC
CCX 11.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 ADDON License
Quantity 10
CCX-11-PHA-LIC
CCX 11.0 PRE HA License
Quantity 1
4.7.5.1
Ordering A La Carte UPGRADES
For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
4.7.5.1.1
Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected]. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order. Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
$0
3.x
CCX3X-11U-P-P-S1
$925
4.x
CCX4X-11U-P-P-S1
$925
5.0
CCX50-11U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-11U-P-P-S1
7.0 8.0
Enhanced
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
$925
CCX-50-11-PHA
$7498
$925
CCX-60-11-PHA
$7498
CCX70-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-70-11-PHA
$7498
CCX80-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-80-11-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-85-11-PHA
$7498
9.0
CCX90-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-90-11-PHA
$7498
10.0
CCX10-11U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-10-11-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-11U-OBIVR
$349
9.0
CCX90-11U-OBIVR
$349
10.x
CCX10-11U-OBIVR
$349
3.x
CCX3X-11U-E-E-S1
$625
4.X
CCX4X-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-4X-11-EHA
$4498
5.0
CCX50-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-50-11-EHA
$4498
6.0
CCX60-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-60-11-EHA
$4498
7.0
CCX70-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-70-11-EHA
$4498
8.0
CCX80-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-80-11-EHA
$4498
8.5
CCX85-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-85-11-EHA
$4498
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 59 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
9.0
CCX90-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-90-10-EHA
$4498
10.0
CCX10-11U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-10-11-EHA
$4498
3.x
CCX3X-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
4.X
CCX4X-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
5.0
CCX50-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
6.0
CCX60-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
7.0
CCX70-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.0
CCX80-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.5
CCX85-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
9.0
CCX90-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
10.x
CCX10-11U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
11.0
CCX11-11U-S-E-S1
$849
Order Enhanced HA as Addon
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
11.0
CCX11-11U-S-P-S1
$1449
Order HA as Addon
CCX11-11U-E-P-S1
$599
CCX-11-11-EPHA
Standard
ENH-PRE HA Upgrade
11.0
$6000
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 11.0.
4.7.5.2
Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses
SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit. A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.7.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.7.6.1
UCSS or SWSS upgrades for WFO
Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 60 of 205
Ordering Guide
2.6.x, 2,7.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR70-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM70-11K9= CCX-UPGAQM70-11K9=
8.0(2)
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR80-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM80-11K9= CCX-UPGAQM80-11K9=
8.5.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR85-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-85-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-11K9=
9.0.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR90-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-90-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-90-11K9=
10.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR10-11K9= CCX-UPG-QM-10-11K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-10-11K9=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the media and licenses.
4.7.6.2
A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM
Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
Any
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
CR 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-70-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.0(2)
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.0(2)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.0(2)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-80-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.5.X
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.5.X
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.5.X
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-85-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 9.0
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 9.0
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 9.0
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-90-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 10.x
CR 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-C-CS1
$163
QM 10.x
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 10.x
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-11U-A-AS1
$348
CR 11.0(1)
QM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10U-CQMS1
$170
CR 11.0(1)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10UCAQMS1
$370
QM 11.0(1)
AQM 11.0(1)
CCX-10-10UQAQMS1
$200
4.7.6.3
List Price $0
Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT)
Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 61 of 205
Ordering Guide
below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-11=
8.3.4
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-11=
8.5.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-11=
9.0
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-90-11=
10.x
11.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-10-11=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.7.6.4
A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM
Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-11-UPG-K9
$0
CCX 7.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-70-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 8.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-80-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 8.5
CCX 11.0
CCX-85-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 9.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-90-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 9.0(1)
WFM 11.0(1)
CCX 10.0
CCX 11.0
CCX-10-11U-W-WS1
$348
WFM 10.0(1)
WFM 11.0(1)
4.7.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE6000). The promotional bundle include 5/25 Enhanced seats or 5/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database is included as part of the 5/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-10-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5-seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM.
Product Number CCX-10-5E
Description
CCX 10.0 5 Enhanced Seat Bundle
List Price (USD) $995
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 62 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-10-5P
CCX 10.0 5 Seat Bundle
$2,995
CCX-10-25E CCX 10.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle CCX-10-25P CCX 10.0 25 Seat Bundle
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 25 seat promo bundle to create a 30 seat deployment. If additional seats or options are required, please configure CCX-11-ADDON-K9. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. Note: Customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Service (SWSS) is NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. 4.7.8
4.7.8.1
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses
NFR Kit Product IDs
Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery. Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX 11.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs CCX-11-NFR=
4.7.8.2
Customer Non-Production Systems
The Unified CCX 11.0 Non Production System is provided for use by customers in an environment where production calls will not be taken. Typical examples are use in development, testing, system integration testing and load testing. The Unified CCX nonproduction lab systems include licenses for 6 seats of Unified CCX with High Availability, Call Recording, Quality Management, Advance Quality Management, Workforce Management, Outbound IVR and Finesse Workflow Recording.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 63 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified CCX non-production lab systems cannot be used in production systems or merged with production system licenses. Product Number
Description
List Price
NPS Kit Product IDs CCX-11-NPS-K9=
4.7.9
CCX 11.0 NPS Kit: 6 seats Pre with OBIVR, HA CR, QM, AQM, WFM, SocialMiner, Finesse Workflow Recording licenses
$2,995
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP). Selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to UCCE ATP certified partners. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS or SWSS maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. 4.7.10
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 64 of 205
Ordering Guide
within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-11-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-11-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 65 of 205
Ordering Guide
Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics license. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
4.8
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$600
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6
Cisco Unified CCX 10.6 is a minor release following on the Unified CCX 10.0(1) and 10.5(1) release and the CCX 10.0(1) licenses can be used with a CCX 10.6(1) system. CCX 10.6(1) adds Finesse E-mail which is included with the CCX licenses and for CAD and Finesse mixed mode. Please refer to the Release Notes for details Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 66 of 205
Ordering Guide
on the functionality available with CCX 10.6(1) 4.8.1
Ordering New CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers ordering a new CCX 10.6 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.2. 4.8.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers ordering addon licenses to an existing CCX 10.6 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.3 4.8.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.6 Systems
Customers on CCX 9 and earlier releases who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can CCX 10.6 by ordering an CCX 10 as described in Section 4.10.4.2. Cisco will ship the CCX 10.6 upgrade. Customers on CCX 10 who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract can CCX 10.6 by ing the CCX 10.5 upgrade image from CCO at http://software.cisco.com//navigator.html?mdfid=270569179&i=rm
4.9
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5
Cisco Unified CCX 10.5 is a minor release following on the Unified CCX 10.0(1) release and the CCX 10.0(1) licenses can be used with a CCX 10.5 system. CCX 10.5 adds Predictive and Progressive dialing for Finesse Outbound agents. Customers who want to use the new predictive/progressive dialing functionality should order the Outbound IVR license. This license provides one Outbound IVR port and one Predictive Agent seat and is priced at $695. Note:
The Predictive Agent capability is added to the agent license when an Outbound
IVR license in installed. Refer to the CCX Design Guide regarding the number of IVR ports available in the system when inbound and outbound IVR are used. Direct Preview functionality is included with the license. 4.9.1
Ordering New CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers ordering a new CCX 10.5 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.2. 4.9.2
Ordering ADDONs to Existing CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers ordering addon licenses to an existing CCX 10.5 system should follow the procedure outlined in Section 4.10.3 4.9.3
Upgrading to CCX 10.5 Systems
Customers on CCX 9 and earlier releases who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can CCX 10.5 by ordering an CCX 10 as described in Section
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 67 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.4.2. Cisco will ship the CCX 10.5 upgrade. Customers on CCX 10 who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract can CCX 10.5 by ing the CCX 10.5 upgrade image from CCO at http://software.cisco.com//navigator.html?mdfid=270569179&i=rm 4.9.4
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-10-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-10-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 68 of 205
Ordering Guide
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 69 of 205
Ordering Guide
Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
$600
4.10 Cisco Unified CCX 10.0 4.10.1
General information
4.10.1.1 Scope and reading guide Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.10.2: New Unified CCX 10.0 Systems Chapter 4.10.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 10.0 system Chapter 4.10.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) of Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0 Chapter 4.10.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 10.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 4.10.1.2 Delivery Options Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The same part number is used for ordering both electronic and physical delivery with an option of selecting the delivery mechanism at the time of ordering. The following options are available: (d) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (e) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (f) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with electronic software delivery of media (media ). The same part number provides an option of electronic or physical delivery at the time of ordering. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to configure the delivery option as electronic or physical.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 70 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.1.3 What needs to be ordered? For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades (e.g. STD to PRE in the same version of Unified CCX)
4.10.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.10.1.5 Temporary Licenses Every Unified CCX media kit ships with demo licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 60 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team. 4.10.2
Ordering New Systems
CCX 10.0 can be deployed only on a virtualized system – bare metal deployments are not ed. New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media (section 4.10.2.1)
Licenses (section 4.10.2.2)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 71 of 205
Ordering Guide
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 10.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. Customers who have ordered CCX seats as part of the BE6000 or CUCM promotional bundle can order additional seats or options by ordering addon licenses as detailed in section 4.10.3 PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above
4.10.2.1 Media
To obtain media kits the following must be configured: CCX-10-MED-K9
CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
There are five media kits that can be configured using the product code above. The same part number can be configured for physical delivery of the media or electronic software delivery. The following table specifies the details: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX10AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 10.0
SocialMiner Web Chat
4.10.2.2 Licenses Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.10.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Cisco recommends selection of eDelivery option. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-10-LIC-K9 NEW
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-10-N-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
CCX-10-P-SVR-
Page 72 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
NEW Enhanced
NEW Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
Auto expansion
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
LIC
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-10-OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1000
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-10-E-SVRLIC
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
CCX-10-S-SVRLIC
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.10.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Customers using the Unified CCX promotional bundles and needing to order more seats or options should order ADDON licenses for the required options. Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered:
4.10.3.1 Media To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-10-MED-K9
CCX 10.0 Media Kits - NO LICENSES
There are five media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses:
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 73 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-10MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 10.0 Qty 1 CCX Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Enhanced High Availability, High Availability
CCX10CRMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Compliance Recording
CCX10QMMEDIAKITK9
CCX 10.0 Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Quality Management
CCX10AQMMEDKITK9
CCX 10.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Advanced Quality Management
CCX-10WFMMEDIAKIT
CCX 10.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit – NO LICENSES
Workforce Management
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner 10.0
SocialMiner Web Chat
M-10MEDIAKIT-K9
Media kit for SocialMiner
CCX Recording licenses and MediaSense licenses
4.10.3.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery option. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license. Model
Option Class
Description
CCX-10-ADDK9 ADDON
ADDON Enhanced
List Price
Auto expansion
$0
CCX-10-PAK
CCX-10-A-P-LIC
License
$1850
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
High Availability
$14995
CCX-10OBIVRLIC
Predictive/Progressive Outbound and Outbound IVR
$695
M-10X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
CCX-10-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-A-E-LIC
Enhanced License
$1250
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
CCX-10-QM-LIC
Quality Management
$495
CCX-10-AQM-LIC
Adv Quality Management
$695
CCX-10-WFM-LIC
Workforce Management
$550
CCX-10-EHA-LIC
Enhanced High Availability
$8995
M-10X-AUD10PACK
Recording Licenses for MediaSense – 10 pack
$997.50
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Page 74 of 205
Ordering Guide
Model
ADDON Standard
Option Class
Description
List Price
CCX-10-REC-LIC
Recording Licenses for MediaSense
$250
IPCX-BS-MSDVAGT
Microsoft Dynamic b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
IPCX-BS-SFVAGT
Salesforce b+s CRM connector for voice
$600
CCX-10-A-S-LIC
Standard License
$395
CCX-10-CR-LIC
Compliance Recording
$325
Auto expansion
IPCX-CRM-LC, SP-PRODUCT
Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: SWSS is not offered for HA options 4.10.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW or UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or a SWSS contract:
Software updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1. See section 4.10.4.1. Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.10.4.1. Minor Release Updates, e.g. 10.0(1) to 10.5(1). See section 4.10.4.1. Major Release Updates, e.g.9.0(2) to 10.0(1). See section 4.10.4.2.
4.10.4.1 Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below. Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
4.10.4.2 Major Release Upgrades (PUT) Major release upgrades, e.g. 7.0(1) to 9.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
S – CCX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 75 of 205
Ordering Guide
o o o o o
PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0, 8.5 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 8.0 to 10.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P-80-10=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM Unified CCX 5.0 or 7.0 TO Unified CCX 10.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 7.0 release and desires to perform indirect release 10.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 7.0 -> 9.0->10.0. Customer will need media kits for 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o
CCX-UPG-P-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-P-90-10K9=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 76 of 205
Ordering Guide
customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-10K9=. The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release Unified CCX 10.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All UCSS or SWSS upgrade customers using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 10.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.10.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 8.0 or 9.0 TO 10.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 10.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to Unified CCX 10.0.
o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 5.0, 7.0 TO 10.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 8.0 and 9.0 respectively to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 5.0 to 10.0. Customer must upgrade 5.0 -> 8.0 -> 10.0. Customer will receive media kits for 8.0 as well as upgrade license files for Unified CCX 5.0 to 8.0 and 8.0 to 10.0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 77 of 205
Ordering Guide
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM 3.x, 4.x or 6.0 TO 10.0, which will require a fresh install of release 10.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 10.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 10.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in Section 4.10.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades: o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
Note: A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 10.0 PRE) is not ed. Customers would need to first upgrade the version and upgrade the package. Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.10.5.1 and 4.10.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Note: https://communities.cisco.com/docs/DOC-51384 provides details on how to select eDelivery or pDelivery while placing an order Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 10.0 Standard to 10.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 10.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 78 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX10-10U-S-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 10.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. The customer needs to Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced first and then upgrade from Unified CCX 10.0 Enhanced to . CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX-4X-10-EHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 4.X to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
CCX-10-10-EPHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 ENH-PRE HA-HA
CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 4.X to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat
CCX10-10U-E-P-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 10.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
The customer will receive the licenses and the Unified CCX 10.0 media kit as part of this order. Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. The media and licenses required for the interim upgrade from 7.0 to 9.0 and 9.0 to 10.0 will be shipped. Use product IDs: CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE
CCX70-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has a Unified CCX 8.0 HA system, upgrading to an 10.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: CCX-10-UPG-K9
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX80-10U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 8.0 to 10.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
CCX-80-10-EHA
CCX 10.0 UPGRADE – 8.0 to 10.0 ENH HA-HA
Example 5: Customer has ordered the 25 seat promo bundle with a new BE6000 and wishes to add 10 more seat licenses and High Availability. CCX-10-ADD-K9
CCX 10.0 ADDON
Quantity 1
CCX-10-A-P-LIC
CCX 10.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 ADDON License
Quantity 10
CCX-10-PHA-LIC
CCX 10.0 PRE HA License
Quantity 1
4.10.5.1 Ordering A La Carte UPGRADES For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 79 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.5.1.1 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected] to obtain a 4.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order. Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
$0
3.x
CCX3X-10U-P-P-S1
$925
4.x
CCX4X-10U-P-P-S1
$925
5.0
CCX50-10U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-10U-P-P-S1
7.0
Enhanced
Standard
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
List Price
$925
CCX-50-10-PHA
$7498
$925
CCX-60-10-PHA
$7498
CCX70-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-70-10-PHA
$7498
8.0
CCX80-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-80-10-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-85-10-PHA
$7498
9.0
CCX90-10U-P-P-S1
$925
CCX-90-10-PHA
$7498
8.5
CCX85-10U-OBIVR
$349
9.0
CCX90-10U-OBIVR
$349
3.x
CCX3X-10U-E-E-S1
$625
4.X
CCX4X-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-4X-10-EHA
$4498
5.0
CCX50-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-50-10-EHA
$4498
6.0
CCX60-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-60-10-EHA
$4498
7.0
CCX70-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-70-10-EHA
$4498
8.0
CCX80-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-80-10-EHA
$4498
8.5
CCX85-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-85-10-EHA
$4498
9.0
CCX90-10U-E-E-S1
$625
CCX-90-10-EHA
$4498
3.x
CCX3X-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
4.X
CCX4X-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
5.0
CCX50-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
6.0
CCX60-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
7.0
CCX70-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.0
CCX80-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
8.5
CCX85-10U-S-S-S1
$198
HA not available
10.0
CCX10-10U-S-E-S1
$849
Order Enhanced HA as Addon
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 80 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Seat Upgrade (Order one per agent)
List Price
HA Upgrade (Order one per system)
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
10.0
CCX10-10U-S-P-S1
$1449
Order HA as Addon
CCX10-10U-E-P-S1
$599
CCX-10-10-EPHA
ENH-PRE HA Upgrade
10.0
List Price
$6000
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 10.0.
4.10.5.2 Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit. A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.10.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.10.6.1 UCSS or SWSS upgrades for WFO Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from 2.6.x, 2,7.x
Upgrading To 10.0(1)
Order on PUT CCX-UPG-CR70-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM70-10K9= CCX-UPGAQM70-10K9=
8.0(2)
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR80-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM80-10K9= CCX-UPGAQM80-10K9=
8.5.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR85-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM-85-10K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-10K9=
9.0.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR90-10K9= CCX-UPG-QM-90-10K9= CCX-UPG-AQM-90-10K9=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the media and licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 81 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
CR 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 2.6(1), 2.6(2), 2.7(2), 2.7(3)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-70-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.0(2)
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.0(2)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.0(2)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-80-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 8.5.X
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 8.5.X
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 8.5.X
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-85-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 9.0
CR 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-C-CS1
$163
QM 9.0
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-Q-QS1
$248
AQM 9.0
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-90-10U-A-AS1
$348
CR 10.0(1)
QM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10U-CQMS1
$248
CR 10.0(1)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10UCAQMS1
$348
QM 10.0(1)
AQM 10.0(1)
CCX-10-10UQAQMS1
$348
$0
4.10.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT) Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-10=
8.3.4
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-10=
8.5.x
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-10=
9.0
10.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-90-10=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.10.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
List Price
Any
Any
CCX-10-UPG-K9
$0
CCX 7.0
CCX 10.0
CCX-70-10U-W-WS1
$275
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 10.0(1)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 82 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX 8.0
CCX 10.0
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX 8.5
CCX 10.0
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 10.0(1)
CCX 9.0
CCX 10.0
WFM 10.0(1)
WFM 10.0(1)
4.10.7
CCX-80-10U-W-WS1
$275
CCX-85-10U-W-WS1
$275
CCX-90-10U-W-WS1
$275
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE6000). The promotional bundle include 5/25 Enhanced seats or 5/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database is included as part of the 5/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-10-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5-seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM. Product Number
Description
List Price (USD)
CCX-10-5E
CCX 10.0 5 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$995
CCX-10-5P
CCX 10.0 5 Seat Bundle
$2,995
CCX-10-25E CCX 10.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$22,395
CCX-10-25P CCX 10.0 25 Seat Bundle
$34,495
Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 25 seat promo bundle to create a 30 seat deployment. If additional seats or options are required, please configure CCX-10-ADDON-K9. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. Note: Customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Service (SWSS) is NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 83 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.10.8
Not for Resale and Non-production licenses
4.10.8.1 NFR Kit Product IDs Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery. Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX 10.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs CCX-10-NFR=
4.10.8.2 Customer Non-Production Systems The Unified CCX 10.0 Non Production System is provided for use by customers in an environment where production calls will not be taken. Typical examples are use in development, testing, system integration testing and load testing. The Unified CCX nonproduction lab systems include licenses for 6 seats of Unified CCX with High Availability, Call Recording, Quality Management, Advance Quality Management, Workforce Management, Outbound IVR and Finesse Workflow Recording. Unified CCX non-production lab systems cannot be used in production systems or merged with production system licenses. Product Number
Description
List Price
NPS Kit Product IDs CCX-10-NPS-K9=
4.10.9
CCX 10.0 NPS Kit: 6 seats Pre with OBIVR, HA CR, QM, AQM, WFM, SocialMiner, Finesse Workflow Recording licenses
$2,995
Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR
Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP). Selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to UCCE ATP certified partners. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco ESW or UCSS or SWSS maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 84 of 205
Ordering Guide
for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. 4.10.10 Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Express through Cisco SolutionsPlus Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations and provides elegant integration to CRM applications. Each of these products operates within a Center Express Environment and as pre-requisite, customers need to procure Center Express Enhanced or Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of enhanced or license seats and require the customer to use Cisco Finesse. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 85 of 205
Ordering Guide
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-LICK9” option class (customers need to select or Enhanced Licenses). Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 20 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “CCX-10-ADD-K9” option class (customers need to select Addon or Enhanced Addon Licenses). There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
CCX-10-LIC-K9
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
CCX-10-ADD-K9
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 86 of 205
Ordering Guide
for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-SF-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$600
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must procure their own Microsoft Dynamics license. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCX-BS-MSD-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$600
4.11 Cisco Unified CCX 9.0 4.11.1
General information
4.11.1.1 Scope and reading guide Please read the general information in Section 4 and then turn to the section that covers your specific ordering scenario:
Chapter 4.11.2: New Unified CCX 9.0 Systems Chapter 4.11.3: Add-ons (i.e. add optional components, such as HA or WFO) or expansions (e.g. add more seat licenses) to an existing Unified CCX 9.0 system Chapter 4.11.4 Release upgrades with ESW or Unified Communication Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Services (SWSS) from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0 Chapter 4.11.5: Release upgrades without ESW or UCSS or SWSS from earlier releases of Unified CCX to Unified CCX 9.0, or seat upgrade (e.g. from enhanced to ). These are called a-la-carte upgrades.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 87 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.1.2 Delivery Options Cisco offers electronic and physical delivery options for licenses and media. The following options are available: (g) Physical delivery of licenses (box with a paper license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (h) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with physical delivery of media (DVD in a box) (i) Electronic delivery of licenses (email with license document and PAK code) with electronic software delivery of media (media ). Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-’. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-’.
4.11.1.3 What needs to be ordered? For all types of orders, licenses need to be ordered. Media (if needed) needs to be ordered separately. Media is needed in the following cases:
When ordering a new system When ordering add-ons that add new functionality to the system for the first time, such as HA or CR, QM, AQM or WFM Release upgrades
Media does not need to be ordered for:
Expansions Seat upgrades
4.11.1.4 Activating Unified CCX licenses When a Unified CCX license is ordered, Cisco ships a Product Authorization Key (PAK) – via physical delivery or electronic delivery – to the physical or e-mail address listed on your Cisco Sales Order. To obtain a license file for the Unified CCX servers, complete the following steps:
Enter the PAK that you received in the License Registration Web tool at http://www.cisco.com/go/license and click submit. Follow the system prompts. You must enter the License MAC of the first node of the Unified CCX cluster. You must enter a valid e-mail address as well as the number of nodes for which you need licenses. The system sends the license file(s) to you via e-mail by using the E-mail ID that you provided. You cannot use the license if you edit the contents of the file in any way. Follow the process described on the installation guide to install the license file on the system. Note that add-on and upgrade licenses are installed in addition to the licenses that are already on the system.
4.11.1.5 Temporary Licenses Every Unified CCX media kit ships with temporary licenses to facilitate installation and testing before production/permanent licenses arrive. These licenses are valid for 30 days after installation. If, for whatever reason, temporary licenses are needed for an extended period, they can be requested by Cisco teams using the internal temporary
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 88 of 205
Ordering Guide
license tool. Unified CCX Product Management will review these requests, so please provided detailed reasons why temporary licenses are needed in the ‘remarks’ field. Upon approval the license file will be emailed to the address provided. Note that this is a Cisco internal tool only: requests will have to be made through your Cisco team. 4.11.2
Ordering New Systems
New system orders require the following to be ordered:
Media and/or servers (section 4.11.2.1), as well as Licenses (section 4.11.2.2)
There is a minimum requirement to order ten Unified CCX seat licenses when ordering a new system. Customers who wish to deploy Web Chat with CCX 9.0 will need to order the SocialMiner media kit and the SocialMiner server license, details of which are available in Section 8.1 SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers. If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
4.11.2.1 Media and/or servers
To obtain Cisco MCS servers and/or media kits one of the following must be configured: CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers (UCS) cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID above and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the Ordering Guide for Cisco Customer Solutions for information about UCS ordering. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 89 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.2.2 Licenses Media shipment (as ordered using the product codes described in section 4.11.2.1) does not include licenses. Licenses MUST be ordered separately using the product codes below. Licenses can be ordered for:
Electronic delivery (eDelivery), as described in section 4.11.2.2.1. This is the Cisco recommended method. Physical delivery (pDelivery), as described in section 4.11.2.2.2
4.11.2.2.1 eDelivery Licenses (Cisco Recommended) Model
Option Class
L-CCX-90NEW-LIC NEW eDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
L-CCX-90-EPAK
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($495) L-CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC ($695)
L-CCX-90-PSVR-LIC
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC ($550)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC ($1000) NEW Enhanced eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-ESVR-LIC
L-CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) NEW Standard eDelivery
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
L-CCX-90-SSVR-LIC
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 90 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.2.2.2 pDelivery Licenses Model
Option Class
CCX-90NEW-LIC NEW pDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
CCX-90-P-PAK
Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-P-LIC ($1850)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325) CCX-90-N-QM-LIC ($495) CCX-90-N-AQM-LIC ($695)
Physical PAK CCX-90-PSVR-LIC
Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-WFM-LIC ($550)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
Physical PAK
CCX-90-NOBIVRLIC ($395)
Physical PAK
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC ($1000) NEW Enhanced pDelivery
Physical PAK CCX-90-N-E-LIC ($1250) CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
Physical PAK CCX-90-ESVR-LIC
CCX-90-N-EHA-LIC ($8995) NEW Standard pDelivery
Physical PAK Physical PAK Physical PAK
CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
CCX-90-SSVR-LIC
CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
Physical PAK Physical PAK
Note: SocialMiner is required for Unified CCX Web Chat functionality. Please refer to Section 8.1 for more details. Software Service (SWSS) for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool. *Note: SWSS is not offered/needed for HA options 4.11.3
Ordering ADDONs to Existing Systems
Two separate Product IDs may need to be ordered: 4.11.3.1 Media and/or servers To obtain media kits for ADDON HA or WFO deployments, one of the following must be ordered. No product licenses are provided by this product ID. These must be ordered separately; see below. CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 91 of 205
Ordering Guide
Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.3.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered for every add-on order. eDelivery or traditional physical delivery product licenses are configured using the product ID shown below. Choosing Physical Delivery will always result in a physical shipment of a piece of paper with a PAK from the factory. Cisco recommends using electronic delivery of PAK codes, using the eDelivery product codes. NOTE: Customer will not have to reinstall or restart Unified CCX when additional seat licenses are added. Starting with release 8.0, no downtime is required for installing a new license.
4.11.3.2.1 eDelivery Licenses (Cisco Recommended) Model
Option Class
L-CCX-90ADDON NEW eDelivery
Auto expansion
What ships?
L-CCX-90-E-PAK
eDelivery PAK eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($495)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC ($695)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC ($550)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC ($8995)
eDelivery PAK
NEW Standard eDelivery
eDelivery PAK L-CCX-90-N-S-LIC ($395)
eDelivery PAK
L-CCX-90-N-CR-LIC ($325)
eDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 92 of 205
Ordering Guide
ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: ESW is not offered for HA options
4.11.3.2.2 p Delivery Licenses Model
Option Class
CCX-90ADDON
Auto expansion
What ships?
CCX-90-P-PAK
pDelivery PAK
NEW pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-P-LIC ($1850)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-QM-LIC ($495)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-AQM-LIC ($695)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-WFM-LIC ($550)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-PHA-LIC ($14,995)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-AOBIVRLIC ($395)
pDelivery PAK
NEW Enhanced pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-E-LIC ($1250)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-EHA-LIC ($8995)
pDelivery PAK
NEW Standard pDelivery
pDelivery PAK CCX-90-A-S-LIC ($395)
pDelivery PAK
CCX-90-A-CR-LIC ($325)
pDelivery PAK
ESW for the above products can be included automatically by the ordering tool, when selecting the option to do so. * Note: ESW is not offered for HA options 4.11.4
Ordering release upgrades with an ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract
The following release upgrades are available for Unified CCX with eligibility determined by whether the customer has an ESW, UCSS or SWSS:
Software updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1. See section 4.11.4.1. Maintenance Releases, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(2). See section 4.11.4.1. Minor Release Updates, e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.5(1). See section 4.11.4.1 Major Release Updates, e.g. 8.0(2) to 9.0(1). See section 4.11.4.2.
4.11.4.1 Software Updates, Maintenance Release and Minor Release Updates Software Updates Software Updates (e.g. 9.0(1) to 9.0(1) SU1) are offered via cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 93 of 205
Ordering Guide
Maintenance Release Upgrades Maintenance releases (e.g. 7.0(1) to 7.0(2) or 8.0(1) to 8.0(2)) are available on cisco.com for for customers who have a valid ESW or SWSS contract. For location, see below.
4.11.4.2 Major Release Upgrades (PUT) Major release upgrades, e.g. 7.0(1) to 9.0(1), for customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can be ordered via the Product ol (PUT, http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp). PUT provides the list of eligible products that can be ordered based on the contract details. The product codes and descriptions should be self-explanatory, but here is the generic nomenclature for a Unified CCX PUT product code: CCX-UPG-
S – CcaX Standard E – CCX Enhanced, no HA EHA – CCX Enhanced, with HA P – CCX , no HA PHA – CCX , with HA CR – Compliance recording QM – Quality Management AQM – Advanced Quality Management WFM – Workforce Management
Customers must order the appropriate upgrades. For example, for upgrading a Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced HA system with Compliance recording, the following two product codes need to be ordered from the PUT tool:
CCX-UPG-E-70-90K9= CCX-UPGEHA-70-90K9= CCX-UPG-CR70-90K9=
Upgrades ordered via PUT are available for pDelivery and eDelivery. Media kits and PAK for servers and seats are shipped for PUT upgrades. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0, 8.0 or 8.5 TO 9.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will ensure that all
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 94 of 205
Ordering Guide
information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 9.0. Order the appropriate single PUT upgrade product code. For example, when upgrading from 7.0 to 9.0 order quantity 1 of CCX-UPG-P70-90=
Indirect Upgrades: upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to be ordered and executed separately to ensure that all information will be migrated. In this case each interim upgrade must be ordered separately. Example: Customer is on a 3.5 release and desires to perform indirect release 9.0. Customer must upgrade in the following steps: 3.5 > 4.0 -> 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will need media kits for 4.0, 7.0 and 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 3.5 -> 4.0->7.0 and 7.0->9.0. In order to receive these media and licenses, the customer must order quantity 1 of each of the following PUT Product IDs: o o o
CCX-UPG-P-35-40= CCX-UPG-P-40-70= CCX-UPG-P-70-90=
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install of release 9.0, or customers who want to new hardware. For customers desiring to perform a fresh install, the customer should order the PUT Product ID corresponding to their current and target release. For example: a customer is on a 4.0 release and desires to perform a fresh install. Customer should order CCX-UPG-P-40-90=.
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the bottom of this page on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 licenses. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc. Please note: All customers with a valid UCSS or SWSS contract using PUT and desiring to perform a fresh install must open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 95 of 205
Ordering Guide
Obtaining License Information from the Unified CCX system From the Unified CCX istration menu bar, choose System > License Information > Display License(s). The License Information web page opens displaying the details of the configured license such as the license type, number of IVR ports, number of seats, maximum number of agents, and so on, as well as the actual license key itself. 4.11.5
A-la-carte Upgrades
A-la-carte upgrades are offered to customers who want to do one of the following:
Upgrade their Unified CCX to a new major release (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 STD) and have not purchased a UCSS or SWSS contract. There are 3 types of major release upgrades: direct, indirect and fresh install upgrades o
Direct Upgrades: only upgrades FROM release 7.0 or 8.0 TO 9.0 are ed for direct upgrades. The Unified CCX 9.0 upgrade process will ensure that all information (e.g. historical reporting data, configuration data, workflows, etc.) will be migrated to 9.0.
o
Indirect Upgrades: Upgrades FROM 3.x, 4.0, 4.5, 5.0 TO 9.0 will require an intermediate upgrades to 7.0 to ensure that all information will be migrated. Any such upgrade order will include all necessary intermediate upgrade Unified CCX media kits and licenses.
o
Example: Customer is upgrading from 4.0 to 9.0. Customer must upgrade 4.0 > 7.0 -> 9.0. Customer will receive media kits for 7.0 and 9.0 as well as upgrade license files for 7.0 and 9.0.
o
Fresh Installs. A new installation is needed in two cases: - Either an upgrade FROM 4.1 or 6.0 TO 9.0, which will require a fresh install of release 9.0 - Customer wanting to new hardware.
o
The customer will have to transfer their existing license file to the new hardware, and load the upgrade license files on top of that. Refer to the information in the box below on how to obtain the license file from the existing system. If the license file cannot be retrieved for whatever reason, please open a case with [email protected] to request a new, fresh install release 9.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) to obtain a fresh install license. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc.
Upgrade their Unified CCX seats to another package (e.g. Unified CCX 9.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 ENH). Note that adding the High Availability option to a Unified CCX system is not considered an upgrade, but an add-on. It is covered in chapter 4.11.3. There are three different types of seat upgrades:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 96 of 205
Ordering Guide
o
Standard to Enhanced
o
Standard to
o
Enhanced to
A combination of the above, i.e. a major release upgrade and a seat upgrade at the same time (e.g. Unified CCX 7.0 STD to Unified CCX 9.0 PRE).
Upgrade licenses are available in eDelivery (Cisco Recommended, but only available for direct upgrades, i.e. from 7.0 or later) or traditional physical delivery (all upgrades). They are described in sections 4.11.5.1 and 4.11.5.2 respectively. All upgrades must be ordered using the Product ID that specifies the release FROM which the customer is upgrading. It is important to order the correct product code, or else the upgrade license key will not work. Here are some example upgrade orders. The product IDs are described in detail in the following sections of this chapter. Example 1: Unified CCX 9.0 Standard to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has a Unified CCX 9.0 Standard system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a Standard to Enhanced seat upgrade only. No media is required in this case. Use product ID: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 9.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 STD-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 2: Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 HA Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 4.0 Enhanced HA to 9.0 HA. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. The correct Product IDs would be qty 1 for the HA standby server and qty X for however many Unified CCX 4.0 seats are being upgraded to Unified CCX 9.0. CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – Physical Delivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – HA ENH-HA PRE LICENSE ONLY
CCX40-90U-E-P-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 4.0 to 8.0 Qty 1 ENH-PRE Seat LICENSE ONLY
Example 3: Unified CCX 3.5 to Unified CCX 9.0 Customer is upgrading from Unified CCX 3.5 to Unified CCX 9.0. This is a combined major release and seat upgrade. For this order physical delivery is the only option. All required interim release media kits and PAKs will be shipped with the order. Customer will need to perform a 3.5->4.0->7.0->9.0 migration and will receive:
A 4.0 media kit but no PAK – customer must open a case with [email protected] to receive a 4.0 license and provide the SO#
A 7.0 media kit and an upgrade PAK for 4.0 to 7.0 upgrade
A 9.0 media kit and an upgrade PAK for 7.0 to 9.0 upgrade
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 97 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – pDelivery LICENSES ONLY
CCX3X-90-P-P-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 3.5 to 9.0 Qty 1 PRE-PRE Seat
Example 4: Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced to 9.0 Enhanced Customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 Enhanced non-HA system and wishes to a Unified CCX 9.0 Enhanced non-HA system. This case is a major release upgrade only and electronic delivery can be used. When using eDelivery SKUs, media will not be automatically added to the order. Media needs to be ordered separately, using CCX-90SRVRS-MEDIA (physical delivery) or R-CCX-90-MEDIA (electronic software delivery). Use product IDs: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
If the customer has an Unified CCX 7.0 HA system, upgrading to an 9.0 HA system, the HA upgrade product code would have to be added: L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – eDelivery LICENSES ONLY
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – 7.0 to 9.0 Qty 1 ENH-ENH Seat LICENSE ONLY
L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
CCX 9.0 UPGRADE – HA ENH-HA ENH LICENSE ONLY
4.11.5.1 Ordering UPGRADES via a la carte Electronic Delivery For eDelivery upgrade orders two separate Product IDs may need to be configured (media and licenses). Media is not needed for seat upgrades only, when the major release is unchanged. Media is needed when doing a major release upgrade. A la carte eDelivery upgrades are available only for customers upgrading from releases that direct upgrades (7.0 or 8.0). Releases that do not direct upgrades need to be configured for physical delivery (see section).
4.11.5.1.1 Media and/or servers If new servers and/or media kits are desired or required (see paragraphs above) one of the following product IDs must be configured. CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 98 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.5.1.2 Licenses Licenses MUST be ordered using the product codes below. Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
Any – top level SKU
Any
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
eDelivery PAK. This PAK is configured with the underlying agent upgrade quantities and types.
(no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-P-P-S1
7.0
L-CCX-70-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
8.0
L-CCX-80-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
8.5
L-CCX-85-90-PHA
eDelivery PAK
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-E-S1
Any
L-CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-S-S1
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-E-S1
When upgrading a HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent: When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
eDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 99 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
7.0
L-CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0
L-CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5
L-CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0
L-CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any
L-CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent: When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
eDelivery PAK
Note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0
4.11.5.2 Ordering UPGRADES via A La Carte Physical Delivery For pDelivery a la card upgrade orders the media are included in the license orders. So there is no need to order media separately.
4.11.5.2.1 Servers CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA
CCX 9.0 NEW Deployment-Appliances, Servers, Media Kits
CCX-90-SRVRS-MEDIA provides the option to configure both servers and include the media. Customers who do not require the servers can order only the required media through this product code, for physical delivery. PLEASE NOTE: Cisco Unified Computing Servers cannot be configured and ordered via the product ID below and must be configured and ordered separately. See chapter 12 of the CCBU Ordering Guide. When deploying Unified CCX on UCS servers, Unified CCX Media must still be ordered via one of the product codes above. There are four media kits that can be ordered using the product codes above. The following table specifies which one is needed with which licenses: Product Code
Contents – NO LICENSES
Used with which licenses
CCX-90MEDIAKIT-K9=
CCX 9.0 CCX Media Kit
Standard seat, Enhanced seat, seat, Enhanced High Availability, High Availability, Outbound IVR
CCX90CRMEDIAKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Compliance Recording Qty 1 Media Kit
Compliance Recording
CCX90AQMMEDKITK9=
CCX 9.0 Adv Quality Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Quality Management
CCX-90WFMMEDIAKIT=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Qty 1 Media Kit
Workforce Management
Advanced Quality Management
4.11.5.2.2 Licenses
Licenses MUST be ordered for upgrade orders. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 100 of 205
Ordering Guide
PLEASE NOTE: Upgrade PAKs cannot be provided for any release 3.x customer. As a result, customers upgrading from a 3.x release, must open a case with [email protected] to obtain a 4.0 license. Customers will need to provide entitlement details (e.g. SO#, PAK or existing license files) of the original 3.x system. Customers who are not able to provide either of these details should mail the request to [email protected], providing as much information about the original order as possible, e.g. time frame of order, customer/partner name, number of licenses ordered, etc., so that the original order details can be researched. Any release 4.0 or later customer does not have to open a case and the appropriate licenses will be provided in the order.
Upgrade Type
From Release
Order
What Ships
Any – top level SKU
Any
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
pDelivery PAK. This PAK is configured with the underlying agent upgrade quantities and types. Media kits
(no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-P-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-P-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-P-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-P-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-P-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-P-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-P-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-P-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-P-P-S1
When upgrading a HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Any
CCX-90-HA-P-P-U
Enhanced (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-E-E-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-E-E-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-E-E-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-E-E-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-E-E-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-E-E-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-E-E-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-E-E-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-E-E-S1
When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
Any
CCX-90-HA-E-E-U
Standard (no seat upgrade) – order for every agent:
3.x
CCX3X-90U-S-S-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-S-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-S-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-S-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-S-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-S-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-S-S1
pDelivery PAK
pDelivery PAK
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 101 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrade Type
STD-ENH Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
STD-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
ENH-PRE Seat Upgrade – order for every agent:
When upgrading an Enhanced HA system, also order qty 1 of:
From Release
Order
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-S-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-S-S1
3X
CCX3X-90U-S-E-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-E-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-E-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-E-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-E-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-E-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-E-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-E-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-E-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-S-E-S1
3.x
CCX3X-90U-S-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-S-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-S-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-S-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-S-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-S-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-S-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-S-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-S-P-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-S-P-S1
3X
CCX3X-90U-E-P-S1
4.0
CCX40-90U-E-P-S1
4.1
CCX41-90U-E-P-S1
4.5
CCX45-90U-E-P-S1
5.0
CCX50-90U-E-P-S1
6.0
CCX60-90U-E-P-S1
7.0
CCX70-90U-E-P-S1
8.0
CCX80-90U-E-P-S1
8.5
CCX85-90U-E-P-S1
9.0
CCX90-90U-E-P-S1
Any
CCX-90-HA-E-P-U
What Ships
pDelivery PAK
Please note that STD-PRE HA and STD-ENH HA upgrades are not available. HA has to be ordered as an add-on after upgrading the seats to Unified CCX 9.0.
4.11.5.3 Updating SWSS contract when upgrading Unified CCX licenses SWSS cannot be upgraded from one category to another (e.g. Standard to Enhanced). If the customer upgrades within the solution, they need to purchase SWSS for greater or equal value to cover the new version, then they can request a credit on the unused term of the original purchase from Customer Service. Please [email protected] for the External Credit Request Form to process the credit.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 102 of 205
Ordering Guide
A new PAK will be assigned for the new version and counts. Please [email protected] for questions regarding SWSS. 4.11.6
WFO and WFM Upgrades
WFO and WFM upgrades are tied to the version of the Unified CCX they are associated with.
4.11.6.1 UCSS/SWSS upgrades for WFO Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade CR/QM/AQM as described below: Upgrading from
Upgrading To
2.6.x, 2,7.x
9.0(1)
Order on PUT CCX-UPG-CR-70-90= CCX-UPG-QM-70-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.0(2)
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR-80-90= CCX-UPG-QM-80-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-70-90=
8.5.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-CR-85-90= CCX-UPG-QM-85-90= CCX-UPG-AQM-85-90=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery licenses.
4.11.6.2 A-la-carte Upgrades for CR/QM/AQM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS/SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required CR/QM/AQM versions. pDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
2.6(1)
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-70-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
2.6(2)
CS1($163)
(physical)
2.7(2)
QM: CCX-70-90U-Q-
2.7(3)
QS1($248) AQM: CCX-70-90U-AAS1($348)
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 103 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrading From CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-80-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: CCX-80-90U-QQS1($248) AQM: CCX-80-90U-AAS1($348) CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x
CR/QM/AQM
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: CCX-85-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: CCX-85-90U-QQS1($248) AQM: CCX-85-90U-AAS1($348)
eDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CR/QM/AQM
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
2.6(1)
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-70-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
2.6(2)
CS1($163)
(physical)
2.7(2)
QM: L-CCX-70-90U-Q-
2.7(3)
QS1($248) AQM:L- CCX-70-90U-AAS1($348)
CR/QM/AQM 8.0(2)
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-80-90U-C-
Upgrade licenses
CS1($163)
(physical)
QM: L-CCX-80-90U-QQS1($248) AQM:L- CCX-80-90U-AAS1($348) CR/QM/AQM 8.5.x
CR/QM/AQM
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
9.0(1)
CR: L-CCX-85-90U-C-CS1
Upgrade licenses
($163)
(physical)
QM: L-CCX-85-90U-Q-QS1 ($248) AQM: L-CCX-85-90U-AAS1($348)
4.11.6.3 Upgrading WFM using the Product ol (PUT) Customers who have a valid UCSS or SWSS contract can upgrade WFM as described below:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 104 of 205
Ordering Guide
Upgrading from
Upgrading To
Order on PUT
8.2.x, 8.3.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-70-90=
8.3.4
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-80-90=
8.5.x
9.0(1)
CCX-UPG-WFM-85-90=
Ordering the above part numbers on PUT results in shipment of the physical media and pDelivery upgrade licenses.
4.11.6.4 A-la-carte Upgrades for WFM Customers who do not have a valid ESW/UCSS or SWSS contract can use a-la-carte upgrades to order the required WFM versions. pDelivery Licenses Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CCX 7.0
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-70-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.0
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.5
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
eDelivery Upgrading From
Upgrading To
Order
What Ships
CCX 7.0
CCX 9.0
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.2.x, 8.3.x
WFM 9.0(1)
L-CCX-70-90U-W-
Upgrade licenses
WS1 ($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.0
CCX 9.0
L-CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.3(4)
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-80-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275)
(physical)
CCX 8.5
CCX 9.0
CCX-90-UPG-LIC
Media kits and
WFM 8.5.x
WFM 9.0(1)
CCX-85-90U-W-WS1
Upgrade licenses
($275
(physical)
4.11.7
Unified CCX Promotional Bundle
Cisco is providing a limited time promotional offer for a Cisco Unified CCX system with NEW purchase of Cisco Unified Communication Manager (Unified CM) or Cisco Business Edition 6000 (BE 6000). The existing 5-seat promotional bundle has been expanded to include 10/25 Enhanced seats or 10/25 seats. However, only one bundle can be chosen and promotional bundles cannot be combined. PLEASE NOTE: Entitlement for the underlying appliance operating system and database Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 105 of 205
Ordering Guide
is included as part of the 10/25 seat bundles. Ordering CCX-90-5E provides the operating system and database entitlement for the 5 seat Unified CCX Enhanced promo bundle that is provided with new orders of the BE 6000 and Unified CM. Note that promo bundles cannot be combined – for e.g. customers cannot combine the 5 seat promo bundle with the new 10/25 seat promo bundle to create a 15/30 seat deployment. If additional seats are required, please configure the CCX-90-ADDON-LIC or the L-CCX-90-ADDON-LIC part number to order the required number of seats.
Product Number
Description
List Price (USD)
CCX-90-5E Entitlement SKU for 5-seat promo bundle
$2,995
CCX-90-10E CCX 9.0 10 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$7,895
CCX-90-25E CCX 9.0 25 Enhanced Seat Bundle
$22,395
CCX-90-10P CCX 9.0 10 Seat Bundle
$13,095
CCX-90-25P CCX 9.0 25 Seat Bundle
$34,495
The Unified CCX bundle must be on a separated server if MCS servers are being deployed. CCX-90-ADDON or L-CCX-90-ADDON can be configured to add additional seats or options such as HA or WFO to the 10/25 seat promo bundles. Please refer to http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/sell/promotions/cucce_bundle.html for information on the bundle and to http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer. Please read http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_promotions_list. html for Q&A on this promotional offer if this is your first time positioning it. PLEASE NOTE: For Unified CM, customers are entitled to one and only one bundle per Unified CM cluster. Example: Customer orders a three Unified CM cluster and receive three bundles, one for each Unified CM ordered. The customer is entitled to deploy one and only one bundle on that cluster. The three bundles received may not be aggregated on that cluster. The other two bundles received may also not be used on any other cluster. Software Services (SWSS) are NOT INCLUDED with this bundle. Purchasing SWSS for Unified Communications Manager does NOT provide SWSS for the Unified CCX bundle. You must separately purchase SWSS for Unified CCX. 4.11.8
New and Add On Product IDs When Ordering from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners
The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 106 of 205
Ordering Guide
wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco. Please note only eDelivery licenses are available. Product Number
Description
List Price
L-CCX-90-P-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$18,500
L-CCX-90-PHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW HA Server LICENSE ONLY
$14,995
L-CCX-90-P-1SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$1,850
L-CCX-90-P-10SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$18,500
L-CCX-90-P-25SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$46,250
L-CCX-90-P-50SL=
CCX 9.0 PRE Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$92,500
L-CCX-90-E-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENH Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$12,500
L-CCX-90-EHA-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW ENHANCED HA Server LICENSE ONLY
$8,995
L-CCX-90-E-1SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$1,250
L-CCX-90-E-10SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$12,500
L-CCX-90-E-25SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$31,250
L-CCX-90-E-50SL=
CCX 9.0 ENH Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$62,500
L-CCX-90-S-L=
CCX 9.0 NEW STANDARD Server and 10 Seats LICENSE ONLY
$3,950
L-CCX-90-S-1SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$395
L-CCX-90-S-10SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$3,950
L-CCX-90-S-25SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$9,875
L-CCX-90-S-50SL=
CCX 9.0 STD Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$19,750
L-CCX-90-CR1SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$325
L-CCX-90-CR10SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$3,250
L-CCX-90-CR25SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$8,125
L-CCX-90-CR50SL=
CCX 9.0 CR Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$16,250
L-CCX-90-QM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$495
L-CCX-90-QM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$4,950
L-CCX-90-QM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$12,375
L-CCX-90-QM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Quality Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$24,750
L-CCX-90-AQM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$695
L-CCX-90-AQM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$6,950
L-CCX-90-AQM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$17,375
L-CCX-90-AQM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Advanced Quality Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$34,750
L-CCX-90-WFM1SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 1 LICENSE ONLY
$550
L-CCX-90-WFM10SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 10 LICENSE ONLY
$5,500
L-CCX-90-WFM25SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 25 LICENSE ONLY
$13,750
L-CCX-90-WFM50SL=
CCX 9.0 Workforce Manager Seat Qty 50 LICENSE ONLY
$27,500
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 107 of 205
Ordering Guide
4.11.9
Non-production licenses
4.11.9.1 NFR Kit Product IDs Please note that the Unified CCX NFR kit is included in the UC NFR kit. The table below contains the Unified CCX only NFR Kit product ID, for physical or electronic delivery.
Product Number
Description
List Price
CCX-90-NFR=
CCX 9.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, QM, AQM, WFM.
$100
R-CCX-90-NFR=
CCX 9.0 NFR Kit: PRE HA 6 seats Pre IB/OB/email, CR, AQM, WFM
$100
NFR Kit Product IDs
4.11.9.2 Customer Non-Production Systems Unified CCX 9.0 does not at this time provide product IDs for purchase of customer nonproduction systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 4.11.10 Nuance Speech Solutions with Cisco Unified Center Express and Unified IP IVR Select automated speech recognition (ASR) and text-to-speech (TTS) solutions from Nuance can now be sold for Cisco Unified Center Express (Unified CCX) and Unified IP IVR under Cisco’s SolutionsPlus program. This is an extension of the existing Nuance SolutionsPlus program with Cisco Unified Customer Voice Portal (Unified CVP), and therefore selling Nuance for Unified CCX under SolutionsPlus is limited to CVP ATP certified partners. Nuance SolutionsPlus products are available only with the Cisco Unified CCX package. Under the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco now provides orderability for the Nuance Recognizer (Tier 2, 3, and 4) ASR products and the Nuance Vocalizer TTS product. This enables customers to purchase these core Nuance products from Cisco – allowing Cisco sales quota retirement – with Nuance providing order fulfillment and product . It is also possible to purchase Nuance maintenance contracts through Cisco. Please note that SolutionsPlus is not an OEM, meaning that these are Nuance products ed by Nuance; hence there is no Cisco maintenance. Cisco sales teams and CVP ATP certified partners who are considering placing orders for Nuance products for Unified CCX through Cisco should adhere to the following guidelines:
Nuance should be brought into the deal early, as they must validate the order and deployment plan before the order will be approved. Ensure the customer executes the End License Agreement (EULA) for the Nuance products with Nuance, not Cisco. Ensure the customer understands that for the Nuance products is provided
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 108 of 205
Ordering Guide
by Nuance – not Cisco – under a Nuance warranty. All Nuance products ordered through Cisco will be placed on Compliance Hold until Nuance approves/accepts the deal and the deal is approved through the CCBU Assessment to Quality (A2Q) process. There is no VIP for Nuance products ordered through Cisco, nor is there any discounting beyond the standard partner discount (e.g., DSA discounts are not available)
Additional information on the Cisco SolutionsPlus program with Nuance is located on the Unified CVP “Partner Resources” page at www.cisco.com/go/cvp. Cisco Unified CCX 8.5 and earlier releases Unified CCX 8.5 and earlier releases are end of sales and end of software maintenance. No new systems or add-ons can be ordered anymore. Unified CCX End of Life notices are here: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/sw/custcosw/ps1846/prod_eol_notices_list.html.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 109 of 205
Ordering Guide
5. Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) This section provides licensing and ordering information for Unified Center Enterprise solution. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
5.1
Overview of Unified CCE Licensing
Unified CCE licensing structure consists of the following primary and additional components: ●
Primary Unified CCE Licenses
1. Unified CCE Server Licenses (includes all Unified CCE server components) 2. Unified CCE Agent Licenses ●
Additional Unified CCE Licenses
3. Third Party IVR Licenses 4. Consideration for Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases For information on ordering the Customer Collaboration Suite (UCCE and CVP) as part of the Collaboration Enterprise Agreement, please send inquiries to [email protected] or your Cisco team. 5.1.1
Primary Unified CCE Licensing
Unified CCE Server Licenses and Unified CCE Agent Licenses are needed for all Unified CCE systems.
5.1.1.1
Unified CCE Server Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Server Licenses. There are three (3) categories of Unified CCE Server Licenses: Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
5.1.1.1.1
Unified CCE Server Licenses for Voice Applications
Each Unified CCE system for voice applications requires the purchase of one (1) Unified CCE Server License (whether the Unified CCE system is deployed on one or multiple servers). A single system is defined a (redundant) router/logger. The Unified CCE Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified CCE voice deployments, specifically: ●
Redundant Router
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 110 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Redundant Logger
●
Redundant Unified Communications Manager Peripheral Gateway(s)
●
Redundant IVR Peripheral Gateway(s) for connection to Cisco IVR systems (i.e. CVP and Unified IP IVR). Note: Non-Cisco IVRs require Third part IVR port licenses.
●
Redundant Unified CCE System Peripheral Gateway
●
istrative Workstation(s)
●
Historical Database server(s)
●
Internet Script Editor (ISE) Server and ISE Connections
●
Application Gateway
●
NICs (AT&T , SS7, Unisource, TIM, CRSP , NTL, Nortel)
●
Network (Sigtran) gateways (ITU, AT&T and INAP)
●
Redundant CTI Server for third-party CTI connections (Note: Only for non-agent
2
3
4
desktop application) ●
Network Transfer
●
Remote Silent Monitor software. Note that in order to deploy this feature additional Device License Units (DLUs) licenses are required on the Unified Communications Manager, as RSM connects to UCM as a bank of 7941 phones, one for each simultaneous monitoring session.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Server License for Voice Applications and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CENTER ENTERPRISE SERVER LICENSE
$15,000.00
Unified CCE Server License IPCE-SVR
Note:
There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination
with Unified CCE such as Cisco Finesse, Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP), Unified IP IVR, Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager, Unified Web Interaction Manager, Unified Center Management Portal (CCMP) and Unified Intelligent Management (ICM) components. These need to be purchased separately. Please refer to respective sections of this guide for additional licensing structure and ordering information for these components. Note:
Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView has been disabled and not ed.
s are required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see Chapter 14 for more information. 2
AT&T NIC along with AT&T Network gateway can be used to connect only with Signling gateway. Information on connections to third party signaling gateways are available on request..
3
When using the CRSP NIC to connect to a carrier network, the carrier is required to purchase an IPCC Hosted NIC (IPCH-NIC) license to acquire the right to use the CRSP specification. See section 9.1.1.
4
SS7, Unisource and TIM INAP NICs should be used with appropriate Network gateway to connect with either a Signaling gateway or Cisco PGW softswitch. This NIC license can be used in a carrier/service provider environment, but only for internal service provider centers and not for offering hosted or managed services. For Hosted or managed services Hosted IPCC licenses are required.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 111 of 205
Ordering Guide
5.1.1.1.2
Unified CCE Server Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM)
Each Unified CCE system for e-mail interaction management requires the purchase of one (1) Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified EIM system is deployed on one or multiple servers). The Unified EIM Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified EIM deployments, specifically: ●
One (1) Services Server
●
One or more Application Servers
●
One or more Web Servers
●
One Messaging and File Server
●
One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses – Basic and Advanced. The following table summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations. E-Mail Interaction Feature
Basic
Advanced
Routing and Queuing of E-Mail Messages. Push or pull routing.
HTML e-mail (incoming and outgoing)
Acknowledgements, Auto-responses and Suggested responses
Spell Check
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services
DB Only
Many
Attachment Handling (inbound and outbound). Agents may attach files from their desktops or knowledgebase.
Extensive knowledgebase integrated with agent desktop
Outbound workflows – allow for approval of outbound e-mail
Custom Roles
Multiple Partitions and Departments – allow data separation and separate istration
Universal Queue* – Use CCE scripts to route e-mail to agents who are not on voice calls
Multichannel (e-mail and voice) reporting* through Intelligence Center
* Universal Queue and multichannel reporting available from version 4.3.
The table below lists the Unified EIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$3,000
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$5,000
Unified EIM Server License
For deployments that include Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager on the same hardware, all EIM and WIM licenses must be of the same class. Advanced and Basic licenses may not be combined.
5.1.1.1.3
Unified CCE Server Licenses for Web Interaction Manager (WIM)
Each Unified CCE system for Web interaction management requires the purchase of one (1) Unified Web Interaction Manager Server License (whether the Unified WIM system is deployed on one or multiple servers).
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 112 of 205
Ordering Guide
The Unified WIM Server license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for Unified WIM deployments, specifically: ●
One (1) Services Server
●
One or more Application Servers
●
One or more Web Servers
●
One Messaging and File Server
●
One Database Server
There are two types of server licenses – Basic and Advanced. The following table summarizes the functionality provided by these configurations. Web Interaction Feature
Basic
Advanced
Routing and queuing of chat requests
URL Pushing – Share simple web pages
Transcripts – Chat transcript can be automatically e-mailed to customer
Integrated, searchable knowledge base
Single desktop for multi-session or single-session chat, e-mail
Spell-check, Profanity Filter (Blocked word list)
Data adapters to integrate with databases, HTTP, Web Services
DB Only
Many
Custom Roles
Multiple Departments – separate istration (data not separated)
Note:
Web callback will require Unified CCE voice application licenses, in additional to
the Unified WIM licenses. The table below lists the Unified WIM Server Licenses for Unified CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BCOL-SVR
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$1,500
IPCE-ACOL-SVR
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$2,500
Unified WIM Server License
5.1.1.2
Unified CCE Agent Licenses
Each Unified CCE system requires the purchase of Unified CCE Agent Licenses. All Unified CCE Agent licenses are based on concurrent logged-in agents or supervisors. A Unified CCE Agent license is needed for each logged-in agent or supervisor (independent of whether they are ready to take a call or whether they are on a call.) Note:
Unified CCE Agent Licenses apply to s of various agent desktop or
supervisor desktops. Other s, such as istrative Workstation s, CUIC or Internet Script Editor s do not require the purchase of separate licenses. There are different categories of Unified CCE Agent Licenses: ●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound Option
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
●
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 113 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications
5.1.1.2.1
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
New CCE Customer must purchase the Unified CCE Agent licenses, which allow deployment of the Finesse desktop for agents and supervisors. Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD), Cisco Supervisor Desktop (CSD), and CTI-OS have started Cisco End-Of-Life Process and as of July 2015, are end-of-sale: http://www.cisco.com/c/en/us/products/collateral/customer-collaboration/unified-center-enterprise/eos-eol-notice-c51-733718.html Legacy Unified CCE Agent licenses (Standard, Enhanced) and legacy desktops (CAD, CTI OS) as part of the CCE Agent license are no longer for sale for new Unified CCE customers. In certain circumstances they can still be ordered for existing Unified CCE customers, to expand their existing systems. Some detail on legacy and current Unified CCE Agent licenses for Voice Applications: ●
Agent (current): There are three different types of Agent licenses, two legacy, end of sale for new deployments, one current. At ordering time, the customer has the option to choose between the different agent desktop packages by choosing the appropriate media kit. ●
Cisco Finesse Agent Desktop (current). Section 7 of this Ordering Guide includes information on ordering the Cisco Finesse server software. A Agent license entitles the customer to use either Finesse IPPA, the Finesse Browser Desktop Application, or a custom application based on the Finesse API
●
Cisco CTI OS Toolkit Desktop (legacy). Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to deploy CTI OS.
●
Cisco Agent Desktop or Cisco Supervisor Desktop (legacy). Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to deploy CAD/CSD.
Cisco Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with Agent licenses ●
Enhanced Agent Licenses (legacy): The Enhanced Agent license includes the Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop or the Enhanced Cisco Supervisor Desktop. Select the CAD media kit when ordering Enhanced Agent licenses. Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to buy Enhanced Agent Licenses.
●
Standard Agent License (legacy)s: The Standard Agent license includes the Cisco Finesse IP Phone Agent (IPPA) or Standard Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) and the Standard Cisco Supervisor Desktop (CSD). Select either the Finesse Server SW license or CAD media kit when ordering Standard Agent licenses. The Standard Agent License entitles a customer to use Finesse IPPA. A customer with this license is not entitled to use the Finesse Browser Desktop Application or a custom application based on the Finesse API.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 114 of 205
Ordering Guide
Customers who do not already have Unified CCE agent licenses are not entitled to buy Standard Agent Licenses.
CRM Agent licenses (legacy): CRM connectors are now provided from SolutionsPlus partners. See the SolutionsPlus chapter for more details.
Upgrade and migration licenses to move from one license type to another are described in section 5.3.1.
The table below lists the Unified Agent Licenses for voice applications and prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
$1,100.00
Legacy: Choice of:
Unified CCE Agent Licenses IPCE-STDAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT
Cisco Finesse IP Phone Agent Cisco Agent Desktop – Standard Edition IPCE-ENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT
$1,500.00
IPCE-PREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE AGENT
$1,700.00
Legacy: Cisco Agent Desktop – Enhanced Edition
(Includes CCMP license)
Choice of: Current: Cisco Finesse Desktop Legac:- Cisco Toolkit Desktop Legac:- Cisco Agent Desktop
Notes: ●
For Unified CCE deployments, Cisco Agent Desktop types may not be mixed on the same peripheral. For example, if a peripheral contains some Cisco Agent Desktop Licenses, all agents on that peripheral must be Cisco Agent Desktop Licenses.
●
It is possible to deploy Cisco Agent Desktop, CTI Toolkit, or Cisco Finesse on the same peripheral. For example, a peripheral can contain both CTI Toolkit Agents and Cisco Agent Desktop agents (standard, enhanced, or ). Be aware that when this configuration is deployed, that the Cisco Agent Desktop agents will work only with the Cisco Supervisor Desktop, where as CTI Toolkit and Finesse agents will work only with the CTI Toolkit or Finesse Supervisor Desktop. Toolkit or Finesse Supervisors cannot manage CAD agents and vice versa. Also other functions such as chat and silent monitoring will only work for teams using the same desktop type. Note that all Cisco Agent Desktop agents on this peripheral must be the same type, as you cannot mix Cisco Agent Desktop agent types on a single peripheral. For example, Cisco Agent Desktop agents may not be mixed on the same peripheral with Standard Cisco Agent Desktop agents.
●
for Cisco IP Phone Agent, Cisco Agent Desktop Browser Edition is bundled into the purchase of Standard, Enhanced, or Cisco Agent Desktop license purchase and if a customer has purchased these licenses, no separate license purchase is needed to acquire these capabilities. These capabilities are not included when Cisco Tool Kit Option is selected under Agent License.
●
Mobile Agent is included with any Finesse, CAD or CTI Toolkit license.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 115 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
CRM Agents can be mixed on a peripheral with any other type of agent license. However, note that only Finesse or CTI Toolkit supervisors can supervise a CRM Agent. Cisco Supervisor Desktop cannot be used to supervise a CRM Agent.
●
Unified Center Management Portal is included with each new CCE or CRM agent purchased. One IPCE-PORTALAGT-L license will be provided with each new CCE or CRM Agent purchased.
●
CCMP upgrade licenses (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L) must be purchased to use Unified Center Management Portal for all CCE agents purchased prior to st
August 1 , 2007 as well as for all CCE Standard or Enhanced agent types regardless of time of purchase.
5.1.1.2.2
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound Option
Unified CCE Outbound Option requires purchase of at least Unified CCE Enhanced or Agent voice application licenses and the appropriate number of Dialer Port Licenses. Each Dialer Port license allows the dialer to make a single simultaneous call. The Dialer Port license, licenses the use of the Unified CCE Dialer components (such as the dialer and campaign manager). No additional Unified Communications Manager licenses are required for the Dialer. Note:
Unified CCE Standard Agent licenses for voice applications will not
Outbound Option. The ratio between Dialer Port licenses and Unified CCE Agent licenses for outbound agents depends on the types of outbound dialing required: ●
For predictive dialing, the typical ratio of ports to agents is 1.5:1, but may depend on the specific campaign settings and circumstances.
●
For progressive dialing, the typical ratio is 1:1
●
For preview dialing, it might be sufficient to have slightly less port licenses than agent licenses.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Dialer Port license and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CC ENTERPRISE DIALER PORT
$600.00
Unified CCE Outbound licenses IPCE-DIALPORT-L
5.1.1.2.3
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for E-Mail Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to respond to e-mail messages (independent of whether they are handling an e-mail interaction or not). There are two types of EIM agent licenses for Unified CCE – Basic and Advanced. Please see section 5.1.1.1.2 for a summary of the differences between Basic and Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of license – Basic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced agent licenses). All server and agent licenses must be of the same class – you may not Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 116 of 205
Ordering Guide
deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic server license. The table below lists the Unified EIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$2,500
Unified EIM Agent Licenses
5.1.1.2.4
Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Web Interaction Manager
All Unified CCE Agent licenses for Web Interaction Manager (EIM) are based on concurrent logged-in agents. Each agent needs a license when they are logged-in to respond to web interaction tasks (independent of whether they are handling a session or not). There are two types of WIM agent licenses for Unified CCE—Basic and Advanced. Please see section 5.1.1.1.3 for a summary of the differences between Basic and Advanced configurations. Note that a single deployment may have only one class of license—Basic or Advanced (i.e. you may not have some basic and some advanced agent licenses as part of the same deployment). All server and agent licenses must be of the same class—you may not deploy advanced agent licenses on a server with a basic server license. The table below lists the Unified WIM Agent Licenses for CCE and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,000
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
Unified EIM Agent Licenses
5.1.1.2.5
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications
A blended license is a license for a single CCE agent who can be using (i.e. logged in for) multiple media at the same time. Blended licenses are available in combination of 2 or 3 of the following: CCE voice agent (Finesse, Toolkit, or CAD), email or web. Although the same can be achieved by buying separate voice, EIM, and WIM licenses, the price level for the blended licenses is lower as compared to the equivalent aggregate cost of individual licenses. All Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents, irrespective of whether they are handling a voice, email or chat session or not. A blended agent may work on 2 or 3 channels at once or on one channel at a time and switch back and forth between multiple channels. There is an important mandatory condition on the use of the blended licenses. They are intended for s who want to multichannel-enable ALL agents. It is therefore not allowed to mix the blended licensing model and the traditional multichannel licenses on a single EIM-WIM system (single cluster). If there is more than one EIM WIM system in a deployment then the licensing type must still be homogeneous within each EIM-WIM system, but can be heterogeneous among the multiple EIM WIM systems, i.e. one EIM Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 117 of 205
Ordering Guide
WIM system may have only traditional multichannel licenses and other EIM WIM system may have only blended licenses. Examples: Allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster. 100 agents on system, 50 of which have a voice license, 25 have a blended voice/email license, and 25 have a blended voice/web license.
Single CCE system with 2 EIM-WIM clusters. 1000 agents on the system. 500 do voice only with a CCE agent license. 200 agents on EIM-WIM cluster 1 doing voice, email and web using 200 blended licenses. 300 agents on EIM-WIM cluster 2. Of these 300 agents, 150 do email only with an email only license. 150 do web and voice and need a separate voice and web license. Alternatively the 300 agents on cluster 2 could have been licensed with 150 blended voice/email licenses and 150 blended voice/web licenses. This second option is cheaper.
Not allowed deployments:
Single CCE system with single EIM-WIM cluster with 350 agents. 100 agents doing voice only, 200 email only agents licensed with email only license, and 50 agents attempting blended web/voice. These latter 50 agents cannot use the blended licensing model, unless the 200 email agents also get a blended voice/email license.
The table below lists the Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses and their prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses IPCE-BEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,100
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
$2,300
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
$2,000
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,500
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$ 2,300
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L
5.1.1.2.6
$ 3,300
eGain Multichannel offering for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The eGain for Cisco SolutionsPlus offering is an integrated offering for end- driven multichannel management for Cisco powered centers. This offering makes center operations more productive by enabling end s to be more agile, to reduce costs, and to deliver improved customer experience. Types of solutions offered: cloud service or perpetual license The eGain for Cisco SolutionsPlus offering is available in two different models: as a cloud service and as a perpetual license for deploying the software on the customer premises.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 118 of 205
Ordering Guide
Similar functionality is offered through either model. The cloud offer requires a minimal two year term, paid upfront, with optional annual extensions. The fee for the cloud offer includes the licenses as well as the operational cost. The license model features different types of licenses dependent on the product:
Volume-based licenses for web applications Volume-based licenses are perpetual licenses that license the system for a certain maximum capacity; expressed as the number of sessions it can handle every month. For example, a license for 20,000 Chatbot sessions a month is a perpetual license that licenses the system for a maximum capacity of 20,000 Chatbot sessions each month. If during any month a higher number of Chatbot sessions are needed, a license for the additional capacity must be purchased.
-based licenses for Center applications There are two types of -based licenses, depending on the product: o
o
Concurrent logged-in agents: This refers to the number of allowed concurrently logged-in agents according to the license requirement. For example, an eGain Mail application that is licensed for 200 concurrent agents, can have no more than 200 agents logged into the system (i.e. whether they are handling emails or are idle) at any given point in time. Named or configured agents: This refers to the number of individual, named agents ( IDs) configured in the system, independent of whether they are actually using the system. For example, when an eGain Cobrowse system is licensed for 200 named agents, a maximum of 200 individual s have the potential to setup Cobrowse sessions. Named licenses are available only for Cobrowse when purchased as a single product (and not in conjunction with chat). All other eGain products utilize concurrent or site based licensing
Ordering All eGain products can be ordered via the top level SKU IPCE-EGAIN-K9 and IPCEEGAIN-ADD-K9. Use the IPCE-EGAIN for new orders and IPCE-EGAIN-ADDON if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. The distinction between the two is the enforcement of the minimal contract duration of 2 years for cloud orders and minimal order size for licenses on the first SKU. Concurrent or named agent product SKUs have CN or NM at the end of the SKU names for easy identification in the ordering tool and guide. Products based on number of sessions, offers, or surveys have a 10K, 20K, 25K, or 50K at the end of the SKU name. All purchased eGain SolutionsPlus products need to go through the A2Q process. Nonproduction suites (NFR) contain all eGain products for Cisco SolutionsPlus. Non-production Licenses The non-production suites come standard with permanent licenses for 50 agents. The non-production suite for end-customers can only be purchased in addition to a regular production system.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 119 of 205
Ordering Guide
Maximum Allowed Discounts The maximum allowed discounts that can be offered when selling eGain SolutionsPlus products are the contracted partner resale discounts. Any order with additional discounts will not be honored and released from Compliance Hold, without written permission from eGain. Maintenance and For more information regarding eGain product upgrades, services, and , visit http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/. Note: Only Cisco Media Blender related inquiries should go through Cisco TAC. Integration with Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) The eGain SolutionsPlus offerings, i.e. both on premise and cloud offerings are only available when integrated with Unified CCE, Packaged CCE, or Hosted Collaboration Solution (HCS).. Cisco does not consider eGain opportunities through SolutionsPlus where there are no immediate ties to a Unified CCE system or opportunity. Cisco has no rights to resell eGain licenses for such unconnected deals. eGain Chat, Video Chat, and Mail integrate to Unified CCE with no additional Unified CCE licenses required for the integration. So in other words, if you have a Unified CCE system with or without voice agent licenses, you can integrate with eGain for Chat, Video Chat, and Mail routing. Cisco provides the Cisco Media Blender software for free when eGain Chat or Video Chat is ordered. Therefore when an order is placed for eGain Chat or Video Chat, the Cisco Media Blender software will automatically be shipped (i.e. on separate media with its own license certificate) along with the SolutionsPlus Right to Use Notification to customers. SKU for the Cisco Media Blender and Right to Use Notification certificate are IPCE-EGAN-CMB and IPCE-EGAN-LC respectively, but will be added to the order automatically when ordering eGain Chat or Video Chat. Note: CMB is only needed for Web/Scheduled Callback functionality. For instance, Cisco Media Blender is not needed for regular click to chat or email. However, When EIM/WIM 11.0 is used, CMB is not required for any functionality. E-Mail and Web Interaction Manager (EIM-WIM) customers eGain SolutionsPlus products cannot be sold as add-ons to EIM WIM. If customers want “additional” eGain products/functionality outside of email and chat, eGain SolutionsPlus is the way to go. Customers looking to explore this option further should eGain to discuss potential choices. There are some similarities as well as differences between EIM-WIM and eGain SolutionsPlus. EIM-WIM offers basic and advance email and chat capabilities whereas eGain Chat and Email offers all advanced capabilities. EIM-WIM 9.0 uses eGain version 11 as its code base, which is the same in the eGain SolutionsPlus products. EIM-WIM Advanced is a subset of eGain Mail and Chat. eGain Sales Engagement Cisco teams must involve eGain on every SolutionsPlus sale opportunity to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 120 of 205
Ordering Guide
ensure the needed expertise is present during customer engagement. For additional information, visit http://www.egain.com/ciscosolutionsplus/ eGain on-prem licenses Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) for minimum initial purchase
Unit
Volume-based Applications Base Products IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K
eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website visitors. Includes Guided Help IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K eGain Chatbot - For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, and community knowledge harvesting IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-1T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 1: 5 searches / 10K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-2T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 2: 20 searches / 100K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-3T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 3: 40 searches / 250K mentions per month IPCE-EGAN-SOCM-4T eGain Social Monitoring Tier 4: 100 searches / 2.5M mentions per month Optional ADD-ON Products
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-SSA-10K
Description eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-SSA-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-CTB-10K eGain Chatbot (Virtual Assistant) – For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-CTB-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-COM-10K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, community knowledge harvesting Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-COM-20K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-OFF-25K eGain Offers – Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-OFF-50K in order to buy this add-on product -based Center Applications
List Price ($US) $21,250
Unit 10,000 sessions/month
$21,250
10,000 sessions/month
$21,250
10,000 sessions/month
$9,825
25,000 presented contentbased offers / month
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-MAIL-CN
Description eGain Mail - Email management
List Price ($US) $2,125
Unit Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-CHT-CN
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers)
$2,125
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-VCHT-CN
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat
$3,550
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-COB-NM
eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form-filling (stand alone, does not include Chat)
$1,250
Named agent
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
$42,500
20,000 sessions/month
$19,500
50,000 presented contentbased offers/month
$7,900
5 searches / 10K mentions per month 20 searches / 100K mentions per month 40 searches / 250K mentions per month 100 searches / 2.5M mentions per month
$23,600 $53,750 $131,000
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 121 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-KA-CN
eGain KnowledgeAgent - KnowledgeAgent $2,125 Advanced (includes guided help)
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-CTK-CN
Case management (Call Track) + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help)
$2,125
Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-SOC-CN
Social case management
$1,425
Concurrent agent
List Price ($US) $3,875
Unit Concurrent agent
IPCE-EGAN-MACHCN
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers)
$2,975
IPCE-EGAN-MCCOCN
eGain Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse
$3,300
IPCE-EGAN-MLTI-CN
eGain Multichannel Agent - CallTrack + Mail + Social + Chat + Video Chat + Cobrowse + KnowledgeAgent Advanced Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail
$7,875
Concurrent agent. Must buy same number of licenses of each product Concurrent agent. Must buy same number of licenses of each product Concurrent agent
$4,525
Concurrent agent
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-NFR-EC
Description NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS – For Development / Test / Staging Environments for end customers
List Price ($US) $3,275
Unit Per additionally installed system beyond the production environment
IPCE-EGAN-NFR-
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS – For Development / Test / Staging Environments for Partners. Single system with all functionality, limited in volume
$0
Per installed system
Blended eGain Agent Desktop Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-SCHT-CN
IPCE-EGAN-CKM-CN Non-Production Suites
eGain cloud services eGain cloud services are listed below. All eGain cloud services can be ordered via the top level SKU IPCE-EGAIN-K9 and IPCE-EGAIN-ADD-K9. Note, effective June 13, 2015, customers may purchase an initial one year contract instead of the previous minimum two-year contract term. To purchase an initial one contract, customers must select the add-on products which include a one-year contract term. Further, eGain cloud services require a $50,000 per year minimum for any cloud services purchased. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) for minimum initial purchase
Unit
Volume-based Applications IPCE-EGAN-C-SS10K
IPCE-EGAN-C-VA-10K
eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website visitors. Includes Guided Help eGain Virtual Assist - For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations
IPCE-EGAN-C-CY-10K eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, and community knowledge harvesting IPCE-EGAN-C-CO-10K eGain Offers - Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$51,900
10,000 Session / month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
$19,750
25,000 Presented contentbased offer/ month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 122 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-C-SM-5T
eGain Social Monitoring: Enables companies to connect with their customers in a vital and immediate way by eliciting at various points of Optional ADD-ON Products
$2,625
5 Topics/month. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SS
Description eGain SelfService Advanced - Enables organizations to provide distinctive, productive and guided self-service experiences to website. Note: Must have already purchasedIPCE-EGAN-C-SS10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-VA eGain Chatbot (Virtual Assistant) – For avatar-based, brand-aligned natural language conversations. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-VA10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CY eGain Community - For creation and management of online communities or forums, community knowledge harvesting Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-CY-10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CO eGain Offers – Delivers proactive, realtime, rule-based content offers to website visitors. Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-CO-10K in order to buy this add-on product IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SM eGain Social Monitoring: Enables companies to connect with their customers in a vital and immediate way by eliciting at various points of Note: Must have already purchased IPCE-EGAN-C-SM-5T in order to buy this add-on product -based Center Applications
List Price ($US) $25,950
Unit 10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$25,950
10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$25,950
10,000 sessions/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$9,825
25,000 presented contentbased offers / month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
$1,325
5 Topics/month. Price is for a one year contract extension.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-C-CM-CN
List Price ($US) $3,900
Unit Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term. Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-C-ML-CN
Description eGain Case Manager - Case management + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help) eGain Mail - Email management
IPCE-EGAN-C-SO-CN
eGain Social - Social case management $2,725
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-C-CT-CN
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall
$3,900
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$6,400
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$2,600
Named . Price is for a two year contract term.
$3,900
Concurrent . Price is for a two year contract term.
$0
No cost with the purchase of other eGain products
IPCE-EGAN-C-VC-CN
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat+ ClickToCall IPCE-EGAN-C-COB-CN eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form-filling (stand alone, does not include Chat) IPCE-EGAN-C-KA-CN eGain KnowledgeAgent KnowledgeAgent Advanced (includes guided help) N/A eGain Analytics - Comprehensive reports, real-time monitors, dashboards, and alarms for operational performance management Optional ADD-ON P Blended eGain Agent Desktop Products
$3,900
Product Numbers
Description
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CM
eGain Case Manager - Case management + Knowledge Agent (but not guided help). eGain Mail - Email management.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
eGain Social - Social case management.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-ML
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SO
List Price ($US)
Unit
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 123 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CT
eGain Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
eGain Video Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat+ ClickToCall. IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-COB eGain Cobrowse - Shared web browsing and secure form filling (stand alone, does not include Chat). IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-KA eGain KnowledgeAgent KnowledgeAgent Advanced (includes guided help). ). Blended eGain Agent Desktop
$3,150
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,300
Named . Price is for a one year contract.
$1,950
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-C-SC-CN
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Video Chat + Cobrowse. eGain Mail and Chat - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall
List Price ($US) $7,825
eGain Mail, chat , and Cobrowse - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse + ClickToCall
$6,600
Unit Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Must buy same number of licenses of each product. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Must buy same number of licenses of each product. Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term. Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-VC
IPCE-EGAN-C-MC-CN
IPCE-EGAN-C-MCCCN
$5,975
IPCE-EGAN-C-MLTCN
eGain Multichannel Agent - Case Manager $13,100 + Mail + Social + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse + Knowledge Agent Advanced + ClickToCall IPCE-EGAN-C-CKMeGain Chat, Knowledge, and Mail - Chat $9,150 CN (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail Optional ADD-ON Products
Concurrent . Price is for the minimum initial two year contract term.
Product Numbers IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-SC
Description eGain Super Chat - Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Video Chat + Cobrowse.
List Price ($US) $3,925
Unit Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MC
eGain Mail and Chat - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall.
$3,000
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MCC
eGain Mail, chat , and Cobrowse - Mail + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Cobrowse + ClickToCall.
$3,300
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-MLT
eGain Multichannel Agent - Case Manager $6,550 + Mail + Social + Text Chat (reactive chat + agent offers) + Video Chat + Cobrowse + Knowledge Agent Advanced + ClickToCall. eGain Chat, Knowledge, and Mail - Chat $4,575 (reactive chat + agent offers) + ClickToCall + Knowledge + Mail.
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
IPCE-EGAN-1Y-C-CKM
5.1.1.2.7
Concurrent . Price is for a one year contract
Exony VIM for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Exony VIM (Virtualized Interaction Manager) is an integrated solution for end- driven reporting, analytics and management of Cisco powered centers. VIM makes center operations more productive - enabling end s to be more agile, to reduce costs and to deliver improved customer experience. Through the SolutionsPlus program, Cisco offers the following Exony products tiered (in increasing levels of sophistication):
VIM DataMart
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 124 of 205
Ordering Guide
VIM Standard
VIM Performance
Starting from either VIM DataMart or VIM Standard, upsell SKUs can be applied to readily switch on functionality from one level to the next, e.g. upgrading VIM Standard to VIM Performance. VIM products are inclusive of the prior version so purchase can start at any of the three levels. For example, VIM DataMart is not required to purchase VIM Standard. Descriptions of the three VIM products are included below: -
VIM is built on a core multi-tenancy and enterprise partitioning security framework (developed to meet the needs of Service Providers and complex Enterprises) which enables the safe and secure delegation of multiple operations capabilities from IT to business end s in a cloud style computing model. All the VIM reporting, analytics, performance management, resource and service management applications inherit the security framework.
-
VIM DataMart is the core VIM reporting data repository built on the security framework. DataMart offers native data connections to Cisco UCCE, UCCH, ICM and CVP platforms, enabling import and consolidation of data into one repository. A single connection Mediator license is also included to enable data import to be configured to another data source, e.g. WFM, QM, Email or CRM platforms.
-
VIM Standard builds on VIM DataMart (i.e. security, data repository and single Mediator connection) adding in a number of ‘self serve’ tools to enable end s to safely and securely fulfill their own reporting needs with no developer intervention. Additionally, Standard includes Resource Management (native VIM version of CCMP) and Service Management applications to enable end s to safely manage UCCE/H resources, script variables, outbound campaigns and percent allocations. Standard delivers the concept of ‘measure and manage’ enabling an end to securely move between ‘measurement’ applications (reporting) and ‘management’ applications to proactively optimize the center platform configuration.
All Exony products are orderable via the top level SKU IPCE-EXONY. For each of these products, order one per concurrent agent or concurrent IVR/CVP port in the system. High Availability SKUs (enabling a redundant failover architecture) are additional to the base product SKU and are also ordered as a quantity of concurrent agents or ports. A mandatory and maintenance contract is purchased directly from Exony at 20 percent of the total product sale. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers Exony Product Licenses IPCE-EXONY-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$180
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$240
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 125 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
Exony VIM Performance Concurrent Agent / Port - Simplex
$480
Add on Options – Mediator (for Datamart & Standard only) Exony VIM Mediator (Per DB and Agent / Port) – Simplex
$60
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail
$45
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent / Port - High Avail
$60
Exony VIM Mediator (Per Database and Agent / Port) – High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-D-L1
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard
$60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard - High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance - High Avail
$60
IPCE-EXONY-D-L1 Add on Options – High Availability
Upgrade Options
5.1.1.2.8
$240
ALI Solutions OnQ Campaign Management for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
The OnQ Campaign Management Solution maximizes calling effectiveness, while reducing the complexity of outbound operations. This solution automates and centralizes campaign and policy management, ensuring call rule compliance and meeting goals and quotas while responding to staffing fluctuations. OnQ adds additional power and flexibility to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise Outbound Option and is equally effective in collections, telemarketing, and teleservices operations. Note:
This product license allows OnQ to be used with Unified CCE Outbound Option
only. It is not intended for use with 3rd party dialers. Customers may ALI Solutions directly for other dialer integrations. If ordering OnQ, a corresponding OnQ port needs to be purchased for every Outbound Dialer Port deployed. Additionally, a base server license is required (one per customer). Add On OnQ ports do not require the base server license. Additionally, for Packaged CCE deployments, the base server license is not required – the Add On port SKU should be ordered. Installation and services for OnQ are separate and purchased directly through ALI Solutions. All Austin Logistics products are orderable via the top level SKU IPCE-AUSTIN. The table below lists the CCE ALI Solutions OnQ Server and Port license and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-ONQSVR
ALI OnQ Enterprise Server License
$50,000.00
IPCE-ONQPORT-L
ALI OnQ Port for CCE
$1600.00
IPCE-ONQADDONPRT-L
ALI OnQ Port for UCCE Add On & Packaged CCE
$1600.00
ALI Solutions Product Licenses
5.1.1.2.9
Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors for Cisco Unified Center Enterprise through Cisco SolutionsPlus
Bucher and Suter’s suite of CRM Connectors streamlines business operations, provides Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 126 of 205
Ordering Guide
elegant integration to CRM applications, and multi-channel interaction handling. Each of these products operates within a Center Enterprise Environment and as prerequisite, customers need to procure Center Enterprise Licenses as described in this ordering guide. These CRM connectors are applied on top of license seats. The licenses for the connectors are sold on a perpetual basis. The list of CRM Connectors available via SolutionsPlus includes:
Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP
Migration from existing Cisco Unified CRM Connectors Customers may migrate from existing Cisco Siebel and SAP CRM Connector deployments to Bucher+Suter CRM Connectors through SolutionsPlus. The general guidelines associated with migrations include:
$0 License Migration Cost Bucher+Suter Deployment Services are mandatory. Customers purchase deployment services directly from Bucher+Suter. Bucher+Suter Annual Maintenance/Upgrade Subscriptions are mandatory. Customers purchase these subscriptions directly from Bucher+Suter. The statement of work and maintenance master agreements with Bucher+Suter must be executed prior to A2Q review. Purchase orders for the Bucher+Suter contracts must be submitted before the software will ship.
New and Add-On Deployments Customers who are purchasing new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors should order product numbers underneath the top-level “IPCE-CRM” option class. Note that new deployments are limited to a minimum of 30 seats with no maximum number of seats. Customers who are adding seats to an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector should order product numbers underneath the top-level “IPCE-CRM-ADD” option class. There is no minimum or maximum number of seats for add-on deployments. The price for a seat license is the same regardless of whether it is a new deployment or add-on to an existing deployment. Description Option Class
IPCE-CRM
Top Level Option Class for new deployments of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connectors
IPCE-CRM-ADD
Top Level Option Class for additional seats of an existing deployment of the Bucher+Suter SolutionsPlus CRM Connector
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 127 of 205
Ordering Guide
License Enablement Bucher + Suter does not issue license keys for software installation purposes. Customers are entitled to use the number of licenses procured through Cisco Solutions Plus on a perpetual basis. Once a customer sale has been completed, the Cisco partner is required to the sale, informing Bucher + Suter of the sale and the Cisco Sales Order number. To the sale Partners must go to the Bucher + Suter form registration link at http://bucher-suter.com/products/ciscossolutionplusprogram/partnerorderformsol.php Only after Purchase Orders are received by Bucher + Suter for maintenance and the license sale is ed using the above procedure, will Bucher + Suter authorize of the software and provide the Partner with instructions for obtaining the software .] Salesforce note: Bucher + Suter adds the licenses to each customers Salesforce Org. To do so Partners must first obtain each customers Salesforce Org ID and supply that to Bucher + Suter with the customer name and location information, associated sales order number and dates for implementation. Each installation must be validated by Bucher + Suter prior to license activation within Salesforce. Software Maintenance Please note that every sale of Bucher + Suter licenses must have an accompanied maintenance order for said licenses. This maintenance is only available for sale directly from Bucher + Suter and is not orderable via Cisco Solutions Plus program. Professional Services Optionally Bucher + Suter will provide professional services for software installation and project deployment and management to the Partner. Such professional services are for sale directly from Bucher + Suter. Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Salesforce CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Salesforce.com enterprise or unlimited licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Salesforce.com are based on named agents to match the licensing model that Salesforce.com uses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Salesforce (Voice Only) for a named agent
$700
IPCE-BS-SF-VAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for task &email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SF-CASEAGT
Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics In order to use the Bucher+Suter Connects for Microsoft Dynamics, customers must
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 128 of 205
Ordering Guide
procure their own Microsoft Dynamics licenses. Note: The connector licenses for Microsoft Dynamics are based on the number of concurrent agents. A license is required for each agent at maximum utilization. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-MSD-VAGT IPCE-BS-MSD-EAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Microsoft Dynamicsl (Voice Only)
$700
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for Siebel CRM Connector, customers must procure their own Siebel licenses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-MGR
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for Siebel. Customers can only use this migration license is they have actually been using the Cisco Siebel Connector, and have a valid UCSS/ESW/SWSS contract. Purchasing Cisco Siebel licenses and the B&S Siebel migration SKU at he same time is not allowed. Migration licensing from legacy ‘Cisco CRM Connector for Siebel’ to ‘SolutionsPlus MCA for Siebel’ is for voice only. Media channels are available at an additional cost.
$0
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for Siebel (Voice Only)
$700
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-VAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email and ticket handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SIEBE-EAGT
Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP In order to use the Bucher+Suter MCA for SAP CRM Connector, customers must procure their own SAP CRM or ICI licenses. Description
List Price ($US)
Product Numbers
Migration SKU from Cisco connectors to b+s for SAP. Migration licensing from legacy ‘Cisco CRM Connector for SAP’ to ‘SolutionsPlus MCA for SAP’ is for voice only. Media channels are available at an additional cost.
$0
IPCE-BS-SAP-VAGT
Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for SAP (Voice Only)
$700
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for email handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SAP-EAGT
Add-On Bucher+Suter CRM Connector for chat handling. Requires a voice only license.
$350
IPCE-BS-SAP-CAGT
IPCE-BS-SAP-MGR
For a or deployment services quote please [email protected] or your Bucher + Suter Sales Engagement Manager 5.1.2
Additional Unified CCE Licenses and Components
In addition to the Unified CCE Server Licenses and Agent Licenses discussed above, additional licenses and components may be needed to third party IVR and special Unified CCE deployment cases.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 129 of 205
Ordering Guide
5.1.2.1
Third Party IVR Licenses
In cases where non-Cisco IVRs are used with Unified CCE, third party IVR licenses are required to connect this third party (non-Cisco) IVR system to Unified CCE. This part licenses the following functionality (Brackets contain name of the application interface used on the Voice Response Unit Peripheral Gateway VRU PG): ●
Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)
●
Unified CCE pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified CCE accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified CCE controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control Interface). In case the third party IVR is used to queue Unified CCE calls the Service Control Interface must be used.
The software component licensed by the third party IVR license is the VRU PG and all of the public interfaces that it offers. Note:
There is no separate license for the VRU PG. For example, either four hundred
(400) third party IVR port licenses can be used to connect a single four hundred (400)port IVR (using single optional redundant PG) or to connect four (4) separate one hundred (100)-port IVR systems (using four (4) optionally redundant PGs) A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or controlled by the ICM component of the Unified CCE, even if the third party IVR never receive any actual calls. The table below lists the Third Party IVR licenses and prices. Which tier can be used depends on the number of Third Party IVR Port licenses in the order. The table in section 9.1.2.1 is applicable. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195.00
Third Party IVR licenses
5.1.2.2
Special Unified CCE Deployment Cases
There are several non-standard Unified CCE deployment models that don’t fit the standard licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is described in this section.
5.1.2.2.1
Unified CCE System as Hybrid Unified CCE and Unified ICM System
In this deployment model, the Unified CCE has third party ACDs connected as well as Unified Communications Managers and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 130 of 205
Ordering Guide
ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise licenses. Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each connected third-party ACD and all agents on these ACDs. In case the Unified ICM Enterprise agents are using Blind Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that such a license is not required for Unified Center Enterprise agents using this function, this functionality is included in the Unified CCE agent licenses). For the Unified CCE function a single Center Enterprise Server license is required as well as Unified CCE agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to the Unified Communications Manager(s).
5.1.2.2.2
Unified CCE System that is connected to a carrier owned and operated Unified Center Hosted (CCH) System
When a company owns and operates a Unified CCE system that is connected to a carrier’s Unified Center Hosted (CCH) system (for pre-routing, Network IVR services, etc.), the customer’s Unified CCE systems should be licensed as a Unified CCE system and not as (part of) a Unified CCH system. Notes ●
No separate license is required to connect a Unified CCE system to a Unified CCH system.
●
Only customers owning Unified ICM Hosted licenses or Unified CCH licenses should purchase Unified CCH Agent Licenses.
5.2
Ordering New Unified CCE System and Add-On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified CCE systems and add on Orders can be made through a single top-level Product Number: IPCE-BUNDLE. Once IPCE-BUNDLE is selected in the ordering tool, this part number will provide a comprehensive list of all software and hardware product numbers that you need to place an order for a new Unified CCE system. For each new Unified CCE system order, an order needs to be placed for at least the following three (3) product numbers: ●
Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT)
●
Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR)
●
Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC)
For add on orders, an order needs to be placed for at least the following:
Center Enterprise Agent License (IPCE-AGENTS-LC).
The IPCE-BUNDLE also shows the following optional Center Enterprise items:
PORTALAGT-LC
IPCE-MULTICHAN
In addition to the product numbers outlined above, upon selection of the IPCE-BUNDLE product number, product numbers associated with ordering Unified Customer Voice Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 131 of 205
Ordering Guide
Portal (CVP), Unified IP IVR, and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS). Please refer to the respective sections in this ordering guide for more information on ordering these components. For each of the 6 product numbers above, you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or one (1). By selecting ‘1’ for each product number individually, you can then configure that item and select the required types and quantity. This is described in the next sections in detail 5.2.1 ●
Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications
Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT): For new Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCE-MEDIAKIT). For add on orders, you may choose not to order new media kits by selecting zero “0” for Center Enterprise Media Kits (IPCEMEDIAKIT). Upon selecting quantity of “1” for the IPCE-MEDIAKIT, you will be presented with two options:
1. Center Enterprise Media Kit: Upon selection of this option, select the release version of Center Enterprise Media Kit that you desire to order. You can order only one media kit at a time. The media kit will dynamically be composed, based on what licenses are ordered. Notes:
If you are placing an order for traditional Unified CCE Model, select the IPCEMEDIA product number option for the desired version presented under Center Enterprise Media Kit (IPCE-MEDIAKIT) option.
There is no separate part number to order Unified CCE System PG. If the Unified CCE System PG is needed for a new Unified CCE system (other than System Unified CCE Model), select IPCE-MEDIA product number option for the desired version.
If you are planning on ordering Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Multi-Channel option, select IPCE-MEDIA product number option for the desired version.
●
Center Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR): For new Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for IPCC Enterprise Server License (IPCE-SVR). If this is an add-on order, select zero “0” for IPCE-SVR.
●
Center Enterprise Agent Licenses (IPCE-AGENT-LC): For new and add-on Unified CCE system orders, you will typically select a quantity of one “1” for Center Enterprise Agent License Certificate (IPCE-AGENT-LC). Upon selecting quantity of “1” for the IPCE-AGENT-LC, you will be presented with a variety of option classes:
1. Center Standard Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Standard Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Standard Agent (IPCESTDAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
2. Center Enhanced Agent: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 132 of 205
Ordering Guide
Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Enhanced Agent (IPCEENHAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
3. Center Agent: If you are placing an order for Cisco Finesse Desktop, Cisco Agent Desktop or Cisco Tool Kit Agent, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Agent (IPCE-PREMAGT-L) licenses that you desire to order.
4. Center Outbound Dialer Ports: If you are placing an order for Unified CCE Agent Licenses for Voice Applications with Outbound option, select this option. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity of Center Enterprise Outbound Dialer Ports (IPCE-DIALPORT-L) licenses that you desire to order. Notes: ●
The Agent license is required for all CTI desktop integrations even if there is no Cisco software used on the desktop.
●
Unified Outbound Dialer Ports are ed on Enhanced, and CRM Agent licenses, not with Standard. Note that not all CRM Connectors Outbound Option.
●
Unified Multi-Channel option is ed on Standard, Enhanced, and CRM Agent licenses.
5.2.2
Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On Licenses
Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager licenses are listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level product number; under the product number CCE Multichannel Options (IPCE-MULTICHAN). You may also order Unified EIM and Unified WIM directly by using the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring options for server and agent licenses. For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on agent licenses may also be ordered separately. Select the Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired server license(s) from the following: ●
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-BCOL-SVR - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
●
IPCE-ACOL-SVR - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
Once you select a server license you will be able to order the media kit listed below. ●
IPCE-MC-KIT-43-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit
●
IPCE-MC-KIT-90-K8 - CCE and CCH Multichannel Interaction Options Media Kit
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 133 of 205
Ordering Guide
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at least one agent license. ●
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L - CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
●
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L - CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
5.2.3
Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web collaboration
Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses are listed under the IPCE-BUNDLE top-level product number; under the product number CCE Multichannel Options (IPCEMULTICHAN). You may also order Unified CCE Blended Agent licenses directly by using the product number IPCE-MULTICHAN and configuring options for agent licenses. For a new system, you will need to order server software and agent licenses. Add-on agent licenses may also be ordered separately. There are certain conditions that must be followed when ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses:
For new deployments of CCE, EIM or WIM, the server license must be ordered for the CCE, EIM, and WIM system. This would be any 2 or all 3 of them, as applicable. For more details on how to order server licenses, refer to the above sections “Ordering CCE Agent licenses for voice applications” and “Ordering New Unified EIM and Unified WIM System and Add-On Licenses”.
You cannot mix Blended multichannel licenses with traditional multichannel licenses on a single EIM or WIM system. See section “Unified CCE Blended Agent Licenses for Voice, E-Mail, and Web Collaboration applications” for more details.
Mixing Basic and Advanced license on a single EIM-WIM system is not allowed.
Blended Agent licenses with voice option are available with CCE Voice agent only.
There is a migration path from Voice agent to Blended Agent license, but there is no migration path from EIM or WIM agent license to Blended Agent license.
You cannot migrate from Blended Agent license to unbundled Voice, EIM, or WIM license.
There are some restrictions on Blended Agent license usage with Packaged CCE. See section 6.3 Optional Features Licenses in Packaged CCE chapter for details.
To order agent licenses, select the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options and select the desired agent licenses from the following. Each order is required to have at
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 134 of 205
Ordering Guide
least one agent license.
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L – CCE Blended License Advance EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
5.3 5.3.1
Upgrades Upgrades of CCE Agent licenses
For Unified CCE, there are a number of upgrade and migration options: ●
Upgrading from Standard Cisco Agent Desktop to Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop. In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class ‘Upgrade Standard to Enhanced IPCC Agent license’. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you desire to order (IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L).
●
Upgrading from Enhanced Cisco Agent Desktop to Agent Licenses (Finesse, CAD or CTI Toolkit). In IPCE-AGENTS-LC, select the option class ‘Upgrade Enhanced to IPCC Agent license’. Upon selection of this option, input the quantity that you desire to order (IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L). Cisco Center Management Portal (CCMP) included with both desktop types
●
Upgrading from Agent license to a CRM Agent license. There is no longer an upgrade from agent to CRM agent. Instead, the customer will buy Agent licenses, and add CRM connectivity from SolutionsPlus offerings. See the SolutionsPlus chapter for more details.
●
Migrating from Cisco Finesse, CTI Toolkit, or CAD to Cisco Finesse, CTI Toolkit, or CAD does not require a specific SKU (i.e., it is a free migration). However, please note that you may need to place a media kit-only order for the desired desktop.
●
Upgrading previously purchased Agent licenses for use with Center Management Portal. From IPCE-BUNDLE select quantity 1 of IPCEPORTALAGT-L C. Upon selecting this you can configures the desired quantity of
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 135 of 205
Ordering Guide
CCE Agents you want to upgrade for use with Unified Center Management Portal (IPCE-PORTALAGT-L). ●
Upgrading from Agent license to a Blended Agent license. In IPCE-MULTICHAN, select the option class ‘Blended Agent license’. You will further be presented with the option to select from different Upgrade Agent Options IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L - CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent Select option; input the quantity that you desire to order. See the section “Ordering CCE Blended Agent licenses for voice, email, and web collaboration,” to learn about conditions required for CCE Blended Agent licenses.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Unified CCE Agent Upgrade License IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L
UPGRADE FROM STANDARD TO ENHANCED CCE AGENT
$500.00
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L
UPGRADE FROM ENHANCED TO CCE AGENT
$250.00
Choice of: Cisco Finesse Desktop
(Includes CCMP license)
Cisco Toolkit Desktop Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L
Upgrade Individual IPCE Agent for use with CCMP
$150.00
Unified CCE Blended Agent Upgrade License CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent
$500
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent
$1,500
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L
5.3.2
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer
This offer is for CCE customers who want to an available major release, but do not have a service contract. The offer consists of two parts: attractively priced upgrade 5
licenses, plus a mandatory purchase of a 3-year service contract. The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is also available for Customer Voice Portal (see section 3.2.4). This offer is scheduled to expire on July 30, 2016.
5
One year SWSS contract allowed for customers who cannot legally buy 3-year contracts.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 136 of 205
Ordering Guide
The upgrade licenses are priced at approximately one-third of the price of a new license. The components for which upgrade licenses are available are:
Standard, enhanced and agent licenses
CRM Agent licenses for Siebel CRM Connector only; not for other CRM Connectors
Outbound dialer ports
Note that no upgrade is required for the IPCC Server license.
The Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer is ordered through a top-level product code CC-UPG-BUNDLE. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Top level SKU
$0
IPCE-AGENTSUPG
UCC Enterprise Agent Licenses Upgrade
$0
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT UPGRADE
$365
IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT UPGRADE
$500 Choice of: Cisco Finesse Desktop Cisco Toolkit Desktop
IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE AGENT UPGRADE
$565 Cisco Agent Desktop
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT UPGRADE
$200
Notes
CCE upgrade media is NOT shipped as part of the upgrade SKUs. It can be ordered via CC-UPG-BUNDLE
All upgrade orders go on New Product Hold and entitlement will be verified before the order is released.
A service contract is mandatory in order to be able to activate. Without activation no major release media can be ed or ordered in the future.
5.3.3
Migrations from Cisco Unified ICM to Center Enterprise
Customers using a licensed ICM Enterprise with a third-party ACD who want to migrate to Cisco Unified Center Enterprise (Unified CCE) can purchase Unified CCE Agent and Server licenses at a discount. Unified CCE Agent licenses can be purchased at the price shown below. There are different product codes and prices, depending on whether the customer has ICM Agent licenses only (migrate using IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L), or also has ICM Desktop licenses (migrate using IPCEPROMOAGTDSK-L). Unified CCE Server licenses are discounted at 100%.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 137 of 205
Ordering Guide
Notes:
1 year of services is mandatory for the new CCE licenses
Additional discounts (partner/customer/other promotions) may apply.
This offer is scheduled to expire on July 30, 2016.
Orders should be placed using the bundle: IPCE-CTIPROMO. Other components of Unified CCE can be ordered via: IPCE-BUNDLE Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICM to Center Enterprise migration offer IPCE-PROMOAGTDSK-L
ICM Desktop Agent to UCCE Agent
$600
IPCE-PROMOAGTREG-L
ICM Regular Agent to UCCE Agent
$1,300
5.3.4
Migrations from Cisco Unified Center Express to Center Enterprise
Although there is no technical migration path between Center Express and Center Enterprise, Cisco offers a discount program for customers who outgrew their Center Express system and are migrating to Center Enterprise. The program requires these customers to purchase Center Enterprise, but they receive a discount for handing in their Center Express licenses:
If they own a CCX system with Enhanced Agent licenses, they receive a 25% discount on the CCE Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE Server license.
If they own a CCX system with Agent licenses, they receive a 35% discount on the CCE Agent license and a 100% discount on the CCE Server license.
Notes:
These discounts are taken off the list price before any standard (partner/customer) discounts are applied.
These discounts plus any standard partner/customer discount may get flagged by sales finance and may require escalations for approvals. CCBU is in of the promo discount of 25% or 35% plus the standard discounts not to exceed a total discount of 72%. This applies only to this particular promotion and not to any other product codes.
For customers planning to use IPIVR as the queuing and prompting platform for CCE, it is important to note the following o
CCX licenses cannot be used as or converted into IPIVR licenses. New
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 138 of 205
Ordering Guide
IPIVR licenses need to be purchased. o
CCX and CCE redundancy operates differently. To have a redundant IPIVR system with CCE, two IPIVR systems need to be purchased.
The discounts only apply to customers buying CCE Agent licenses. Customers wanting a CCE system with Standard or Enhanced Agent licenses need to purchase CCE in the regular way (but note that a Agent with discount is cheaper than an Enhanced Agent without discount). Customers wanting a CCE system with CRM Agent licenses can buy the Agent licenses using the discount and purchase the upgrade licenses to CRM Agent. This is cheaper than buying the (undiscounted) CRM Agent licenses.
The discount does not apply to customers having a CCX system with Standard Agent licenses.
The discount can only be used to buy one CCE Server license as well as CCE Agent licenses in the same quantity as the customer owns CCX (Enhanced or ) Agent licenses. Any additional CCE agent licenses can be purchased in the regular way, with the additional discount.
In order to receive the additional discount, orders should be placed using the following product codes. Note that the discounts will not be visible on the order until the order is completed in the system. Product Numbers
Description
Discount
ICM to Center Hosted migration offer IPCE-CCXPRMPROMO
IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX customers
35%
IPCE-ENHPROMO
IPCC Enterprise Migration for CCX Enhanced customers
25%
5.3.5
Upgrades for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager
Basic server and agent licenses for Unified EIM and Unified WIM may be upgraded to advanced versions. Note that an entire deployment must be upgraded—all agent and server licenses (for both EIM and WIM) in a deployment must be upgraded as part of a single order. To order an upgrade, select one or both of the following server upgrade licenses from the Server Software option under CCE Multichannel Options. ●
IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
●
IPCE-UCOL-SVR - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
Then select the quantity of agent upgrade licenses required from the Agents option under CCE Multichannel Options. Select from the following part numbers. ●
IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L - CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
●
IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L - CCE Web Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 139 of 205
Ordering Guide
Advanced
5.4
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified CCE licenses under an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their system or renewing maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers. The basic rules for ‘translating’ older Unified CCE licenses into new ones are very straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships:
Older item
New Item
IPCC Server (IPC-SVR)
IPCC Enterprise Server and 25 agent licenses
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop and Supervisor (IPCC-AGTCAD, IPCC-SUPCSD) with all agent options
IPCC Enterprise Standard Agent
IPCC Cisco Agent Desktop with CTI and Supervisor (IPC-AGTCADCTI, IPCC-SUPCSD) and all agent options.
IPCC Enterprise Enhanced Agent
IPCC Cisco Toolkit Desktop and Supervisor (IPC-AGTCTD, IPC-SUPCTS)
IPCC Enterprise Agent
All other items, such as: Redundancy, Gateway licenses,
These items do not translate into any current license.
istrative Workstation, HDS,,
All functionality is now included.
Internet Script Editor Connection, third-party CTI Connection
Using the rules above if the customer should ‘translate’ their current licenses into new ones and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following specific cases for expansion orders: Expansion case: customer wants to…
Customer should order…
Add more agents to an existing location
New Standard, Enhanced, or Agent licenses. Note that only agent types include CCMP license. CCMP upgrade license must be purchased for STD or ENH agent types to use CCMP.
Add an included option such as Application Gateway or a WebView connection
Nothing. When customer has IPCC agent licenses in place, these components can now be deployed without additional licensing
Add CCMP to an existing system with IPCH agents purchased prior to August 1st 2007.
Purchase the CCMP Upgrade license (IPCEPORTALAGT-L) for the total number of agents on the system
5.5
Non-Production Systems
The Unified CCE non-production license includes Unified CCE Server, Unified CCE Standard, Enhanced, and CRM Agent, Dialer Port, Blind Network Transfer, Third Party IVR Port Licenses. With Unified CCE 9.0, the Non-Production License includes Cisco SocialMiner and Cisco Finesse software and license PAKs for CVP and Intelligence Center. All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively in non-production systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training purposes. Non-production systems for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager are available separately using the product codes listed below. For End customers this kit contains 10 Advanced Email Agents and 10 Advanced Web
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 140 of 205
Ordering Guide
Agents. A larger bundle can be selected (same product code, same price), but this is only allowed for customers who have a large EIM-WIM production environment. Notes: ●
These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have already ordered Unified CCE production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
●
These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers ending in ‘-EC’. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending in ‘-’.
●
Certified Partner non-production bundles are only available for order by ATP Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available (that is European, Emerging and Japan today). These bundles are only available from the Wholesale price list, which implies that they must be ordered through a Cisco distributor.
●
The ‘-DART=’ bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-NPSENT-EC
CC ENT Non-Production Suite Customer
$25,000
IPCE-NPSENT-
CC ENT Non-production Suite ATP Partners
$0
IPCE-NPSENT-DART=
CC ENT Non-Production Suite ATP Partners
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DISTRI
$0
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$5,000
Non-production bundles
5.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified CCE Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified CCE product numbers and applicable maintenance items. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-SVR
CC ENTERPRISE SERVER LICENSE
$15,000
IPCE-BEMAIL-SVR
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$3,000
IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$5,000
IPCE-BCOL-SVR
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$1,500
IPCE-ACOL-SVR
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Server Software License
$2,500
IPCE-UEMAIL-SVR
CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$2,200
IPCE-UCOL-SVR
CCE Web Interaction Mgr Server Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$1,100
IPCE-STDAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT
$1,100
IPCE-ENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISEENHANCED AGENT
$1,500
IPCE-PREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE AGENT
$1,700
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 141 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-CRMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE CRM AGENT
$2,100
IPCE-UPGENHAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE UPGR FROM STD TO ENH AGENT
$500
IPCE-UPGPREMAGT-L
CC ENTERPRISE UPGR FROM ENH TO PREM AGENT
$250
IPCE-DIALPORT-L
CC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT
$600
IPCE-BEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Basic E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-AEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent License
$2,500
IPCE-BCOL-AGT-L
CCE Basic Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,000
IPCE-ACOL-AGT-L
CCE Advanced Web Interaction Mgr Agent License
$1,500
IPCE-UEMAIL-AGT-L
CCE E-Mail Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$1,100
IPCE-UCOL-AGT-L
CCE Web Interaction Mgr Agent Upgrade Basic to Advanced
$550
IPCE-BEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,100
IPCE-AEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Advanced EIM + WIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVBE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM Agent
$2,300
IPCE-PVBW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic WIM Agent
$2,000
IPCE-PVBEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Basic EIM + WIM Agent
$2,500
IPCE-PVAE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM Agent
$2,900
IPCE-PVAW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced WIM Agent
$ 2,300
IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Voice + Advanced EIM + WIM Agent $ 3,300
IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Email to Agent
$850
IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Basic Web to Agent
$500
IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Email to Agent
$1,500
IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L
CCE Blended License Upgrade Add Advanced Web to Agent
$850
IPCE-PORTALAGT-L
Upgrade Individual IPCE Agent for use with CCMP
$150
CC-UPG-BUNDLE
Customer Collaboration Upgrade Offer Top level SKU
IPCE-AGENTSUPG
UCC Enterprise Agent Licenses Upgrade
IPCE-STDAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE STANDARD AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-ENHAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE ENHANCED AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-PREMAGTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE AGENT UPGRADE
IPCE-DIALPORTUPG
IPCC ENTERPRISE OUTBOUND DIALER PORT UPGRADE
IPCE-EXONY-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent - Simplex
$180
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent - Simplex
IPCE-EXONY-A-S
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
Exony VIM Performance Concurrent Agent - Simplex
IPCE-EXONY-A-P
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
Exony VIM Datamart Concurrent Agent - High Avail
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-DM
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
Exony VIM Standard Concurrent Agent - High Avail
IPCE-EXONY-HA-A-S
IPCE-EXONY-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard
$60
IPCE-EXONY-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance
$240
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-S
Upgrade from VIM Datamart to VIM Standard - High Avail
$15
IPCE-EXONY-HA-UP-P
Upgrade from VIM Standard to VIM Performance - High Avail
$60
IPCE-ONQPORT-L
ALI OnQ Port for CCE
$1600
Add on Options – High Availability
Upgrade Options
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 142 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-ONQADDONPRT-L
ALI OnQ Port for UCCE Add On & Packaged CCE
$1600
IPCE-ONQSVR
ALI OnQ Enterprise Server License
$50,000
IPCE-NPSENT-EC
CC ENTERPRISE Non-Production Suite Customer
$25,000
IPCE-NPSENT-
CC ENTERPRISE Non-production Suite ATP Partners
$0
IPCE-NPSENT-DART=
CC ENTERPRISE Non-Production Suite ATP Partners
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DART
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
IPCE-MC-NFR-DISTRI
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DISTRIBUTION
$0
IPCE-MC-NFR-EC
CCEH EIM-WIM NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$5000
Notes: ●
Details on Software Service can be found here: http://www.cisco.com/go/swss
●
Software Services is not available for Unified E-Mail Interaction Manager and Unified Web Interaction Manager. Pricing for major upgrades will be available when those upgrades are announced.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 143 of 205
Ordering Guide
6. Cisco Packaged Center Enterprise (Packaged CCE) This section provides licensing and ordering information for the Packaged Center Enterprise solution.
6.1
About Packaged CCE 6
Packaged CCE provides a pre-packaged single server center solution for centers up to 1500 agents**, by delivering Unified Center Enterprise with Unified Customer Voice Portal and Unified Communication Manager in a virtualized environment. It offers easier ordering, bundled pricing, simplified deployment and management resulting in reduced pre-sales and post-sales cycles. This package easily gets a voice or video solution up and running for a customer, while offering the ability to add other options as needed. For more information on Packaged CCE go to: http://docwiki.cisco.com/wiki/Packaged_CCE
6.2
Overview of Packaged CCE Ordering and Licensing
Packaged CCE offers simplified ordering with a single bundle SKU that contains the hardware and software parts required to build a Packaged CCE deployment. The bundle simplifies ordering by requiring the selection of only a handful of SKUs by the and automatically including the rest. It is designed to build a rich voice center solution by providing a core set of center functionality—call processing, prompting and self-service application scripting, voice response collection, agent selection, queuing, and reporting. The table below lists the Packaged CCE Bundle SKU: Product Numbers
Description
CCE-PAC-BUNDLE
Packaged CCE Bundle SKU
Note: All orders for new deployments or CCX migration must be built using this top level SKU. Packaged CCE bundle consists of the following required and optional components: ●
Required Packaged CCE Licenses and Components
1. Packaged Server License 2. Packaged Agent Licenses 3. Unified Computing System (UCS) B-series or C-series server ●
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses
1. Unified Communication Manager Enhanced License The sections below explain each of these components. Also, a sample BOM is provided as a reference for an order created using this bundle, published here:
6
Two servers required for redundancy ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here. Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 144 of 205
Ordering Guide
https://communities.cisco.com/community/partner/collaboration/center/atp/project s/packaged-cce Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 6.2.1
Required Packaged CCE Licenses
Each Packaged CCE deployment requires one Packaged Server license, the desired number of Packaged Agent licenses, and deployment specific UCS servers.
6.2.1.1
Packaged CCE Server Licenses
Packaged CCE has well defined deployments and for convenience the deployment model is matched to the Packaged Server SKU. Each Packaged CCE system requires the purchase of one (1) Packaged CCE Server license.
6.2.1.1.1
CCE-PAC-M1
CCE-PAC-M1 is the initial model of Packaged CCE, ing up to 1500** agents. This license entitles the to deploy all of the necessary components required for 1)
Unified CCE Server components: 7
●
One (1) Redundant CCE Call Server
●
One (1) Redundant CCE Data Server
●
Optional one (1) Redundant Historical Database server(s) on external servers
2)
Unified CVP Server components
3)
Unified Intelligence Center components
4)
One (1) Redundant Finesse Server
Unified CCE Outbound Option components
6)
One (1) Redundant Unified Intelligence Center Standard
Finesse Server components
5)
Two (2) Redundant CVP Call Servers
One Hundred (100) Outbound Dialer Ports
Unified Call Studio
Two (2) workstation licenses for Unified Call Studio
Packaged Server SKU also includes the relevant media kits for the following products:
Unified Center Enterprise
Unified Customer Voice Portal
7
Refer to Packaged CCE Specifications guide for definition of CCE Call Server and CCE Data Server ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 145 of 205
Ordering Guide
Unified Intelligence Center
Finesse desktop
There is no need to order separate media kits. The table below lists the Packaged CCE Server License and price. Product Number
Description
CCE-PAC-M1
CCE and CVP Deployment Package M1
6.2.1.2
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription
$15,000
Upgrades included in agent licenses
Product Code
List Price ($US)
Packaged CCE Agent Licenses
Packaged CCE offers Packaged Agent SKUs that is a bundled SKU offering a price advantage over the a-la-carte SKUs for standard Unified Center Enterprise. Each Packaged CCE Agent entitles the to:
One (1) CCE Agent
One (1) redundant CVP queue or self-service port
For instance, if you ordered 325 units of Packaged Agent, then you would be entitled to 325 concurrent logged in CCE agents along with 325 CVP ports and 325 redundant CVP ports for queuing or self-service. For CCE-PAC-M1 deployment, the maximum number of agents allowed is 1500**. There is no minimum agent requirement. ** Number of ed agents differs with different versions of Packaged CCE. Please refer to the respective Packaged Design Guide for the ed number. Packaged CCE Design Guide config limits supersedes the limits stated here.
Packaged Agent SKU can be used only for Packaged CCE deployments. It cannot be used for general Unified Center Enterprise deployments. The table below lists the Packaged Agent License and price. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
CCE-PAC-AGENT
CCE Packaged Agent
$1,930
6.2.1.3
Unified Computing System (UCS) server
Packaged CCE deployments require a specific model of Cisco Unified Computing System (UCS) B-series blade server or C-series rack server for each deployment model.
6.2.1.3.1
Servers for CCE-PAC-M1 model
For CCE-PAC-M1 model, two (2) Cisco UCS servers are required, one for each side for redundancy. They must be either UCS C240 M3S TRC#1 rack servers, UCS B200 M3 TRC#1 or UCS B200 M4 TRC #1 blade servers. These servers are included in the Packaged bundle for ordering convenience.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 146 of 205
Ordering Guide
The table below lists the UCS TRC#1 server SKUs and price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
UCUCS-EZ-B200M3
UCS B200 M3, dual-8-core/2.7 GHz, 96GB RAM
$ 17,816
UCUC-UC-B200M4
UCS B200 M4, dual-10-core/2.6 GHz, 128 GB RAM
$ 19,184
UCUCS-EZ-C240M3S
UCS C240 M3 SFF, dual-8-core/2.7 GHz, 128 GB RAM,
$ 38,424
16x300GB 15
The ordering tool provides the option to select region specific power cables, select as appropriate for your region. The detailed specification of UCS servers can be found on the Cisco Unified Communications on the Cisco Unified Computing System page located at: www.cisco.com/go/swonly http://docwiki.cisco.com/wiki/UC_Virtualization_ed_Hardware
6.2.1.3.2
UCS Server and Warranty Options
There are various warranty options available for UCS servers. Refer to UCS and Warranty links below for more details: Limited Hardware Warranty: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/prod_warranties_listing.html#~additional_warranty and Warranty Services: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps10321/serv_home.html Pricing Tool for and Warranty Options: https://apps.cisco.com/Commerce/home 6.2.2
Optional Packaged CCE Licenses
The Packaged bundle SKU offers licenses for certain components that are required to build the solution, however these licenses may be procured from other means too. Hence, it is optional to procure these licenses via the Packaged bundle.
6.2.2.1
Unified Communication Manager Enhanced License
Cisco Unified Communication Manager offers various licensing schemes. As a convenience, the Enhanced License, which is suitable for Center agent devices, is offered as part of the Packaged bundle. The part numbers of Unified Communication Manager that are mapped to Packaged bundle are listed in the table below and can be used to order Unified Communication Manager media kit and Enhanced License (Tier A) for agent devices.
Product Number
Description
List
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 147 of 205
Ordering Guide
Price ($US) CUCM-USR-LIC-BUND
Top Level SKU for Packaged CCE Bundle
$0
LIC-CUCM-11X-ENH-A
UC Manager Enhanced License Option A
$210
LIC-CUCM-11X-ENH-B
UC Manager Enhanced License Option B
$195
UC Manager 11.X Server CUCM-VERS-11.X
$0 Software Media
Note: if you already have licenses for agent devices or plan to procure them using a different licensing scheme or plan to procure an older but ed version then you don’t need to order Unified Communications Manager via the Packaged bundle. Refer to Cisco Unified Communications Solutions Ordering Guide for more details as well as information on other licensing schemes.
6.3
Optional Features Licenses
Packaged CCE also offers some options that are available within or outside the packaged licensing bundle. The licenses for these options need to be purchased separately and the feature must be deployed as per the design and sizing rules in the Packaged CCE specification. These features include:
Additional Outbound Option Dialer Ports (for customers requiring more than the 100 ports that are included) o
Use the ‘Unified CCE Outbound Option Dialer Port License’.
Email Interaction Manager and Web Interaction Manager o
Ordering from within Packaged CCE bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE)
For ordering convenience, SKUs required for adding Advanced Email (IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L) and Advanced Web (IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L) to Packaged CCE are available within the Packaged CCE bundle. An additional advantage is that when ordering these SKUs from the Packaged CCE bundle (CCE-PAC-BUNDLE), Email or Web Server licenses (IPCE-AEMAIL-SVR or IPCE-ACOL-SVR) are not required.
o
Ordering using a-la-carte SKUs
Either Basic or Advanced license can be used but both cannot be mixed.
Blended Agent license usage:
Blended Agent licenses with both Email and Web can be used with Packaged CCE. These are IPCEBEW-AGT-L and IPCE-AEW-AGT-L.
Upgrade from Voice to Blended Email or
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 148 of 205
Ordering Guide
Web can also be used with Packaged CCE. These are IPCE-UPV2BE-AGT-L, IPCE-UPV2BW-AGT-L, IPCE-UPV2AE-AGT-L, and IPCE-UPV2AW-AGT-L.
However, Blended Agent licenses with Voice along with Email or Web cannot be used with Packaged CCE, such as IPCE-PVAEW-AGT-L or IPCE-PVBWAGT-L. In order to have blended Packaged CCE agents with web and/or email, you need to purchase regular Packaged CCE agent licenses and add the blended web and/or email licenses, as per bullet points above.
Intelligence Center Edition o
license can be applied to the Intelligence Server VMs located on Packaged CCE server. You must procure two Intelligence Center licenses, one for each side.
CVP Reporting Server o
Only version can be used which is now available for free.
SocialMiner
Remote Expert Mobile
Additional Call Studio Licenses
Options sold under SolutionsPlus program o
See Packaged CCE specification for any restrictions.
Refer to respective chapters in this guide for licensing structure and ordering information for these components. For more information on ed options and configuration refer to the Packaged CCE specification published here: http://cisco.com/en/US/products/ps12586/tsd_products__series_home.html
6.4 6.4.1
Add-On Licenses Additional Agents
To order additional Packaged Agent licenses for existing Packaged CCE deployments, you need to use the following top-level SKU: Product Numbers
Description
CCE-PAC-ADDON
Packaged CCE Add-Ons
This top level SKU contains the same Packaged Agent SKU options ‘CCE-PAC-AGENT’, ‘CCE-PAC-CCX-PRM’ and ‘CCE-PAC-CCX-ENH’ but does not contain other packaged licenses such as server licensing, etc. as they are not required for add-on licenses. Note: You can use only the Packaged Agent SKUs to add more CCE agents to Packaged CCE deployments. A-la-carte CCE agent SKUs mentioned in other chapters of
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 149 of 205
Ordering Guide
this guide cannot be used with Packaged CCE deployments. 6.4.2
Additional Queue or Self Service Ports
Important: Packaged CCE Agent SKU includes a CVP port for queuing or self-service. Order additional CVP ports only if you need more queue or self-service ports than number of concurrent agents. Make sure the total number of CVP ports ordered, either as part of Packaged Agent SKU or a-la-carte CVP port SKU, do not exceed the system capacity. Refer to Packaged CCE Design Guide for system capacity limits. To order additional queue or self-service CVP port licenses for existing Packaged CCE deployments, use the following a-la-carte CVP port SKUs. You must order CVP ports with equal number of redundant ports. Refer to CVP chapter for more details. CVP 11.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription (i) Product Number
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-11.X
CVP 11.0
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-11X-PTS
CVP 11.0 Port License
$900
CVP-11X-REDPT
CVP 11.0 Redundant ports
$180
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
List Price ($US)
Software Subscription (i)
CVP 10.X Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
Product Number
List Price ($US)
Unified CVP Top Level Part Number CVP-10.X
CVP 10.X
N/A
Unified CVP Ports and redundant Ports CVP-10X-PTS
CVP 10.x Port License
$900
CVP-10X-M500-PT
CVP 10.x Pt License Min 500 Ports
$640
CVP-10X-REDPT
CVP 10.x Redundant ports
$180
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
CVP-10X-M500-RDPT
CVP 10.x Redundant Port License Min 500
$160
Not applicable (Included in SWSS order for ports)
6.5
Non-Production Systems
Packaged CCE shares the same media kit as Unified CCE. Refer to Non-Production Systems section of Unified CCE chapter for details on how to obtain a non-production system.
6.6
Upgrade
Customers who have Software service (SWSS) / Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS) for Packaged CCE are eligible to upgrade from Packaged CCE 9.x or 10.x to Packaged CCE 11.0 components. All of the components listed below must be on the same major version, see Packaged CCE Design Guide for compatibility
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 150 of 205
Ordering Guide
details. Packaged CCE upgrade includes the following: 1)
Media for Unified CCE Server components: CCE Call Servers, CCE Data Servers, and Optional HDS Servers
2)
Media and upgrade PAK for Unified CVP Call/VXML Server components
3)
Media for Unified Intelligence Center components
4)
Media for Finesse Server components
5)
Media and upgrade PAK for Unified Call Studio workstation
6.6.1 1)
Ordering Packaged CCE upgrade to Product ol (PUT) using valid UCSS/SWSS contract. Choose the ‘advanced’ option and proceed.
2)
Look for following three upgrade SKUs
CCEH-V110-K9-UPG= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for entire deployment. It will provide upgrade media for CCE, Intelligence Center and Finesse components.
CVP-11-PRD-UP= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for each CVP Call/VXML Server in the deployment. It will provide upgrade media for the CVP Call/VXML servers and a PAK for each of them.
CVP-STU-11-PRD-UP= Order 1 quantity of this SKU for each Call Studio workstation in the deployment. It will provide upgrade media for the Call Studio workstations and a PAK for each of them.
3)
Select the delivery mode: physical or electronic
4)
When an order is placed on PUT, you will receive PAKs and you can generate licenses on www.cisco.com/go/license.
6.7
Migration Options
Please use the following guidelines for migrations to and from Packaged CCE. 6.7.1
From Unified CCX to Packaged CCE
Cisco offers a discount promotion for customers who outgrew their Unified Center Express system and are migrating to Packaged Center Enterprise. The promotion will provide discounts on Packaged CCE Agent license on top of standard partner discount as detailed below – 1)
Unified CCX Standard customers will receive a 20% discount on Packaged CCE Agent license
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 151 of 205
Ordering Guide
2)
Unified CCX customers will receive a 30% discount on Packaged CCE Agent license
Notes:
These discounts are taken off the list price before any standard (partner/customer) discounts are applied.
These discounts plus any standard partner/customer discount may get flagged by sales finance and may require escalations for approvals. CBABU is in of the promo discount of 20% or 30% plus the standard discounts not to exceed a total discount of 72%. This applies only to this particular promotion and not to any other product codes.
This promotion should only be used for migrating existing CCX Enhanced or licenses. Additional PCCE agent licenses should be ordered using the CCE-PAC-ADDON SKU as described in Section 6.4.1.
To receive the additional agent license discount for migrating from Unified CCX to Packaged CCE, you need to use the appropriate Options SKU(s) mentioned in the below table instead of using the CCE-PAC-AGENT SKU. These SKUs can be found as Option items in CCE-PAC-BUNDLE and CCE-PAC-ADDON. Product Number
Description
List Price ($US)
CCE-PAC-CCX-ENH
Packaged CCE agent license migration promotion for Unified CCX Enhanced customers
$1,550
CCE-PAC-CCX-PRM
Packaged CCE agent license migration promotion for Unified CCX customers
$1,350
Note: New Packaged CCE customers migrating from Unified CCX must use the above SKU(s) from within CCE-PAC-BUNDLE. Existing Packaged CCE customers who have already paid for the Packaged CCE server license can use the above Options SKU(s) from within CCE-PAC-ADDON to avoid additional server charges. 6.7.2
From Unified CCE to Packaged CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Unified CCE to Packaged CCE can do if the following conditions are met 1) 2) 3)
4)
6.7.3
The new deployment meets all requirements as listed in the Packaged CCE Specification document. The customer must have CCE Agents The customer must have redundant CVP ports licenses that are at least as many as the number of agents. For instance, if customer has 100 CCE agents, they must have at least 100 CVP ports and 100 CVP redundant ports. The deployment cannot exceed the capacity of the Packaged CCE Specification even if the customer has excess license. From Packaged CCE to Unified CCE
Customer needing to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE can do it with their existing Packaged CCE licenses. However, they must adhere to Unified CCE SRND
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 152 of 205
Ordering Guide
guidelines as they migrate their deployment. Their Packaged Server license CCE-PACM1 will entitle them for one (1) CCE Server license, two (2) redundant CVP Server licenses, one (1) redundant CUIC Standard license, one (1) redundant Finesse Server license, and two (2) Call Studio licenses. Their Packaged Agent license CCE-PACAGENT will entitle them for equivalent number of CCE agents and redundant CVP self-service ports. Additional a-la-carte Unified CCE or CVP licenses can be procured after migration. Below are the typical reasons to migrate from Packaged CCE to Unified CCE: 1) 2)
The deployment needs to exceed the capacity of Packaged CCE, such as number of concurrent agents, etc. The deployment requires a feature or option not available with Packaged CCE, such as IP-IVR, etc.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 153 of 205
Ordering Guide
7. Cisco Finesse This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Finesse. Cisco Finesse is available for Unified CCE customers.
7.1
Cisco Finesse for Unified CCE customers
Unified CCE customers who require Cisco Finesse must purchase the Finesse server and media kit. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-FINESSE-SVR-L
Finesse Server HA Pair. This single sku includes the software and license to run a pair of Finesse servers.
$1,000
CCEH-FINESSE11X-K9
Media Kit for Finesse 11.x
$100
CCEH-FINESSE10X-K9
Media Kit for Finesse 10.x
$100
When a customer purchases a Unified CCE Agent license, they are entitled to use Cisco Finesse, CTI-OS, or Cisco Agent Desktop (CAD) with that seat license. Details on ordering seat licenses are available in Section 5.1.1.2. SWSS for Cisco Finesse is covered via the SWSS on the Unified CCE or Packaged CCE agent licenses. Cisco Finesse does not include license key enforcement. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 154 of 205
Ordering Guide
8. Cisco SocialMiner This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco SocialMiner. SocialMiner is available for both Unified CCX and Unified CCE customers or as a standalone offer. Note: When ordering SocialMiner, first search via IPCE-BUNDLE then IPCE-SVRADDON to locate the SocialMiner product numbers. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
8.1
SocialMiner for Unified CCX or CCE customers
Unified CCX or CCE customers who require SocialMiner must purchase the SocialMiner server and media kit: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1,000
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 11.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 10.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
SocialMiner functionality is included in the Unified CCX or CCE Agent license respectively. Any signed into Unified CCX may also be signed into SocialMiner without requiring an additional license. If there are additional SocialMiner s who do not have Unified CCX licenses, a Unified CCX Agent License must be purchased for each additional signed in . The same applies to Unified CCE. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center must be purchased to provide reporting for SocialMiner. SWSS for SocialMiner is covered via the SWSS on the respective Unified CCX or CCE agent licenses.
8.2
Standalone SocialMiner
Standalone SocialMiner customers must purchase the SocialMiner server and media kit: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-C-SVR-LIC
SocialMiner Server
$1,000
CCEH-SM-V110-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 11.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
CCEH-SM-V100-K9
Qty 1 SocialMiner 10.0 Media Kit - NO LICENSES
$100
A Unified CCE agent license must be purchased for each simultaneously logged in SocialMiner (you must purchase at least one agent license to use the system). Cisco Unified Intelligence Center must be purchased to provide reporting for SocialMiner. SWSS for SocialMiner is covered via the SWSS on the Unified CCE agent licenses.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 155 of 205
Ordering Guide
8.3
SocialMiner Non-Production Suites
SocialMiner is included in both the customer and partner versions of the Unified CCE Non-Production Suite.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 156 of 205
Ordering Guide
9. Cisco Unified ICM Enterprise (Unified ICME) This section describes the licensing structure and ordering of Unified ICM Enterprise. This first subsection describes the licensing structure and orderable components. The second subsection describes details on how to order these components. Note: If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment.
9.1
Overview of Unified ICME Licensing
Unified ICM Enterprise licensing consists of three primary licensing components: ●
A license for each Peripheral Gateway that connects an ACD to the ICM system
●
Various types of Agent licenses, depending on the required functionality
●
Various types of Desktop application licenses (optional)
These three licenses include all functions required for a regular Unified ICM Enterprise system, such as reporting, pre-routing, database integrations, etc. and all software components required to perform these functions such as, router, logger, PGs, istrative workstation, CTI OS Server, CTI Desktop software, etc. Details are described below in section 9.1.1. There are some additional licenses that may be required depending on additional functions. These licenses are: ●
Licenses to connect a third party (non-Cisco) VRU to the ICM
●
ICM Blind and Consultative Network Transfer license
●
Non-production licenses
These licenses are described in section 9.1.2 below. There are also other licenses and components that may be used in combination with ICM Enterprise that are described elsewhere in this guide: ●
Unified Customer Voice Portal (CVP)
●
Unified Center Enterprise (CCE)
9.1.1
Primary Unified ICME Licenses
Each Unified ICM Enterprise system requires at least one ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG) license and one or more Agent licenses. Note:
For licensing requirements in atypical cases where no TDM ACD is connected
to the ICM, see below in section 9.5. A Unified ICM system licensed by at least an ACD PG and an ICM Agent license includes the following functionality: ●
Monitor ACD (call and agent) activity
●
Call routing, including pre-routing from a carrier network and post-routing from an
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 157 of 205
Ordering Guide
ACD ●
Reporting tools
●
Configuration tools
●
Interfaces to external applications and databases
●
Redundant deployment of all licensed components
●
Integrations through the ICM CTI interfaces with third-party devices that are not intended for agent desktop usage. Examples are wallboards, recorders.
●
Connections to Cisco IVR systems (IP IVR and CVP) and all related functions a Unified ICM system can perform, such as monitoring, reporting and routing.
Some Agent and Desktop licenses provide additional functionality. This is described in the remaining subsections of 9.1.1. Expressed in of the software components licensed, the following components are included in a Unified ICM system licensed by ACD PG and Agent licenses: ●
Router
●
Logger
●
ACD Peripheral Gateway (PG)
●
IVR PG (only for connection to Cisco IVR systems CVP and IP IVR)
●
istrative Workstation
●
Historical Database server
●
Internet Script Editor (ISE) server and ISE connections
●
SQL Gateway and Application Gateway
●
NICs (AT&T, CWC, SS7, Unisource, TIM, NTL, Nortel, CRSP)
●
Network (Sigtran) Gateways (ITU, AT&T and INAP) CTI Server (only for non-
8
agent desktop application) Other Unified ICM components (such as CTI OS Server and Email Interaction Manager) are licensed by certain specific Agent and Desktop licenses. This is described in sections 5.1.1 and beyond. With the exception of ACD PGs (and the related CTI Servers), the licensing does not provide a hard quantity limit to the number of components deployed. The number of components deployed should be reasonable for the quantity of ACD PGs and Agents licensed. Examples: ●
A customer with 20 ACD PG licenses and 4000 Agent licenses, could deploy a single ICM system with 20 PGs and 4000 agents, but would also be licensed to deploy 2 ICM systems instead, for example one ICM system with 8 PGs and 400 agents and another ICM system with 12 PGs and 3600 agents. A customer with a licensed ICM system may connect the Unified ICM system to any number of ed carrier networks for pre-routing without additional licenses.
8
Pricing for other, specialized NICs, to connect to other carrier switches, is available on request from CCBU Product Management at [email protected]
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 158 of 205
Ordering Guide
Note: Starting with UCCE 8.5(1), WebView will be disabled and not ed. s are required to migrate to Cisco Unified Intelligence Center (CUIC). Please see Chapter 12 for more information.
9.1.1.1
IPCC Gateway (CC Gateway) PG Licenses
This CC Gateway licenses a “Child” Center Enterprise system to connect to a “parent” ICM for enterprise-wide routing and reporting. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-IPCCEE
CC GATEWAY FOR CC ENTERPRISE
$20,000.00
Notes: ●
A single IPCC Gateway license allows for redundant implementation (A and B side).
●
ICM Agent and Desktop licenses are not required with the IPCC Gateway License
●
An IPCC Gateway license is required for each Child IPCC System connected to the ICM.
9.1.1.2
ACD PG Licenses
There are 16 different ACD PG (peripheral gateway) licenses for the different types of ACD the Unified ICM system can connect to. The following table lists them: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-02
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CALL CENTER PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-03
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT SERVER PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-04
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-05
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS-LESS PG
$50,000.00
ICME-PG-11
ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG (INCLUDING AAS)
$70,000.00
ICME-PG-11-SEI=
ICM ENTERPRISE NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG - AAS OPTION
$20,000.00
Notes: ●
A single ACD PG license allows for redundant implementation of a PG (A and B side).
●
An ACD PG license is required for each connected ACD, even if multiple ACDs (with different IP addresses) are connecting to the same physical PG server machine.
●
It is not possible to change or exchange one type of ACD PG license into another type of ACD PG license. For example, when a customer is migrating from Aspect Call Center to Aspect Server, he can no longer use his Aspect Call Center PG licenses and will need to acquire new Aspect Server licenses.
●
For details on the ed ACDs, see: http://www.cisco.com/c/dam/en/us/td/docs/voice_ip_comm/cust_/_c enter/ipcc_enterprise/compatibility_matrix/icmacdmx.pdf
●
The price for a Nortel Symposium ACD PG is different from the other PGs. This is because it comes bundled with the Automated for Symposium tool
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 159 of 205
Ordering Guide
(AAS). Older Nortel Symposium PGs (ordered before January 2006) do not include this tool. ●
Nortel Symposium PGs purchased before January 2006 can be upgraded to include AAS by ordering ICME-PG-11-SEI= for $20,000. Note that AAS is ed on ICM 5.0 and later with Symposium 5.0 and later. required Service Releases and patches on both products in the AAS product documentation.
9.1.1.3
Agent Licenses for Voice Applications
All agent licenses are based on concurrently logged-in agents. Agents need a license when they are logged-in, independent whether they are on a call or not. Other s, such as istrative Workstation or Internet Script Editor s, are not licensed separately. The Regular Agent license (ICME-REGAGT-Tx) is for ‘traditional’ ICM functionality, where the ICM monitors individual agents, but routes only to the skill group level, and leaves the individual agent selection to the third-party ACD. The license provides all Unified ICME capabilities for that, but not the optional Agent Desktop CTI integration, which is licensed separately, see section 9.1.1.2. A Regular Agent license is required for each peripheral connection to any of the ACD PGs listed in section 9.1.1.2. Most commonly these are ACD agents logged into the ACD, but it could also be other types of connections, for example IVR ports that are managed through an ACD PG. Examples: 1.
For agents, a Regular Agent license is required for each agent that is logged on to the ACD and monitored by the ICME through a PG.
2.
For other peripheral connections, a Regular Agent license is required for each peripheral connection to the ACD that is monitored by the ICME through a PG.
Notes: ●
CTI integrations that only read events and do not log agents in through the CTI interfaces are allowed under these licenses. Examples are recorders, wallboards.
●
Regular Agent licenses can be used with any ed ACD PG. For example a customer moving from a Nortel to an Avaya ACD can retain their Regular Agent licenses and only purchase new (Avaya) PG licenses.
Regular Agent licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity ordered. The tiers are: Tier
Order size
Price level
Tier 1
Orders of less than 200
Base price
Tier 2
Orders of 200 or more and less than 500
80% of base price
Tier 3
Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000
65% of base price
Tier 4
Orders of 1,000 or more
50% of base price
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Agent licenses for voice applications and their list prices.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 160 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-REGAGT-T1
REGULARICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER 1
$1,000.00
ICME-REGAGT-T2
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER2
$800.00
ICME-REGAGT-T3
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER3
$650.00
ICME-REGAGT-T4
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER4
$500.00
Options
Regular Agent
9.1.1.4
Select Desktop license
Desktop licenses
The Desktop licenses allow the agent to use a desktop application that allows him to /out, control state changes, call control and screen pops with data. The following license options are available in this category:
CTI Toolkit allows the use of the CTI Server socket interface or the CTI Toolkit SDK to either run an out of the box desktop that is provided or customize a desktop or build a custom desktop or build a server to server integration with another desktop application. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CTI Server or CTI Toolkit interfaces.
CRM Connector desktop licenses allow the use of Cisco Unified CRM Connector for Siebel. A license is required for each agent that is logged in through the CRM application. Note that the SAP CRM Connector (which is available for Center Enterprise and Hosted) is not available for ICM.
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Options
Desktop licenses ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
$900.00 $1,300.00
Notes: ●
A CTI Toolkit Desktop license is required for all CTI desktop integrations that log an agent in even if there is no Cisco software used on the desktop, for example in server-to-server integrations.
●
A Desktop license is optional for Regular Agent licenses
●
For up to date information on which CTI option is available on a particular third party ACD, see the Compatibility Matrix, published here:
9.1.2
Additional Unified ICME Licenses and Components
9.1.2.1
Third Party IVR Port Licenses
Third party IVR licenses are required to connect third party (non-Cisco) IVR systems to a Unified ICM system. It licenses the following functionality (between brackets is the name of the application interface used on the VRU PG): ●
Monitoring of IVR and IVR call status (Data Feed and other interfaces)
●
Unified ICME pre-routing calls to IVR with call context data (Call Routing
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 161 of 205
Ordering Guide
interface) ●
Unified ICME accepting post-routing requests from IVR (Call Routing interface)
●
Unified ICME controlling IVR applications for calls at the IVR (Service Control Interface)
The software component licensed by this license is the VRU Peripheral Gateway and all of the public interfaces that it offers. Note that there is no separate license for the VRU PG. For example 400 third Party IVR Port licenses can be used to connect a single 400port IVR (using a single, optionally redundant PG) or to connect four separate 100-port IVR systems (using 4, optionally redundant, PGs). A third party IVR Port license is required for every third party IVR port monitored or controlled by the ICM. Third-party IVR Port licenses are available in 4 tiers, depending on the quantity ordered. The tiers are: Tier
Order size
Price level
Tier 1
Orders of less than 200
Base price
Tier 2
Orders of 200 or more and less than 500
85% of base price
Tier 3
Orders of 500 or more and less than 1,000
75% of base price
Tier 4
Orders of 1,000 or more
65% of base price
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Third Party IVR licenses and their list prices. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225.00
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENTERPRISE THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195.00
ICM Third Party IVR licenses
9.1.2.2
Unified ICM Blind Network Transfer License
Unified ICM Enterprise has the capability to control and execute a blind transfer of a call that has been pre-routed to an agent from a connected network. This capability requires a network connection (NIC or IVR) that s this function. Of the ICM Enterprise NICs listed in section 9.1.1 only the CRSP NIC and SS7 NIC s this feature, since the other specific carrier networks do not this feature. The feature is also ed for networks that are connected through the VRU PG. This license is a single license per Unified ICM Enterprise system, independent of the number of ACD PGs, Agents or Third Party IVR Ports licensed. Notes: ●
This license is not required when CVP is used to transfer the call. An ICM Enterprise Blind Network Transfer license is included with CVP.
●
This license is not required in the following cases: 1) when the Unified ICME
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 162 of 205
Ordering Guide
system is used to move a call from a VRU that is connected through the Service Control Interface (this is one of the interfaces available on the VRU PG) to another destination, such as an agent. This is not considered a ‘transfer’. 2) A transfer request is executed by the ACD or IVR, and the Unified ICME system is only used to provide the destination for the transfer (normal post-route request) but the execution (i.e. moving the call) is left to the device requesting the transfer (i.e. the ACD or IVR). This is not considered a ‘network’ transfer. ●
Unified ICME also s Consultative Network Transfers using either a CRSP or SS7 NIC. This capability requires additional licensing. Please ICM product management if this feature is required.
The table below lists the ICM Enterprise Network Transfer license and its list price. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICM ENTERPRISE BLIND NETWORK TRANSFER
$150,000
ICM Enterprise Network Transfer ICME-BNT
9.1.3
Special Unified ICME Deployment Cases
There are several non-standard ICM deployment models that don’t fit the standard licensing models described above. The required licensing for these cases is described in this section.
9.1.3.1
Unified ICME Systems used as Hybrid CCE-ICME system
In this case the Unified ICME system has third party ACDs connected as well as Cisco Unified Communications Manager(s) and is therefore a combination of Unified ICM Enterprise and Unified Center Enterprise. A system like this requires both Unified ICME and Unified CCE licenses. Unified ICM Enterprise licenses are required for each connected TDM ACD and all agents on these ACDs. In case the ICM Enterprise Agents are using Network Transfer capabilities a license for this function is required (note that such a license is not required for Unified Center Enterprise Agents using this function, as this is included in the Unified CCE Agent licenses). For the Center Enterprise function a single Unified CC Enterprise Server license is required as well as CC Enterprise Agent licenses for all Unified CCE agents connected to the Unified Communications Manager(s).
9.1.3.2
Unified ICME Systems that are connected to a carrier owned and operated Unified ICM Hosted System
When a company owns and operates a Unified ICM Enterprise system that is connected to a carrier’s Unified ICM Hosted system (for pre-routing, Network IVR services, etc.), the Unified ICM systems should be licensed as a Unified ICM Enterprise system and not as (part of) a Unified ICM Hosted system. Note that no separate license is required to connect a Unified ICM Enterprise system to a Unified ICM Hosted system. Only customers owning NAM licenses or Unified CCH licenses should purchase ICM Hosted PG and Agent licenses.
9.1.3.3
Unified ICME Systems without any ACD connected
Unified ICM Enterprise systems that are used for atypical functions where no ACD is
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 163 of 205
Ordering Guide
connected are licensed as follows: ●
Unified ICME systems used to connect to IP IVR and third party IVR systems only. In this case only Third Party IVR Port licenses are required. These are described in section 5.1.2.1. Note that for IP IVR this is an exception to the rule that no Third Party IVR Port licenses are required for IP IVR.
●
ICM systems used for simple routing functions using a NIC.
These functions are typically performed as part of a Unified ICM Hosted system in a carrier environment. For licensing this type of functionality, please Cisco at [email protected].
9.2
Ordering New Unified ICME Systems and Add On Licenses
Almost all orders for new Unified ICM Enterprise systems and add-on orders can and should be made through a single top level part number: ICME-BUNDLE. When selected in the ordering tool, this part number will list the following components that can be ordered: ●
Media kits (CD sets)
●
ACD PG licenses
●
Agent licenses
●
Third party IVR licenses
For each of these four items you can only select a quantity of zero (0) or one (1). When selecting ‘1’, you can then configure the item and select the PGs, agents, etc., in the required type and quantity, as follows: ●
Media kit: Select the desired release. You can order only one ICM media kit at a time. The media kit will dynamically be composed, based on what licenses are ordered.
●
IPCC Gateway licenses (Unified CC Gateway licenses). Select the number and type of Unified CC Gateway licenses required
●
ACD PG licenses. Select the number and types of ACD PG licenses required.
●
ICM Regular Agent licenses. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable minimum number of agents can be ordered for each tier. There is a second level option class for Desktop licenses. It is possible to select ‘no desktop’. You can mix different types of desktops (or no desktop) as long as the total aligns with the number of Regular ICM Agents selected. For example when ordering 100 Regular Agent licenses, you can select 50 of those to have the CTI Toolkit Desktop license and 50 to be Siebel agents. The ordering system will force you to select a total amount that is equal to the number of Agent licenses ordered.
●
Third Party IVR licenses. Available in 4 tiers. Note that only the applicable minimum number of ports can be ordered for each tier.
For convenience the ICME-BUNDLE top-level part also lists some other components that are optional and can be part of a Unified ICM Enterprise solution: ●
ICM Blind Network Transfer license Order one license per Unified ICM Enterprise system. See section 9.1.2.2 for
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 164 of 205
Ordering Guide
details. Note that Non-production licenses (see section 6.5) cannot be ordered as part of an ICME-BUNDLE. These licenses need to be added separately to an order using the product numbers provided in the sections above.
9.3
Upgrades and Migrations
Under ICME-AGENTS, a ‘Desktop Migration’ option class is offered to order additional desktop licenses without ordering Agent licenses. There are two types of licenses in that option class:
To order desktop licenses for previously ordered regular agent licenses without desktop.
To order licenses for migrations between various CRM Connector Desktops, for example in case a customer migrates from one CRM vendor to another or from CTI Toolkit to a CRM Connector.
Product Numbers
Description
ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M
Migrate Existing CTI Toolkit or CRM Connector to Cisco Siebel Connector
$650.00
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M
Migrate Existing CRM Connector to CTI Toolkit
$400.00
9.4
List Price ($US) $900.00 $1,300.00
Migration from Previous Licensing Methods
This section describes how customers that have purchased Unified ICM Enterprise licenses under an older licensing scheme should be treated when expanding their system or renewing maintenance using the new maintenance product numbers. The basic rules for ‘translating’ older Unified ICM Enterprise licenses into new ones are very straightforward. The table below provides the main relationships: Older item
New Item
ICM Enterprise Standard Agent license (ICME-STDAGT-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx)
ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-PREMAGT-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx) and ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICMECTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
ACD PG (ICM-PIMxx)
Matching ACD PG license (ICME-PG-xx)
ICM Voice Agent (ICM-AGTVOC-Tx-L)
Regular ICM Enterprise Agent license (ICME-REGAGTTx)
ICM CTI Agent licenses (CTI Agent, Toolkit Desktop, Siebel Agent, Supervisor Toolkit, Cisco Agent Desktop, Cisco Supervisor Desktop and ICM Blended Agent licenses)
ICM Enterprise Desktop license (either ICMECTITOOLKIT or ICME-SIEBEL)
IVR Port (ICM-PRT-Tx-L)
Third Party IVR Port licenses (ICME-IVRPRT-Tx-L)
SS7 Cards
No change
ICM Blind Network Transfer
No change
Non-product bundles
No change
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 165 of 205
Ordering Guide
Older item
New Item
All other items, such as:
These items do not translate into any current license. All functionality is included in the Agent licenses above.
ICME-BUNDLE, ICM Gateway licenses, Partitioning, Remote Server redundancy, ICM NICs, IVR PG (ICM-PIMIVR-L), istrative Workstation, HDS Option,, Internet Script Editor Connection, third-party CTI Connection
Using the rules above a customer should ‘translate’ their current licenses into new ones and use that as a basis for ordering expansion licenses. This leads to the following specific cases for expansion orders: Expansion case: customer wants to…
Customer should order…
Add more agents to an existing ICM Enterprise location
New Regular Agent licenses and optionally Desktop licenses
Exchange ACD from one type to another, for example moving from Aspect Call Center to Aspect Server
New ACD PG license
Connect a new ACD to an existing Unified ICM Enterprise
New ACD PG and new Regular Agent licenses and optionally Desktop licenses
Add a Gateway, NIC, Partitioning, istrative Workstation/HDS /ISE or other option to an existing Unified ICM Enterprise
Nothing. When customer has ICM Agent licenses in place, these components can now be deployed without additional licensing
Add CTI to existing ICM Voice Agents
Desktop license
Connect a new third-party IVR to ICM or add more IVR ports to an IVR that is currently connected to ICM
New IVR Port licenses
9.5
Non-Production Systems
The Unified ICM non-production bundles includes 1 CVP Server license, 1000 CVP queuing/transfer ports, 2000 VXML Server ports, PG licenses, Agent and Desktop licenses, 2 CUIC reporting servers, 5 CUIC reporting s, Network Transfer licenses and Third party IVR Port licenses and Multichannel Agent Licenses (only the older products that will reach end of sale in September 2007; see note below on the new multichannel products). All components can be used in reasonable quantities, but exclusively in non-production systems. Non-production use includes lab, demo and training purposes. Notes: ●
These licenses are only sold either to end-customers who have ordered Unified ICM Enterprise production licenses or to certified ATP Partners.
●
These licenses are priced differently for end-customers and ATP-certified partners. End-customers should only order the licenses with Product Numbers ending in ‘-EC’. Certified Partners should only order the Product Numbers ending in ‘-’ or ‘-DART=’.
●
The Certified Partner (‘-’) non-production bundles are only available for order by ATP Partners in theaters where the DART tool is not available. These bundles are only available from the Wholesale price list, which implies that they must be ordered through a Cisco distributor.
●
The ‘-DART=’ bundle is only available for ATP partners through the DART tool, for theaters where DART is used.
The table below lists the Non-Production bundles and their list price.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 166 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-NPSENT-EC
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite End Customer
$25,000
ICME-NPSENT-
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite Certified Partner
$0
ICME-NPSENT-DART=
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite DART
$200
Non-production bundles
9.6
Product Number Summary Table for Unified ICME Product Numbers
This section contains a summary table with all Unified ICM Enterprise product number and applicable maintenance items. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
ICME-PG-IPCCEE
CC GATEWAY FOR CC ENTERPRISE
$20,000
ICME-PG-01
ICM ENTERPRISE ALCATEL 4400 PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-02
ICM ENTERPRISE ASPECT CALL CENTER PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-03
ICM ENT ASPECT SERVER PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-04
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-05
ICM ENTERPRISE AVAYA CMS-LESS PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-08
ICM ENTERPRISE NEX NEAX 2400/7400 PG
$50,000
ICME-PG-11
ICM ENT NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG (INCL. AAS)
$70,000
ICME-PG-11-SEI=
ICM ENT NORTEL SYMPOSIUM PG - AAS OPT
$20,000
ICME-REGAGT-T1
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER 1
$1,000
ICME-REGAGT-T2
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER2
$800
ICME-REGAGT-T3
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER3
$650
ICME-REGAGT-T4
REGULAR ICM ENTERPRISE AGENT – TIER4
$500
ICME-CTITOOLKIT
CTI Toolkit License for ICME Regular Agent
$900
ICME-SIEBELCRM
ICME Cisco Siebel Connector License for Regular Agent
$1,300
ICME-SIEBELCRM-M
Migrate Existing CTI Toolkit or CRM Connector to Cisco Siebel Connector
$600
ICME-CTITOOLKIT-M
Migrate Existing CRM Connector to CTI Toolkit
$400
ICME-IVRPRT-T1-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 1
$300
ICME-IVRPRT-T2-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 2
$255
ICME-IVRPRT-T3-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 3
$225
ICME-IVRPRT-T4-L
ICM ENT THIRD PARTY IVR PORT - TIER 4
$195
ICME-BNT
ICM ENTERPRISE BLIND NETWORK TRANSFER
$150,000
ICME-NPSENT-EC
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite End Customer
$25,000
ICME-NPSENT-DART=
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite DART
$200
ICME-NPSENT-
ICM ENT Non-Production Suite Channel Partner
$0
Notes: ●
Details on Software Service can be found here: http://www.cisco.com/go/swss.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 167 of 205
Ordering Guide
10. Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.1 Overview of Unified IP IVR Licenses Unified IP IVR licensing is based on per port licenses and Server Software Licenses. The Communications Sizing Tool (CUCST) at http://tools.cisco.com/cucst/. is required for any Cisco Unified Computing System based configuration. If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 10.1.1
Types of Unified IP IVR Licensing
There are two types of licenses for Unified IP: 1.
Port licenses
2.
Server Software licenses
Licenses are obtained by purchasing the appropriate product ID for number of ports desired. Unified IP IVR Licenses There is only one type of port license. Port licenses are required for all inbound voice callers in a Unified IP IVR deployment. Ports licenses are also required for when IP IVR is deployed as a Queuing platform with Center Enterprise. Customers should order enough ports to accommodate the maximum number of simultaneous calls at any given time. Unified IP IVR HA Server Software Licensing Deployment of High Availability for IP IVR requires a single server software license and the HA server software license. Note: High Availability is not ed when IP IVR is deployed in a CCE environment. See CCE SRND for alternative failover mechanisms.
10.2 Upgrading To a Later Cisco Unified IP IVR Release 10.2.1
Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using Purchased Product IDs
Customers may purchase a la carte upgrades from any major or minor release to any later major or minor release. 10.2.2
Upgrading Cisco Unified IP IVR to a Later Release Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS
Customers with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) contract are entitled to upgrade from their current release to a later release using the Cisco Product ol (PUT) at Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 168 of 205
Ordering Guide
http://tools.cisco.com/gct/Upgrade/jsp/index.jsp. ESW or SWSS service contracts provide entitlement to TAC and upgrades to minor, maintenance and service releases. UCSS and SWSS contracts provide entitlement to any major release.
10.3 Ordering Unified IP IVR 11.0 production Licenses Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 11.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and licenses required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 11.0 (IVR-11-SYS-K9)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 11.0 (IVR-11-ADD-K9)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.3.1
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 11.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 11.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (with High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-11-NFR=. 10.3.2
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 11.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.3.3
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.3.3.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x, 9.0 or 10.x customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 11.0. Please note that only IP IVR 9.0 and later can upgrade directly to 10.0.IP IVR 8.x customers can use IP IVR 10.x as an interim path to IP IVR 11.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 7.0 and earlier to 11.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration.
10.3.3.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 11.0 Using UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription(UCSS) or Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 169 of 205
Ordering Guide
Software Service (SWSS) contract may Unified IP IVR 11.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.3.4
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 11.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.3.4.1 Ordering New and Add On IP IVR 11.0 The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-11-SYS-K9
IVR 11.0 NEW IP IVR
IVR-11-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 11.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4995
IVR-11-HA-LIC
IVR 11.0 New IP IVR HA Qty 1 License
$9995
IVR-11-PORT1
IVR 11.0 Port
$1195
IVR-11-ADD-K9
IVR 11.0 ADDON
$0
$0
10.3.4.2 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 11.0.
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-11-UPG-K9
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR
$0
IVR-11-SS-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR Server License Only
$2495
IVR-11-HA-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA License Only
$8995
IVR-11-PORT-UPG
IVR 11.0 Upgrade Port
$595
10.3.4.3 Upgrading with a Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 9.0 and later can upgrade directly to 10.0.IP IVR 8.x customers can use IP IVR 10.x as an interim path to IP IVR 11.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 7.0 and earlier to 11.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Any interim upgrade that is required must be ordered.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 170 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3X-11K9=
IVR 3.X to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-4X-11K9=
IVR 4.X to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-11K9=
IVR 5.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-11K9=
IVR 6.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-11K9=
IVR 7.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-11K9=
IVR 8.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-11K9=
IVR 8.5 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-11K9=
IVR 9.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-10-11K9=
IVR 10.0 to 11.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA4X-11K9=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA50-11K9=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA60-11K9=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA70-11K9=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA80-11K9=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA85-11K9=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA90-11K9=
IVR HA 9.0 HA to 11.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA10-11K9=
IVR HA 10.0 HA to 11.0 HA
10.3.4.4 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-11-NFR=
IVR 11.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
10.4 Ordering Unified IP IVR 10.0 production Licenses Note: The procedure for ordering IPIVR 10.6(1) is identical to ordering IPIVR 10.0(1). Cisco will ship the latest version of the IP IVR 10.x software – 10.6 in this case.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 10.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and licenses required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 10.0 (IVR-10-SYS-K9)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-10-ADD-K9)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 171 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.1
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 10.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-10-NFR=. 10.4.2
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 10.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.4.3
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.4.3.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x or 9.0 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 10.0. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, 8.5 or 8.5 can upgrade directly to 10.0. Other IP IVR versions must first upgrade via ed paths to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 10.0. Upgrades from these releases will require fresh installs with no data migration.
10.4.3.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 10.0 Using UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid Unified Communications Software Subscription(UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) contract may Unified IP IVR 10.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.4.4
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 10.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.4.4.1 Ordering New and Add On IP IVR 10.0 The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-10-SYS-K9
IVR 10.0 NEW IP IVR
IVR-10-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 10.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4995
IVR-10-HA-LIC
IVR 10.0 New IP IVR HA Qty 1 License
$9995
IVR-10-PORT1
IVR 10.0 Port
$1195
IVR-10-ADD-K9
IVR 10.0 ADDON
$0
$0
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 172 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.4.2 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 9.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 10.0. IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via ed paths (8.0 and 9.0 respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-10-UPG-K9
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR
$0
IVR-10-SS-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR Server License Only
$2495
IVR-10-HA-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA License Only
$8995
IVR-10-PORT-UPG
IVR 10.0 Upgrade Port
$595
10.4.4.3 Upgrading with a Unified Communications Software Subscription Service (UCSS) or Software Service (SWSS) via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades to Cisco Unified IP IVR 10.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 10.0. IP IVR versions 5.0 and 7.0 must first upgrade via ed paths (8.0 and 9.0 respectively) to 10.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 3.x, 4.x and 6.0 to 9.0. These upgrades will require fresh installs with no data migration. Any interim upgrade that is required must be ordered. Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3X-10K9=
IVR 3.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-4X-10K9=
IVR 4.X to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-10K9=
IVR 5.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-10K9=
IVR 6.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-10K9=
IVR 7.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-10K9=
IVR 8.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-10K9=
IVR 8.5 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-10K9=
IVR 9.0 to 10.0 Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA4X-10K9=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA50-10K9=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA60-10K9=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA70-10K9=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA80-10K9=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA85-10K9=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 10.0 HA
IVR-UPG-HA90-10K9=
IVR HA 9.0 HA to 10.0 HA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 173 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.4.4.4 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-10-NFR=
IVR 10.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
10.5 Ordering Unified IP IVR 9.0 production Licenses Please note that IP IVR 9.0 is appliance based. Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR90MEDIAKIT-K9= to receive the IP IVR 9.0 media. 10.5.1
Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering New and Add On product components from Cisco’s wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described below. Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering using Cisco’s online configuration and ordering tools as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 9.0 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 9.0 (IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.5.2
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 9.0 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-90-NFR=. 10.5.3
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 9.0 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 174 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.5.4
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.5.4.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.0 or 8.5 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 9.0. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0 or IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
10.5.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 9.0 Using ESW/UCCS or SWSS Any customer with a valid ESW,UCSS or SWSS contract may Unified IP IVR 9.0 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.5.5
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 9.0 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.5.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools must use these product IDs. Product Number
Description
List Price
Configure Entire Product - New Software, Media Convergence Servers IVR-90-NEW-BUNDLE
IVR 9.0 New Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Entire Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Media Convergence Servers IVR-90-ADDON-BUNDL
IVR 9.0 ADDON Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Top Level New Software Only IVR-90-NEW
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR
$0
Configure Top Level Add On Software Only IVR-90-ADDON
IVR 9.0 Add On IP IVR
$0
10.5.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 9.0 IVR-90-NEW
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$0
Page 175 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$0
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1
IVR 9.0 Port
$ 1,195
IVR-90-ADDON
IVR 9.0 Add On IP IVR
$0
IVR-90-ADD-HA-LIC
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE
$ 9,995
10.5.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco.
Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 9.0 IVR-90-NEW-SS-LIC=
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$0
IVR-90-NEW-HA-LIC=
IVR 9.0 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-90-PORT1=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 1
$ 1,195
IVR-90-PORT10=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 10
$ 11,950
IVR-90-PORT25=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 25
$ 29,875
IVR-90-PORT50=
IPIVR 9.0 Port Qty 50
$ 59,750
10.5.5.4 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0, IP IVR 8.5 and IP IVR 9.0 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x, or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
IVR-90-UPG-BUNDLE
IVR 9.0 UPGRADE Deployment
IVR-90-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR
IVR-90-SS-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only
IVR-90-HA-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only
$
8,995
IVR-90-PORT-UPG
IVR 9.0 Upgrade Port
$
745
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
List Price
Page 176 of 205
Ordering Guide
10.5.5.5 Upgrading with a UCSS/SWSS contract via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x, 4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, 8.x and 8.5 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 9.0 using the Cisco Product ol. Please note that only IP IVR 7.0, IP IVR 8.0 and IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 9.0. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.x or 5.0 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 9.0. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 9.0. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3031-90=
IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-35-90=
IVR 3.5 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-40-90=
IVR 4.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-41-90=
IVR 4.1 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-45-90=
IVR 4.5 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-90=
IVR 5.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-90=
IVR 6.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-90=
IVR 7.0 to 9.0 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-90
IVR 8.0 to 9.0 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-90
IVR 8.5 to 9.0 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-90-90=
IVR 9.0 to 9.0 SWSS Maintenance Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-40-90=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-41-90=
IVR HA 4.1 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-50-90=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-60-90=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-70-90=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-80-90=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-85-90=
IVR HA 8.5 HA to 9.0 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
10.5.5.6 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-90-NFR=
IVR 9.0 Not for Resale HA
List Price
$
100
Notes: ●
All New or AddOn Expansion Server Software is the same as that for Center Express. Please consult Unified CCX pricing section for further information
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 177 of 205
Ordering Guide
on pricing. ●
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/ps9158/index.html
10.6 Ordering Unified IP IVR 8.5 production Licenses Please note that IP IVR 8.5 is appliance-based. Customers who do not order the pre-configured appliances must order IVR-85-MEDIAKIT= to receive the IP IVR 8.5 media. 10.6.1
Ordering New and Add On from Cisco Distribution Partners
Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering New and Add On product components from Cisco’s wholesale distribution partners in your theater. Available product IDs are described below. Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering using Cisco’s online configuration and ordering tools as well as ordering directly from Cisco distribution partners.
Ordering New and Add Using Cisco Online Configuration & Ordering Tools Unified IP IVR 8.5 s ordering New and Add On product components using a single top-level product ID to configure and order all software and Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS) required for a deployment as follows: ●
Configuring New Orders Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE)
●
Configuring Add On Orders Unified IP IVR 8.5 (IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL)
Note: All IP IVR server software ships with 5 Free IP IVR ports. You will need to buy at least 1 additional port to complete your configuration. 10.6.2
Ordering Unified IP IVR Not for Resale (NFR) Licenses
Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits are available for use in Cisco and Cisco partner labs. Please note that Unified IP IVR 8.5 NFR kits may never be deployed on customer premises for any reason without prior Unified IP IVR Product Manager approval. Unified IP IVR NFR kits provide server software (High Availability) and five ports of Unified IP IVR. Please order IVR-85-NFR=. 10.6.3
Ordering Customer Non-Production Systems
Unified IP IVR 8.5 does not have product IDs for purchase of customer non-production systems. All such systems must be ordered using ‘New’ product IDs and pricing. 10.6.4
Upgrading to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Licenses from a Previous IP IVR Release
10.6.4.1 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses Using Purchased Product IDs Any previous 3.X, 4.X, 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, or 8.0 customer may choose to purchase a la carte upgrade licenses to upgrade their existing release to 8.5.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 178 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, or IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
10.6.4.2 Upgrading Unified IP IVR Licenses to Unified IP IVR 8.5 Using EOS and/or UCCS Any customer with a valid ESW/UCSS or SWSS contract may Unified IP IVR 8.5 via the Cisco Product ol (PUT). 10.6.5
Product ID Summary Table for Unified IP IVR Product IDs
This section contains a summary table for Unified IP IVR 8.5 product numbers and applicable maintenance items.
10.6.5.1 New and Add On Top Level Configurable Product IDs The table below contains those product IDs that will enable configuring and order all the software and MCS servers or just the software required for any Unified IP IVR deployment. All orders using the Cisco online Dynamic or Multi-Line configuration tools must use these product IDs. Product Number
Description
List Price
Configure Entire Product - New Software, Media Convergence Servers IVR-85-NEW-BUNDLE
IVR 8.5 New Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Entire Product - Add On Software, UCSS and Media Convergence Servers IVR-85-ADDON-BUNDL
IVR 8.5 ADDON Deployment-Product
$0
Configure Top Level New Software Only IVR-85-NEW
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR
$0
Configure Top Level Add On Software Only IVR-85-ADDON
IVR 8.5 Add On IP IVR
$0
10.6.5.2 New and Add On Configurable Product ID Options The table below contains those product IDs that may be required as part of the configuration of the top level product IDs in the table above
Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 8.5 IVR-85-NEW
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR
$0
IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$ 4,995
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-85-PORT1
IVR 8.5 Port
$ 1,195
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 179 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-85-ADDON
IVR 8.5 Add On IP IVR
$0
IVR-85-ADD-HA-LIC
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 LICENSE
$ 9,995
10.6.5.3 New and Add On Product IDs Used to Order from Cisco Wholesale Distribution Partners The table below contains those product IDs that may be used to order from Cisco wholesale distribution partners rather than configured and ordered direct from Cisco. Product Number
Description
List Price
New and Add On Product IDs for IP IVR 8.5 IVR-85-NEW-SS-LIC=
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR Single Server Qty 1 License Only
$4,995
IVR-85-NEW-HA-LIC=
IVR 8.5 New IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) Qty 1 License
$ 9,995
IVR-85-PORT1=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 1
$ 1,195
IVR-85-PORT10=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 10
$ 11,950
IVR-85-PORT25=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 25
$ 29,875
IVR-85-PORT50=
IPIVR 8.5 Port Qty 50
$ 59,750
10.6.5.4 Configurable Upgrade Product IDs The table below contains product IDs to configure and order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x , 4.x , 5.x , 6.x, 7.x, and 8.x to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5. Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.5 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration. Product Number
Description
List Price
IVR-85-UPG-BUNDLE
IVR 8.5 UPGRADE Deployment
IVR-85-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR
IVR-85-SS-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR (Single Server) License Only
$
3,495
IVR-85-HA-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade IP IVR HA (Dual Server Cluster) License Only
$
8,995
IVR-85-PORT-UPG
IVR 8.5 Upgrade Port
$
745
10.6.5.5 Upgrading with a UCSS/SWSS contract via Cisco’s Product ol (PUT) The table below contains the product IDs used to order upgrades from Unified IP IVR 3.x, 4.x , 5.x, 6.x, 7.x, and 8.0 to Cisco Unified IP IVR 8.5 using the Cisco Product ol.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 180 of 205
Ordering Guide
Please note that only IP IVR 5.0, IP IVR 7.0, and IP IVR 8.0 can upgrade directly to 8.5. IP IVR versions 3.X, 4.0, or 4.5 must first upgrade via ed paths to 7.0 and then to 8.5. Lastly, there is no upgrade path from IP IVR versions 4.1 and 6.0 to 8.5. IVR 4.1 and 6.0 upgrades will be treated as fresh installs with no data migration.
Product Number
Description
IVR-UPG-3031-85=
IVR STD 3.0,3.1 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-35-85=
IVR 3.5 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-40-85=
IVR 4.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-41-85=
IVR 4.1 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-45-85=
IVR 4.5 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-50-85=
IVR 5.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-60-85=
IVR 6.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-70-85=
IVR 7.0 to 8.5 SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-80-85
IVR 8.0 to 8.5 SWSS Minor Upgrade
IVR-UPG-85-85=
IVR 8.5 to 8.5 SWSS Maintenance Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-40-85=
IVR HA 4.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-41-85=
IVR HA 4.1 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-50-85=
IVR HA 5.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-60-85=
IVR HA 6.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-70-85=
IVR HA 7.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Major Upgrade
IVR-UPG-HA-80-85=
IVR HA 8.0 HA to 8.5 HA SWSS Minor Upgrade
10.6.5.6 NFR Kit Product IDs The table below contains NFR Kit product IDs. Product Number
Description
IVR-85-NFR=
IVR 8.5 Not for Resale HA
List Price
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$
100
Page 181 of 205
Ordering Guide
11. Cisco MediaSense This section provides licensing and ordering information for MediaSense - Cisco’s openstandard network-based platform that s recording, playback, live streaming, and storage of media--including audio and video--with rich recording metadata. Please note that Cisco MediaSense requires Cisco Unified Communication Manager to offer the full range of features.
11.1 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 11.0: Customers ordering MediaSense can select the various following components when ordering the product: ●
Audio Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent audio sessions required, which is the total number of simultaneous voice recording sessions. The licenses can be deployed on any number of servers and includes high availability.
●
Video Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent video sessions required. Note that the Video Session License includes audio and either the Audio Session License or the Video Session License is to be ordered, not both. A video conversation recording between two participants would require two video session licenses. The licenses can be deployed on any number of servers and includes high availability.
11.2 MediaSense Ordering and Pricing Information for version 9 and 10: Customers ordering MediaSense can select the various following components when ordering the product: ●
MediaSense Base Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous recording sessions.
●
Audio Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent audio sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous voice recording sessions.
●
Video Session Licenses. This component is the number of concurrent video sessions (non-Redundant) required, which is the total number of simultaneous video recording sessions. Note that the Video Session License includes audio and either the Audio Session License or the Video Session License is to be ordered, not both. Also note that the sum of the Audio and Video session licenses should equal the number of MediaSense Base licenses that are ordered
●
MediaSense Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Server Software license is required for the MediaSense Primary and Secondary Servers which provide database operations as well as media operations
●
MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses. A MediaSense Expansion Server Software license is required for servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 182 of 205
Ordering Guide
11.3 Cisco Software Services for Cisco MediaSense Software services are documented in the Cisco Software Services Ordering Guide: http://www.cisco.com/web/partners/services/s/swss-ordering-guide.pdf
SWSS Partner website SWSS Customer website SWSS Disti
SWSS Guide
11.4 Ordering MediaSense 11.0 MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 11.0 Top-level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M11-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M11-VUP-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for upgrades from 9.x or 10.x to 11.0 deployments
N/A
M11-PORT-ADD-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for adding ports to an existing 11.0 system
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Audio session licenses
●
Video session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.4.1
MediaSense 11.0 Component Information
The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each MediaSense orderable part.
11.4.1.1 MediaSense 11.0 Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform. An audio or video session provides the with the ability to record one voice or record/stream video session. MediaSense 11.0 Session Licenses part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 183 of 205
Ordering Guide
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-AUDIO-11X-LIC
MediaSense 11.0 Audio Port License
$295
NA
$345
NA
M-VIDEO-11X-LIC
MediaSense 11.0 Video Port License
M11-VUP-AUD-PT
Upgrade audio port MediaSense from 9.x or 10.x to 11.x
$145
NA
M11-VUP-VID-PT
Upgrade video port MediaSense from 9.x or 10.x to 11.x
$175
NA
11.4.2
Not-for-Production Systems
Not-For-Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
98 session licenses for audio and 2 for video. High availability is included.
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. MediaSense 11.0 NPS part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-11X-NPS-K9=
MediaSense 11.0 Not-for-Production System
$1200
R- M-11X-NPS-K9=
MediaSense 11.0 Not-for Production System E-Delivery
$1200
Partner Systems – 11.0 MediaSense is included in the Cisco Collaboration 11 Partner Bundle Offer, available via the Cisco Marketplace Store.
11.5 Ordering MediaSense 10.x MediaSense is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 10.x Top-level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M10-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M10-VUP-LIC-K9
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for upgrades from the 8.x and 9.x deployments
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts:
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 184 of 205
Ordering Guide
●
Server software
●
Session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.5.1
MediaSense 10.x Component Information
After selecting the top-level part number (M-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits. The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture platform orderable part.
11.5.1.1 MediaSense 10.x Server Software License MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture, streaming and storage. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-SVR-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Primary or Secondary Node Server Software
$2,000
M10-VUP-SVR
Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Primary or Secondary Node Server to 10.x
$1,000
11.5.1.2 MediaSense 10.x Expansion Server Software MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations. Expansion Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-EXP-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Expansion Node Server Software
$500
M10-VUP-EXP-SVR
Update MediaSense 8.x/9.x Expansion Node Server to 10.x
$250
The NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.5.1.3 MediaSense 10.x Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform. An audio or video session combined with a base license provides the with the ability to record one voice or video session. Ordering notes: ●
For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session license (not both) must be ordered
●
If upgrading from a previous release, only base ports need to be upgraded. The Audio or Video port does not have an upgrade part.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 185 of 205
Ordering Guide
MediaSense 10.x Session Licenses part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-BASE-10X-LIC
MediaSense 10.x Base License
$225
Min 1
M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC
MediaSense 10.x License for audio session
$25
Sum of M-CORE-AUDLIC and M-CORE-VIDLIC should equal MBASE-LIC
M-CORE-10X-VID-LIC
MediaSense 10.x License for video session
$75
Sum of M-CORE-AUDLIC and M-CORE-VIDLIC should equal MBASE-LIC
M10-CORE-10X-BASEPORT
MediaSense base port for 8.x/9.x to update to 10.x
$112
The base licenses being upgraded.
11.5.2
Not-for-Production Systems
Not-For-Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
98 session licenses for audio and 2 for video -- all on 1 machine only
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. MediaSense 10.x NPS part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-10X-NPS-K9
MediaSense 10.x Not-for-Production System
$1200
R-M-10X-NPS-K9
MediaSense 10.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$1200
Partner Systems – 10.x MediaSense is included in the Cisco Collaboration 10 Partner Bundle Offer, available via the Cisco Marketplace Store. 11.5.3
MediaSense 10.x / UCCX Promotional Bundle
Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-10X-AUD-10PACK
10 audio recording licenses + 1 server license
$997.50
Quantity Max 1 per system. For new or upgraded UCCX systems.
CCX-10-REC-LIC
11.5.4
Additional 10.x recording licenses
$250
MediaSense 10.x Product number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense 10.x product number and applicable maintenance items.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 186 of 205
Ordering Guide
MediaSense 10.x Part Numbers Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M10-LIC-K9
MediaSense 10.x Software
N/A
M-SVR-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Server Software License
$2000
M-EXP-10X-SW
MediaSense 10.x Expansion Software Server License
$500
M-BASE-10X-LIC
Base MediaSense 10.x Recording License
$225
M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC
License for Audio recording - 1 session
$25
M-CORE-10X-VID-LIC
License for Video recording - 1 session
$75
11.6 Ordering MediaSense 9.x MediaSense 9.x is available as configurable part numbers using Cisco’s online ordering tools (e.g. Dynamic Ordering Tool or Multi-Line Ordering Tool). To order the product, most core MediaSense options are available using the part number, M-. The online ordering tool will then provide all MediaSense ordering options for each component of the MediaSense system. Product codes for electronic delivery of licenses start with ‘L-‘. Product codes for Electronic Software Delivery start with ‘R-‘. MediaSense 9.x Top level Part numbers: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-NEW-LIC
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
R-M-NEW-LIC
MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for new deployments
N/A
M-ADDON-LIC
MediaSense Top Level Part Number for add-on licenses
N/A
L-M-ADDON-LIC
MediaSense E-Delivery Top Level Part Number for addon licenses
N/A
After selecting the top-level part number, one will be able to order the following parts: ●
Server software
●
Session licenses
Additional information about each component is available in the sections below; however, for ease of ordering, start by ordering the top-level part number here and then configure it. 11.6.1
MediaSense 9.x Component Information
After selecting the top-level part number (M-NEW-LIC), one will be able to order MediaSense production software, the not-for-production software, and evaluation kits. The part numbers listed below provide ordering information for each media capture platform orderable part.
11.6.1.1 MediaSense 9.x Server Software License MediaSense Server Software licenses are required for the Primary and Secondary Servers that provide database operations as well as media operations - capture, streaming and storage.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 187 of 205
Ordering Guide
Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-SVR-9X-SW-K9
MediaSense 9.0 Server Software
$2,000
11.6.1.2 MediaSense 9.x Expansion Server Software MediaSense Expansion Server Software licenses are required for the Expansion Servers that provide additional capacity for media operations, but not for database operations. Server part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-MED-SW-K9
MediaSense Expansion Server Software
$500
The NFR and NPS kits do not require a server license.
11.6.1.3 MediaSense 9.x Session Licenses This is the main component of the MediaSense platform audio or video session combined with a base license provides the with the ability to record one voice or video session. Ordering notes: ●
For every MediaSense base license that is ordered, an audio or video session license (not both) must be ordered
MediaSense 9.x Session License part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US) Quantity
M-BASE-LIC
MediaSense Base License
$225
Min 1
M-CORE-AUD-LIC
MediaSense License for audio session
$25
Sum of M-COREAUD-LIC and MCORE-VID-LIC should equal M-BASE-LIC
M-CORE-VID-LIC
MediaSense License for video session $75
Sum of M-COREAUD-LIC and MCORE-VID-LIC should equal M-BASE-LIC
11.6.2
MediaSense 9.x Non Production Systems
Not For Production Systems MediaSense Not-for-Production (NPS) systems are for use by customers in a nonproduction environment. This is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
100 session licenses for audio or video recording-- all on 1 machine only
Not-for-Production Systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 188 of 205
Ordering Guide
Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale (NFR) systems provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes, The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software that provides: ●
Server Software License for 1 machine only
●
100 session licenses for audio or video recording-- all on 1 machine only
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations or by partners for development of customer solutions. MediaSense 9.x NPS and NFR part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System
$30
M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit
$30
R-M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$30
R-M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery
$30
11.6.3
MediaSense 9.x part number summary tables
This section contains a summary table with all MediaSense 9.x product number and applicable maintenance items. MediaSense 9.x Part Numbers Product Numbers
M-NEW-LIC
Description
List Price ($US)
M-NEW-LIC
N/A
M-SVR-9X-SW-K9
MediaSense 9.x Server Software
$2,000
M-MED-SW-K9
MediaSense Expansion Software Server License
$500
M-BASE-LIC
Base MediaSense Recording License
$225
M-CORE-AUD-LIC
License for Audio recording - 1 session
$25
M-CORE-VID-LIC
License for Video recording - 1 session
$75
M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System
$30
M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit
$30
R-M-9X-NPS=
MediaSense 9.x Not-for-Production System E-Delivery
$30
R-M-9X-NFR=
MediaSense 9.x Not for Resale Kit E-Delivery
$30
11.7 Ordering Examples for Production MediaSense Systems 11.7.1
Example 1 –Customer requires 500 concurrent audio recordings and high availability - Ordering Use Case
Solution: The total number of concurrent sessions required is 500, which is the sum of concurrent recordings and playbacks. Since each MediaSense server can up to 200 concurrent sessions, the customer will have to order two MediaSense Servers and one Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 189 of 205
Ordering Guide
Expansion Server. The secondary server is required since the customer needs HA. MediaSense components required: ●
2 M Server Software License
●
1 M Expansion Server Software Licenses
●
500 M-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
●
500 M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses
11.7.2
Example 2 –Customer requiring 50 additional concurrent audio recordings - Ordering Use Case
Solution: If the customer does not need to order an additional server because the existing MediaSense servers can an additional 50 audio recordings, the customer will just have to order the top level part M-ADDON-LIC and the following: ●
50 M-BASE-10X-LIC Licenses
●
50 M-CORE-10X-AUD-LIC licenses
11.8 MediaSense Licenses Fulfillment/ Distribution This section highlights how the licenses will be distributed/ fulfilled with the order. Note that the MediaSense 8.x, 9.x and 10.x releases provide Paper Right to Use feature licenses. Partners or customers will have to order the appropriate number of services and licenses based on the deployment requirements.
11.9 Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management Solutions for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management is a highly scalable voice, screen recording, and evaluation solution that integrates with Cisco MediaSense. When operating in a Cisco MediaSense environment, MediaSense is the recording platform that captures the audio media channels. Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management use the Cisco MediaSense API to integrate with and enhance the platform by adding a feature-rich application layer. Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, Calabrio Search & Play and Quality Management offers the following packages (in increasing levels of sophistication): •
Calabrio Search & Play Calabrio Search & Play s searching, archiving and playback of calls recorded by Cisco MediaSense.
•
Calabrio Quality Management Calabrio Quality Management allows centers to review and assess the performance levels of individual agents and teams.
•
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 190 of 205
Ordering Guide
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management adds agent screen recording during calls to the Quality Management capabilities. All Calabrio products are orderable via the top-level SKU MDS-CLB and MDS-CLB-ADD. Use the MDS-CLB SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-CLB-ADD SKU if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. Calabrio SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent. and maintenance contract for Calabrio’s SolutionsPlus products are purchased directly from Calabrio. Calabrio’s SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco MediaSense. In addition to the Calabrio licenses, you will also need a host server with Windows Server 2008 OS and Microsoft SQL provided by the customer or partner. The server and software requirements vary with the number of named s, number of recorded calls and concurrent call volume. Details on the requirements are available in the Calabrio Install guide available to ed s via http://portal.calabrio.com/tiki/tikiindex.php?page=Call+Recording+Quality+Management++Guides#v8_9. To get additional help from Calabrio, reach out to your local Calabrio representative or use the following Calabrio mailer [email protected]. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
Calabrio Product Licenses MDS-CLB-SP
Calabrio Search & Play
$150
MDS-CLB-QM
Calabrio Quality Management
$350
MDS-CLB-AQM
Calabrio Advanced Quality Management
$575
MDS-CLB-WFM
Calabrio Advanced Workforce Management
$695
11.10 NICE Interaction Management Suite for Cisco MediaSense through Cisco SolutionsPlus NICE Interaction Management Suite provides a comprehensive solution for capturing, analyzing and impacting customer interactions. The solution enables organizations to: Capture customer interactions through Cisco’s MediaSense. Analyze interactions to extract business insights and reveal root-cause. Monitor agents’ performance, provide targeted agent coaching and optimize quality processes. Through Cisco SolutionsPlus, NICE Interaction Management Suite offers the following packages (in increasing levels of sophistication):
Interaction Management Provides advanced recording rules based on CTI or business data, interaction playback and advanced storage and archiving rules.
Quality Management Includes Interaction Management and additionally, for agent evaluation, coaching and calibration.
Quality Optimization
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 191 of 205
Ordering Guide
Includes Quality Management and additionally, for: o o
o •
End-to-end workflows, enabling managers to define, assign and monitor quality tasks from via single dashboard. 22 out-of-the-box Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), allowing managers to follow operational metrics and align quality processes to organization’s business goals. Customizable dashboards, scorecards, notifications and alerts.
Analytics-Based Quality Optimization Includes Quality Optimization and additionally, for: o o o o o
Automatic categorization of interactions into topics Emotion detection and sentiment analysis Root-cause analysis via speech-to-text transcription and text mining Trending and alerts Unlimited KPIs based on Categorization
In addition, NICE Interaction Management Suite provides the several optional components. The following optional components are available to all packages:
Encryption – provides end-to-end media encryption in order to protect captured data. Real-time Privacy Control – provides the ability to pause voice and screen recording to prevent recording of sensitive information. Component HA – high availability to ensure continuous recording Playback to Extension - provides the capability to play back the voice portion of an interaction to a telephone extension. IP Phone Application - provides the capability to initiate recording on demand
The following optional component is available to Quality Management, Quality Optimization, and Analytics-Based Quality Optimization packages: Additional Screen Recording - Screen recording is included with 15% of the licenses sold as part of Quality Management, Quality Optimization and Advanced Quality Optimization. If more screen recording sessions are required, additional screen recording licenses need to be purchased. The following optional components are available only to the analytics-based quality optimization. It is recommended that you a NICE representative for help on quoting analytics-based optional components.
Phonetics Indexing – Analytic engine processing voice to phonemes. At a minimum, one block of 500 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality optimization is purchased. Transcription – Analytic engine processing voice to transcribed text. At a minimum, one block of 250 hrs/day is required when analytics-based quality optimization is purchased. Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis – Analytic engine identifying emotions and agent- customer cross talk. Additional Language – for additional language other than English
All NICE products are orderable via the top level SKU MDS-NICE and MDS-NICE-ADD. Use the MDS-NICE SKU for new orders. Use the MDS-NICE-ADD SKU if you want to add additional seats to an existing deployment. All of NICE SolutionsPlus licenses are priced per named agent, except for Interaction Management, screen recording and playback to extension, which are priced per
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 192 of 205
Ordering Guide
concurrent session. , maintenance and professional services for NICE SolutionsPlus products must be purchased directly from NICE or a NICE-certified partner. NICE’s SolutionsPlus offering is only available when integrated with Cisco MediaSense. To get additional help from NICE, reach out to your local NICE representative or use one of the following emails, depending on your location:
[email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
NICE SKUs for everywhere except APJC Note: These SKUs will be placed on New Product Hold for PM review Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
NICE Product Licenses MDS-NICE-AQO-
NICE Advanced Quality Optimization - APJC
$1,650
MDS-NICE-IM
NICE Interaction Management
$625
MDS-NICE-QM
NICE Quality Management
$950
MDS-NICE-QO
NICE Quality Optimization
MDS-NICE-EMO
Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis
MDS-NICE-ENCR
Encryption
$125
MDS-NICE-HA
Component High-Availability
$100
MDS-NICE-IPPA
IP Phone Applications
MDS-NICE-LANG
Additional language
MDS-NICE-PBK
Playback to Extension
MDS-NICE-PNTC
Phonetics Indexing (500 hrs/day)
MDS-NICE-RTPC
$1,100 $60,000
$75 $5,000 $800 $50,000
Real-time privacy control
$145
MDS-NICE-SCRN
Additional Screen Recording
$240
MDS-NICE-STT
Transcription (250 hrs/day)
WFM-WMA
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced
$725
WFM-WMAP
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced Plus
$925
WFM-ACD-TI
NICE WFM ACD Telephony Integration (per ACD integration)
WFM-DR
WFM Disaster Recovery
WFM-LE
WFM Lab Environment
$25,000
WFM-MCI
WFM Multichannel Integration
$10,000
WFM-PM
Performance Manager
WFM-WLM
Workload Manager
$80
WFM-NIM2QM
NIM to QM Upgrade
$325
WFM-NIM2QO
NIM to QO Upgrade
$475
WFM-NIM2AQO
NIM to AQO Upgrade
WFM-QM2QO
QM to QO Upgrade
$150
WFM-QM2AQO
QM to AQO Upgrade
$700
WFM-QO2AQO
QO to AQO Upgrade
$550
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$55,000
$15,000 $150
$250
$1,025
Page 193 of 205
Ordering Guide
NICE SKUs for APJC ONLY Note: These SKUs will be placed on Compliance Hold for PM review Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
NICE Product Licenses MDS-NICE-AQO-APJC
NICE Advanced Quality Optimization - APJC
$1,650
MDS-NICE-IM-APJC
NICE Interaction Management
MDS-NICE-QM-APJC
NICE Quality Management
$950
MDS-NICE-QO-APJC
NICE Quality Optimization
$1,100
MDS-NICE-EMO-APJC
Emotion Detection and Talk Over Analysis
MDS-NICE-ENCR-APJC
Encryption
$125
MDS-NICE-HA-APJC
Component High-Availability
$100
MDS-NICE-IPPA-APJC
IP Phone Applications
MDS-NICE-LANG-APJC
Additional language
MDS-NICE-PBK-APJC
Playback to Extension
MDS-NICE-PNTC-APJC
Phonetics Indexing (500 hrs/day)
MDS-NICE-RTPC-APJC
Real-time privacy control
$625
$60,000
$75 $5,000 $800 $50,000 $145
MDS-NICE-SCRN-APJC
Additional Screen Recording
MDS-NICE-STT-APJC
Transcription (250 hrs/day)
WFM-WMA-APJC
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced
$725
WFM-WMAP-APJC
NICE IEX Workforce Management Advanced Plus
$925
WFM-ACD-TI-APJC
NICE WFM ACD Telephony Integration (per ACD integration)
WFM-DR-APJC
WFM Disaster Recovery
WFM-LE-APJC
WFM Lab Environment
$25,000
WFM-MCI-APJC
WFM Multichannel Integration
$10,000
WFM-PM-APJC
Performance Manager
WFM-WLM-APJC
Workload Manager
$80
WFM-NIM2QM-APJC
NIM to QM Upgrade
$325
WFM-NIM2QO-APJC
NIM to QO Upgrade
$475
WFM-NIM2AQO-APJC
NIM to AQO Upgrade
WFM-QM2QO-APJC
QM to QO Upgrade
$150
WFM-QM2AQO-APJC
QM to AQO Upgrade
$700
WFM-QO2AQO-APJC
QO to AQO Upgrade
$550
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
$240 $55,000
$15,000 $150
$250
$1,025
Page 194 of 205
Ordering Guide
12. Cisco Remote Expert Mobile This section provides licensing and ordering information for Remote Expert Mobile. Remote Expert Mobile is a software solution that enables personal and actionable customer interactions within mobile & web applications. From simple click-to video/voice call to a full collaborative experience (screen share, co-browse, remote control, content push, annotation and form-fill) interconnected to a full collaboration and center environment. Please note that Cisco Remote Expert requires Cisco Unified Communication Manager and/or Cisco Center Enterprise/ Packaged Center Enterprise and Center Express to offer the full range of features. Note: The top part numbers are IPCE-REMOB and CCX-REMOB.
12.1 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCX customers Unified CCX customers who require Remote Expert Mobile will use the following part numbers. The top part number is CCX-REMOB under bundle CCX-10-SYS-K9. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCX-REMOB-SAGT5-L
First time customer, Concurrent session licenses, min Qty 5
$1,500
CCX-REMOB-SAADD-L
Add on for returning customers, Concurrent session licenses
$1.500
CCX-REMOB-KIT-K9
Qty 1 Remote Expert Mobile Media Kit - NO LICENSES
CCX-REMOB-SVR
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
CCX-REMOB-SAGT-LC
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
$100
For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with Unified CCX, customers should have same number of Agent license. Example: First time ordering 10 concurrent session of Remote Expert Mobile with Unified CCX and then adding 5 more concurrent licenses later 1.
Concurrent session licenses [CCX-REMOB-SAGT5-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 10 session it will be $1500*10)
2.
Select Qty1 for CCX-REMOB-KIT-K9
3.
Auto selected Qty1 for CCX-REMOB-SVR and CCX-REMOB-SAGT-LC
4.
Order corresponding SWSS licenses
5.
Now returning to add 5 more concurrent session to an existing RE Mobile deployment [CCX-REMOB-SAADD-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 5 session it will be $1500*5)
SWSS for Remote Expert Mobile is covered in the SWSS ordering guide. See chapter 16.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 195 of 205
Ordering Guide
12.2 Remote Expert Mobile for Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers Unified CCE, Packaged Center and UCM customers who require Remote Expert Mobile will use the following part numbers. Top part number is IPCE-REMOB. For Unified CCE it’s under the IPCE-BUNDLE. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
IPCE-REMOB-SAGT5-L
First time customer, Concurrent session licenses, min Qty 5
$1,500
IPCE-REMOB-SAADD-L
Add on for returning customers, Concurrent session licenses
$1.500
IPCE-REMOB-KIT-K9
Qty 1 Remote Expert Mobile Media Kit - NO LICENSES
IPCE-REMOB-SVR
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
IPCE-REMOB-SAGT-LC
Qty 1, auto expanded – NO LICENSES
$0
$100
For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with Unified CCE and Packaged center, customers should have same number of Agent license. For Remote Expert Mobile functionality with UCM, customers should have UCM licenses. Example: First time ordering 10 concurrent session of Remote Expert Mobile with Unified CCE, Packaged center or UCM and then adding 5 more licenses later 1.
Concurrent session licenses [IPCE-REMOB-SAGT5-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 10 session it will be $1500*10)
2.
Select Qty1 for IPCE-REMOB-KIT-K9
3.
Auto selected Qty1 for IPCE-REMOB-SVR and IPCE-REMOB-SAGT-LC
4.
Order corresponding SWSS license
5.
Now returning to add 5 more concurrent session to an existing RE Mobile deployment - [IPCE-REMOB-SAADD-L * number of session required] (eg. ordering 5 session it will be $1500*5)
SWSS for Remote Expert Mobile is covered via the SWSS ordering guide. See chapter 16.
12.3 Remote Expert Mobile Non-Production Suites Remote Expert Mobile offers both customer and partner versions of Non-Production Kits. Non-production suites provide Media and RTU with 5 concurrent session licenses. The below part numbers are applicable with CC and UC platforms (Unified CCE/PCCE/CCX/CUCM). Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
REMOB-NFR-CH
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS
$200
REMOB-NFR-DART
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR PARTNERS VIA DART
$200
REMOB-NFR-EC
NON-PRODUCTION SUITE FOR END CUSTOMERS
$2,000
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 196 of 205
Ordering Guide
13. Cisco Servers (UCS and MCS) 13.1 Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS) Cisco Center products Cisco Unified Computing Systems (UCS). It is a part of the overall Cisco Collaboration Technology Group (CTG) Unified Communications on Unified Computing Systems (UC on UCS) program. Particular Center products/applications UCS servers at a different time. See http://cisco.com/go/uc-virtualized for more information. Center products use the CTG UCS SKUs. The CTG UCS configuration and ordering information can be found at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/ps6790/ps5748/ps378/solution_over view_c22-597556.html.
13.2 Cisco Media Convergence Servers (MCS), Windows Server 2003 Operating Systems and SQL Server 2005 13.2.1
Part Numbers
Center Media Convergence Servers (MCS) have been End Of Sale/Life. The replacement/alternative server information is per the EOL bulletin, which is at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/products/hw/voiceapp/ps378/prod_eol_notices_list.html. The Center Windows Server 2003 and SQL Server 2005 have been End Of Sale/Life. Please consult the EOL Bulletin at http://www.cisco.com/en/US/prod/collateral/voicesw/custcosw/ps5693/ps1844/end_of_life _notice_c51-719033.html.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 197 of 205
Ordering Guide
14. Cisco Unified Intelligence Center This section provides licensing and ordering information for Cisco Unified Intelligence Center 9.0 and higher.
14.1 Ordering Intelligence Center version 9.0 and higher In Release 9.0 and higher, there are two types of Intelligence Center licenses, Intelligence Center Standard and Intelligence Center . Note that the license labeled 8.0 is valid for 8.x and higher deployments. The media is the same for either or Standard and is included with the Center Enterprise software bundles. 1.
Center Enterprise bundle, IPCE-MEDIAKIT
2.
Center Express bundle, CCX-11-MED-K9.
If your company is considering Cisco Unified Communications in a Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) or equivalent emergency services environment, please [email protected] prior to purchase or deployment. 14.1.1
Production System Software
Center Enterprise deployments: Intelligence Center is deployed as a cluster with a single controller node and up to seven member nodes sized to the number of s, expected reporting activity and redundancy requirements. To determine the number of Intelligence Center servers required, please use the Unified Communications System Sizing Tool – Reporting section. and Standard licenses (CCEH-CUIC-PREM and CCEH-CUIC-STD)are available in the IPCE-BUNDLE under the category IPCE-SVR-ADDON. One CCEHCUIC-PREM or CCEH-CUIC-STD should be purchased for each Intelligence Center Server deployed in the cluster to cover the platform software – Operating System and Database – and Intelligence Center software. One license will be issued to be deployed on the controller node of the cluster. If more than one cluster will be deployed, please enter each cluster as a separate line item. For example, if two 4-node clusters of CUIC will be deployed, 2 line items of quantity 4 each would be entered.
Center Express deployments: Starting release 11.0, Intelligence Center can be installed as a single standalone off-box server for Unified Center Express deployments. One Intelligence Center license (CCEH-CUIC-PREM) needs to be purchased. This is available in IPCE-BUNDLE under the category IPCE-SVR-ADDON
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 198 of 205
Ordering Guide
Cisco Unified Intelligence Center part number information for new purchases (See Section below for upgrades): Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-STD
Intelligence Center Standard for Production
$1,000
CCEH-CUIC-PREM
Intelligence Center for Production
$25,000
14.1.2
Not-for-Production Systems, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits
Not-for-production, Not-for-Resale and Evaluation Kits are available under the IPCEBUNDLE, in the LAB section, under CUIC-NPS category SKU. Not For Production Systems Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Production (NPS) customer lab systems are for use in a non-production environment. This is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5 concurrent s. The Lab systems provide: ●
Intelligence Center Software
●
Unified Intelligence Center License
Not-for-Production systems should be ordered when production calls will not be taken on the system. The software is intended to be used for development, testing, system integration testing. Not-For-Resale Systems The Not-For-Resale kits are available for Partners for Intelligence Center stand-alone deployments in the lab. Unified Intelligence Center Not-for-Resale (NFR) kits provide partners with 1 system for internal learning and demonstration purposes, The NFR kit is a full-featured version of the software, but limited to 5 concurrent s. The NFR kit includes ●
Intelligence Center Software
●
Unified Intelligence Center license for non-production application development.
These licenses are available through the DART program, as well as orderable through the Cisco ordering system. The NFR kits are not to be used for customer evaluations. Note that a CUIC license is included in the Center Enterprise System NFR (IPCE-NPSENT- and IPCE-NPSENT-EC). Trial Licenses The Unified Intelligence Center Trial license is available for partners to trial a solution at a customer site in order to provide customers with the opportunity to evaluate the solution at their premise. The trial license provides a 90-day license from the time of installation for the Unified Intelligence Center Software. Trial software is not to be used by partners or customers for development of production solutions. Unified Intelligence Center is considered to be “in “production” if
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 199 of 205
Ordering Guide
it is used to develop customer solutions and requires a CUIC license. NFR, NPS and Evaluation part number information: Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-LAB
Intelligence Center Not-for-production System, for customer lab
$1,000
CCEH-CUIC-TRIAL
Intelligence Center Trial License (90 Day Expiration)
$25
CCEH-CUIC-NFR
Intelligence Center Not-For-Resale System, for partner lab system
$500
14.1.3
Upgrades from previous versions
Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 customers with a valid SWSS contract are eligible for Intelligence Center via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC-PREM-U=. The number of CUIC servers that will be deployed must be identified when the upgrade order is placed. There is no corresponding upgrade for Archiver so existing Archivers will remain at Release 7.5. Customers who continue to use Archiver for releases beyond 7.5 will need to alter and maintain the system to include schema changes between releases. New or existing customers needing long-term storage and summarized data (daily, weekly) should consider purchasing VIM Datamart with Intelligence Center. Center Enterprise customers who have not yet deployed Unified Intelligence Center and have a valid SWSS contract are eligible to Intelligence Center Standard via upgrade SKU CCEH-CUIC-STD-U= at no additional charge. The number of CUIC Standard servers that will be deployed in the cluster must be identified when the upgrade order is placed. One license per cluster will be issued. Note that existing Unified Intelligence Center customers with SWSS do not need to order anything additional to upgrade. The same CUIC Licenses are valid (for the same licensing Mac) for upgrades. The Intelligence center software is contained in the Center Enterprise media kit. Product Numbers
Description
List Price ($US)
CCEH-CUIC-PREM-U=
Upgrade SKU for Cisco Unified Intelligence Suite 7.5 to Intelligence Center
Included with SWSS for Intelligence Suite 7.5
CCEH-CUIC-STD-U=
Upgrade SKU for Center Enterprise, Hosted and ICM moving to Intelligence Center Standard
Included with SWSS for Center Enterprise, Hosted and ICM
Lab system upgrades are included with production system upgrades of Intelligence Center.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 200 of 205
Ordering Guide
15. Customer SolutionsPlus Product Overview This chapter provides an overview of the all SolutionsPlus resale products related customer . Details on each of these can be found by following the links below to the related Cisco product chapters. Cisco Product
SolutionsPlus Vendor
SolutionsPlus Product
Specifics
Section
CVP
Nuance
Recognizer
No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts
3.5.1
Vocalizer
Nuance contracts can be sold through Cisco MediaSense
Calabrio
Search & Play
to be sourced directly from Calabrio.
Quality Management
Note that these licenses are per named agent, not concurrent agent.
Advanced Quality Management
11.9
These products are for CCE only. For CCX Cisco offers Cisco branded versions. See section Error! Reference source not found..
MediaSense
NICE
NICE Interaction Management Suite
to be sourced directly from NICE.
11.10
CCE
Exony
VIM DataMart
to be sourced directly from Exony at 20% of product sale
5.1.1.2.6
To be used with CCE Outbound Option, not with 3rd party dialers.
5.1.1.2.8
VIM Standard VIM Performance CCE
ALI Solutions
OnQ Campaign Management
to be sourced directly from ALI. CCE
Bucher+Suter
B+S Connects CRM Connectors for SAP, Siebel, MS Dynamics,and salesforce.com
To be sold with CCE Agent licenses 5.1.1.2.9 Note that the CRM Connector licenses for Salesforce.com are per named agent, not concurrent agent, to be consistent with Salesforce.com’s licensing model. The other connectors are per concurrent agent. No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrade subscription to be sourced from B+S directly.
CCX
Bucher+Suter
B+S Connects CRM Connectors MS Dynamics and salesforce.com
To be sold with CCX Enhanced or Agent licenses
4.9.4 4.10.10
Note that the CRM Connector licenses for Salesforce.com are per named agent, not concurrent agent, to be consistent with Salesforce.com’s licensing model. The other connectors are per concurrent agent. No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrade subscription to be sourced from B+S directly.
CCE
eGain
eGain Multichannel Offer for Cisco SolutionsPlus
To be sold integrated with Center Enterprise only. Stand-alone sales are not allowed under the S+ agreement.
5.1.1.2.6
Note the license specifics for the different products (named, concurrent, volumebased). No DSA discount beyond regular partner discounts. and upgrades to be sourced from eGain directly.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 201 of 205
Ordering Guide
16. Software Services Cisco has replacing Essential Software (ESW) and Unified Communications Software Subscription (UCSS), with a single contract under the name Software Services (SWSS), from Sep 22, 2014 onwards. For more information about Software Services, refer to http://www.cisco.com/go/swss
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 202 of 205
Ordering Guide
17. Cisco Services 17.1 Cisco Unified Communications Services Gain an accelerated return on investment for Cisco Unified Communications deployments with a resilient, converged network that meets business needs. Using the Cisco Lifecycle Services approach, Cisco and its channel partners provide a broad portfolio of unified communications services that address all aspects of network deployment, operation, and optimization. Information about how to order Cisco Unified Communications Services can be found in the Cisco Services Ordering Guide at the following location: http://www.cisco.com/en/US/partner/products/svcs/ps2961/ps2664/serv_group_home.ht ml.
17.2 Cisco Unified Communications Services—Tools for Quoting and Ordering 17.2.1
Cisco Service Contract Center
Cisco Service Contract Center, the next generation of service management, helps you increase profitability and efficiency by simplifying the way you manage and sell your Cisco service contracts. Now there is one simple and easy-to-use Web-based solution you can use to quote and book your service orders and manage your service contracts and renewal opportunities. Cisco Service Contract Center helps you accelerate your business by allowing you to focus your attention on selling and on servicing your customers instead of waiting for reports, searching for information, reconciling prices, reentering quotes, solving problems, and cleaning up contracts. Access the Cisco Service Contract Center at the following location: http://www.cisco.com/public/scc/.
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 203 of 205
Ordering Guide
18. Cisco Capital Financing The significant benefits offered by Cisco Unified Communications make it the natural choice to replace traditional PBX systems. As with any technology investment, the question is the affordability of the new system. The answer is financing from Cisco Capital. Whether through flexible repayments matching expenditure to benefit, mitigating cash flow issues, or negating capital expenditure with an operating lease, we can give you access to the right Unified Communications technology for your business, right when you need it.
18.1 Removing Sales Barriers: Typically, Cisco Capital can help remove or reduce the barriers preventing organizations from obtaining the technology that can most benefit their businesses. Cisco Capital can: ●
Remove cash flow issues, allowing the company to spread the cost of its investment over a number of years
●
Offer flexible repayment matching expenditure to benefits, which means that payments can be timed to coincide with business benefits that may be seen later in the project, or deferred to meet a company’s budget cycle
●
Turn capital expenditures into operating expenditures through an operating lease that enables companies to benefit from the residual value of the technology upfront and because no one knows Cisco equipment like Cisco, you can be sure of market-leading residuals
●
Provide a sale and lease-back arrangement (where available) that softens the initial costs by taking on existing commitments that may be attached to legacy equipment
18.2 Tips for Taking Advantage of Financing to Accelerate and Close More Business: ●
Consider financing early in the deal cycle: This will save time later and help get you paid faster.
●
Get your customer preapproved for a credit line with Cisco Capital: By showing the customer they can afford more than they thought they could, you can pave the way early on for growing the deal size. It is recommended you do this as early as possible in the customer discussions/deal cycle.
●
Provide a lease quote with every proposal: You can do this by ing your local Cisco Capital team. And, in some markets, Web-based tools are available so you can quickly generate your own lease quotes.
18.3 For more information about Cisco Capital Financing, visit: For Channel Partners: http://www.cisco.com/web/ordering/ciscocapital/or6/order_finance _and_payments_concept_home.html For Cisco Field: http://wwwin.cisco.com/Fin/csc/
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
Page 204 of 205
Ordering Guide
Printed in USA
Copyright © 1992-2015 Cisco Systems, Inc. Cisco Confidential/Proprietary—Pricing for illustration purposes only. Pricing subject to change. August 12, 2015
C78-331727-01 1/07
Page 205 of 205
Related Documents 3m3m1z
Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering.pdf 4w573q
December 2021 0
Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering Guide 1g2x2
November 2019 49
Cisco Customer Care Solutions Ordering Guide 4k613c
April 2022 0
Customer Points 16e3y
August 2021 0
Customer Solutions Model 576v5t
November 2019 30
Cisco Wireless Solutions Software Compatibility Matrix - Cisco 254o4c
October 2022 0More Documents from "Luz Angela Ospina Bolanos" 726835
Cisco Customer Solutions Ordering.pdf 4w573q
December 2021 0
Cuaderno De Bid Data 5c5v4h
August 2020 0
Como Describir Un Paisaje 6p18n
July 2022 0
Genapol X 159 2v4m1r
November 2019 37
Pensum Ingenieria Sanitaria Y Ambiental.pdf p6a9
December 2022 0